Quotations.ch
  Directory : Vol. IV Acadia and Quebec: 1616-1629 Latin
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents,
  • Vol. IV, by Various
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
  • other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
  • whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
  • the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
  • www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
  • to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
  • Title: The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents, Vol. IV
  • Acadia and Quebec: 1616-1629
  • Author: Various
  • Editor: Reuben Gold Thwaites
  • Release Date: December 7, 2014 [EBook #47577]
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JESUIT RELATIONS ***
  • Produced by Karl Hagen, Eleni Christofaki and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
  • file was produced from images generously made available
  • by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions
  • (www.canadiana.org))
  • Transcriber's Note.
  • A list of the changes made can be found at the end of the book.
  • Formatting and special characters are indicated as follows:
  • _italic_
  • =bold=
  • ^{9} -us abbreviation
  • [~e] e with tilde
  • [~u] u with tilde
  • [~q] q with tilde
  • THE JESUIT RELATIONS AND ALLIED DOCUMENTS
  • VOL. IV
  • [Illustration: JEAN DE BRÉBEUF, S.J.]
  • The Jesuit Relations and Allied Documents
  • TRAVELS AND EXPLORATIONS OF THE JESUIT MISSIONARIES IN NEW FRANCE
  • 1610-1791
  • THE ORIGINAL FRENCH, LATIN, AND ITALIAN TEXTS, WITH ENGLISH
  • TRANSLATIONS AND NOTES; ILLUSTRATED BY PORTRAITS, MAPS, AND
  • FACSIMILES
  • EDITED BY
  • REUBEN GOLD THWAITES
  • Secretary of the State Historical Society of Wisconsin
  • Vol. IV
  • ACADIA AND QUEBEC: 1616-1629
  • CLEVELAND: =The Burrows Brothers Company=, PUBLISHERS, M DCCC XCVII
  • COPYRIGHT, 1897
  • BY
  • THE BURROWS BROTHERS CO
  • ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
  • _The Imperial Press, Cleveland_
  • EDITORIAL STAFF
  • Editor REUBEN GOLD THWAITES
  • Translator from the French JOHN CUTLER COVERT
  • Assistant Translator from the French MARY SIFTON PEPPER
  • Translator from the Latin WILLIAM FREDERIC GIESE
  • Translator from the Italian MARY SIFTON PEPPER
  • Assistant Editor EMMA HELEN BLAIR
  • CONTENTS OF VOL. IV
  • PREFACE TO VOLUME IV 1
  • DOCUMENTS:--
  • XIV. Relation de la Novvelle France, de ses Terres, Natvrel dv Païs,
  • & de ses Habitans. [Chapters xxvi.-xxxvii. and Index, completing the
  • document.] _Pierre Biard_; Lyons, 1616 7
  • XV. Lettre au Sievr de Champlain. _Charles Lalemant_; Kebec, July 28,
  • 1625 170
  • XVI. Lettre au R.P. Prouincial des RR. Pères Recollects. _Charles
  • Lalemant_; Kebec, July 28, 1625 172
  • XVII. Epistola ad R.P. Mutium Vitelleschi, Præpositum Generalem
  • Societatis Jesu, Romæ. _Carolus Lalemant_; Nova Francia, August 1,
  • [1626] 176
  • XVIII. Lettre au Pere Hierosme l'Allemant. _Charles Lalemant_; Kebec,
  • August 1, 1626 185
  • XIX. Lettre au R.P. Supérieur du Collége des Iésuites à Paris. _Charles
  • Lalemant_; Bordeaux, November 22, 1629 229
  • BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA: VOLUME IV 247
  • NOTES 253
  • [Illustration]
  • ILLUSTRATIONS TO VOL. IV
  • I. Portrait of Jean de Brébeuf, S.J.; photo-engraving from oil portrait
  • by Donald Guthrie McNab _Frontispiece_
  • II. Photographic facsimile of title-page, Charles Lalemant to Jerome
  • 188
  • PREFACE TO VOL. IV
  • Following is a synopsis of the documents contained in the present
  • volume:
  • XIV. In the concluding portion (Chapters xxvi.-xxxvii.) of the
  • _Relation_ of 1616, Biard relates how he and Father Quentin were taken
  • to Virginia, where they narrowly escaped death; they then were sent to
  • England, and finally to France, arriving there after a captivity of
  • over nine months, and being subjected to many perils by sea and land.
  • The annalist records what progress the Christian religion has made
  • in New France. The missionaries have now learned the nature of the
  • country, and the character and needs of the people; and the colonists
  • have established friendly relations with the savages. The latter have
  • some general knowledge of religion, and are anxious to be baptized.
  • Several miracles are recounted, in the cure of persons given up as
  • dying. Biard then discusses at length the respective territorial claims
  • of the French and English in the New World, and contends that New
  • France should extend southward at least to 39°. He concludes by urging
  • that more attention should be given in France to both the temporal and
  • religious interests of Canada, especially to the conversion of the
  • savages.
  • Between the Documents XIV. and XV. in our series, there is a break of
  • nine years. The Jesuit mission in Acadia had abruptly closed with the
  • attack by Argall, so fully described in the writings of Biard, who,
  • in his _Relation_ of 1616, appears for the last time upon our stage.
  • Meantime, the Récollet friars were conducting their missions upon and
  • beyond the St. Lawrence; but,--as related in the Introduction (Volume
  • I. of this series) and in Notes to this Volume, _post_,--finding
  • themselves unequal to the great task, they invited the Jesuits to
  • return to New France and aid them in the conversion of the savages.
  • The first of the "black gowns" to arrive (April, 1625) were Charles
  • Lalemant, Massé, and Brébeuf.
  • XV. Lalemant, as superior of the mission, writes (July 28, 1625) to the
  • governor, Champlain, announcing the arrival of the Jesuits at Quebec,
  • the hospitality of the Récollets to them, and the death of Nicholas
  • Viel, of the latter order.
  • XVI. On the same date, Lalemant writes to the provincial of the
  • Récollets, thanking him for the kindness and hospitality shown the
  • Jesuits by himself and others of his order in Canada.
  • XVII. Lalemant writes (Aug. 1, no year mentioned, but without doubt
  • 1626) to his general, at Rome. He tells what the Jesuit missionaries
  • have accomplished during the past year: they have spent most of the
  • time studying the language of the natives, for which purpose Brébeuf
  • spent the winter among the savages; they had learned all they could
  • of the people and the country; and had preached to and confessed the
  • French colonists. They had established one residence among the Indians.
  • He announces that he sends Noyrot back to France, to look after the
  • interests of their mission.
  • XVIII. On the same date as the foregoing, Lalemant writes to his
  • brother Jerome, in France, who is also a Jesuit. The missionary gives a
  • short description of the country and the climate; then of the people,
  • their customs, religious belief, clothing, etc.; describes the extent
  • of the Canadian trade with France; and tells of the establishment
  • of a residence for the Jesuits, near that of the Récollets. The
  • difficulties encountered by the missionaries in acquiring the native
  • languages, are mentioned, together with their relations with a certain
  • interpreter, and the help received from him. The writer tells of
  • Brébeuf passing the entire winter among the savages of the vicinity;
  • Lalemant went on a similar trip, and had to return in eleven days, as
  • his improvident hosts had no food. He announces his probable departure
  • for a longer stay among the natives. He sends Noyrot back to France,
  • in the interests of the mission, and Brébeuf and De Noue to the Huron
  • country. The natives are ready to be taught, the writer says, and he
  • sends a little Huron boy to be instructed in France. Champlain and
  • Gaumont have, he says, chosen him as their confessor. He wishes to name
  • their first church, "Our Lady of the Angels," and asks his brother
  • to send him therefor "A fine picture surrounded by angels." The busy
  • superior mentions this as the sixty-eighth letter he has just written
  • to France,--chiefly to benefactors of the mission, and "those who have
  • written to me."
  • Lalemant (see _note_ 20, _post_, for details) had gone to France for
  • supplies for the colony, in November, 1627; and upon his return in
  • May, 1628, was with others captured by the English Admiral Kirk, to
  • whom, a year later, Quebec capitulated. The Jesuits were sent to
  • England, and thence allowed to return to France. Lalemant, with a party
  • of missionaries, again attempted to return to Canada (June, 1629),
  • but they were shipwrecked on the Canso rocks. Two of the adventurous
  • Jesuits were drowned, another remained in the country, but Lalemant
  • returned to France.
  • XIX. Lalemant writes (Nov. 22, 1629), from Bordeaux to the superior of
  • the Jesuit college at Paris, describing the shipwreck he had recently
  • experienced, in which Father Noyrot and Brother Louis Malot were
  • drowned; and announcing his own safe arrival at Bordeaux.
  • July 5, 1632, Émery de Caen, the French fur-trade monopolist, arrived
  • at Quebec, commissioned to reclaim that stronghold from Kirk. With him
  • were the Jesuits Le Jeune and De Noue, who had been sent hither to
  • reopen the mission of their order in New France.
  • The Editor gratefully acknowledges the receipt of information from
  • the following gentlemen, relative to annotations in this volume: Dr.
  • John G. Bourinot, Dr. Douglas Brymner, Capt. E. Deville, and Mr. L.
  • P. Sylvain, of Ottawa; Mr. William McLennan, Mr. C. H. Gould, and
  • Rev. Arthur E. Jones, of Montreal; and Mgr. T. E. Hamel, Dr. N. E.
  • Dionne, and Mr. E. E. Taché, of Quebec. To the list of persons named
  • in the General Preface to this series, as having furnished valuable
  • suggestions in the prosecution of the work, the Editor takes pleasure
  • in adding the following: Rev. Joseph Le Halle, S. J., president of St.
  • Ignatius College, Cleveland; Rt. Rev. Ignatius F. Horstmann, R. C.
  • bishop of Cleveland; Rev. E. A. Higgins, S. J., of St. Mary's College,
  • St. Mary's, Kans.; Rev. A. A. Hartmann, S. J., of Canisius College,
  • Buffalo, N. Y.; and Mr. James H. Coyne, of St. Thomas, Ont.
  • R. G. T.
  • MADISON, WIS., January, 1897.
  • XIV (concluded)
  • BIARD'S RELATION DE LA NOUVELLE FRANCE
  • LYONS: LOUIS MUGUET, 1616
  • Chaps. xxvi.-xxxvii., and Index, completing the document; Chaps.
  • i.-xxv. appeared in Volume III.
  • CHAPITRE XXVIII. [i.e., xxvi.]
  • LE PILLAGE DE NOSTRE NAUIRE, & DE NOS GENTS, LES ANGOISSES OÙ NOUS
  • ESTIONS.
  • L'ANGLOIS victorieux s'en vint à terre, où estoyent nos tentes, &
  • alogements commencés, & fit rechercher nostre Capitaine de tous tous
  • costés, disant, qu'il vouloit voir nos commissiõs; que ceste terre leur
  • appartenoit, & que pour cela ils s'estoy[~e]t rués sur nous nous y
  • trouuãts, neantmoins que si nous faisions apparoistre de nostre bonne
  • foy, & que nous fussions là venus sous l'autorité de [238] nostre
  • Prince, qu'ils y auroyent esgard, ne voulants en rien contreuenir à la
  • bonne confederation de nos deux Rois. Le malheur fut qu'on ne trouua
  • point la Saussaye, à l'occasion de quoy l'Anglois fin, & subtil se
  • saisit de ses coffres, les crocheta industrieusement, & y ayant trouuée
  • nos commissiõs, & lettres royaux, les saisit; puis remettant toutes
  • les besongnes en sa place, chasque chose tout ainsi qu'il l'auoit
  • trouuée, referma lesdits coffres gentiment. Le lendemain la Saussaye
  • estant venu, le Capitaine Anglois, qui sçauoit fort bien sa leçon,
  • l'accueillit humainement, & luy fit les premiers interrogats auec
  • belles ceremonies: Puis vint au point: luy demandant ses commissions,
  • à celle fin qu'il n'y eust aucune doute, quand reellement on verroit,
  • & considereroit les paroles, & autorité [239] du Roy nostre SIRE. La
  • Saussaye respondit que ses lettres estoyent dans ses coffres. On
  • luy apporta ses coffres, & auant qu'il les ouurist auec ses clefs,
  • on l'aduisa qu'il regardast bien si personne y auroit touché; car
  • quant à eux ils y alloyent fort simplement. La Saussaye recognoissoit
  • tout estre en fort bon ordre, mais malheur! il n'y retrouuoit pas
  • ses lettres. Icy le Capitaine Anglois chãgea de mine, & de ton, & se
  • refroignant comm'il falloit, quoy donc (dit-il) vous nous imposez
  • icy? Vous donnés à entendre qu'auez commission de vostre Roy, & n'en
  • pouuez produire aucun tesmoignage? Vous estes des Forbãs & Pirates
  • trestous; vous merités la mort. Et dés lors, il fit la part du butin
  • aux soldats: En quoy il consuma toute l'apres-disnée. Nous de la terre
  • considerions le guaspillement [240] de tous nos biens: car les Anglois
  • nous laissoyent à terre, eux se tenants en mer, & ayãts ioints par
  • ensemble nos vaisseaux au leur, car nous en auions deux, sçauoir est
  • nostre nauire, & vne barque construicte sur le lieu, & equippée de
  • neuf. Nous estions reduits en piteux estat: mais ce n'estoit pas la
  • fin. Le iour suiuant on vint à terre, & on nous pilla encores ce qu'y
  • auions: non pas tout du commencement, ains à passades, & à chasque
  • fois qu'on desc[~e]doit à terre, tousiours quelque detrousse de nos
  • manteaux, habits, & autres choses. Vne fois on fit quelques violences,
  • & atrocitez de traictement sur la personne de deux de nos gents, ce qui
  • espouuanta tellem[~e]t vne partie des autres, qu'ils s'enfuirent par
  • les bois comme pauures bestes esgarées, demy nuds, & sans [241] aucuns
  • viures, ne sçachants ce qu'ils pourroyent deuenir.
  • CHAPTER XXVIII. [i.e., xxvi.]
  • THE PLUNDERING OF OUR SHIP, AND OF OUR PEOPLE, AND THE DISTRESSES
  • WE ENDURED.
  • THE victorious Englishman came on shore, where we had our tents
  • and our houses just begun, and had our Captain searched for in all
  • directions, saying that they wished to see our commissions; that
  • this land belonged to them, and hence they had fallen upon us when
  • they found us there; nevertheless, if we could show our good faith
  • in the matter, and that we had come there under the authority of
  • [238] our Prince, that they would show some regard for it, wishing
  • in no wise to violate the alliance between our two Kings. But the
  • trouble was, la Saussaye could not be found, and on this account
  • the shrewd and cunning Englishman seized his trunks, skillfully
  • picked the locks, and, having found therein our commissions and
  • royal patents, took possession of them; then, putting everything
  • back in its place, each article just as he had found it, nicely
  • fastened the trunks again. The next day, la Saussaye having
  • returned, the English Captain, who knew his lesson remarkably well,
  • received him kindly and made his first inquiries with a fine show
  • of courtesy; then he came to the point and demanded his commission,
  • so there might be no doubt when the words and authority [239] of
  • the King, our SIRE, were actually seen and considered. La Saussaye
  • answered that the letters were in his trunks. These were brought,
  • and before he unlocked them he was advised to look closely to see
  • if they had been tampered with, for, as to them, they were acting
  • with all sincerity. La Saussaye found that all was in good order,
  • but alas! he could not find the letters. Hereupon the English
  • Captain changed his mien and his voice, and, frowning in the most
  • proper manner, "How now (said he), are you imposing on us? You give
  • us to understand that you have a commission from your King, and you
  • cannot produce any evidence of it. You are Outlaws and Pirates,
  • every one of you, and merit death." Then he set his soldiers to
  • plundering, and in this the whole afternoon was consumed. From the
  • shore we looked on at the pillage [240] of our property: for the
  • English had left us on shore while they remained on the water,
  • where they joined our vessels to theirs, for we had two, our ship
  • and a barque constructed at this place and newly equipped. We were
  • reduced to a pitiful state, but this was not the end. The next
  • day they came on shore, and robbed us also of what we had there.
  • Not all at one time, but at intervals, and whenever they came on
  • shore, always appropriating some of our mantles, clothes, and other
  • things. Once they maltreated and abused two of our men, which so
  • frightened part of the others that they fled to the woods like poor
  • hunted beasts, half-naked and without [241] food, not knowing what
  • would become of them.
  • Venons aux Iesuites. Ie vous ay dit, que Gilbert du Thet fut outré
  • d'vne mosquetade durant le combat. Les Anglois entrants dans le nauire
  • le mirent entre les mains de leur Chirurgien & luy, & tous les
  • autres blessés. Ce Chirurgien estoit Catholique, & recognu pour tel;
  • & personne fort charitable, & qui nous a faict mille bons offices. Or
  • le P. Biard ayant sceu la blessure de Gilbert du Thet fit demander
  • au Capitaine, que les blessés fussent portés à terre, ce qui fut
  • accordé, & par ainsi ledit Gilbert eust le moyen de se confesser, &
  • de benir & louër Dieu iuste, & misericordieux en la Compagnie de ses
  • Freres, mourãt entre leurs mains. Ce qu'il fit auec grande constance,
  • resignation, & deuotion, [242] vingt & quatre heures apres sa blessure,
  • il eust son souhait, car au despart de Honfleur, en presence de tout
  • l'equipage il auoit haussé les mains, & les yeux vers le Ciel priant
  • Dieu, qu'il ne reuint iamais plus en France, ains qu'il mourust
  • trauaillãt à la conqueste des ames, & au salut des Sauuages. Il fut
  • enterré le mesme iour au pied d'vne grande Croix que nous auions
  • dressée du commencement.
  • Let us speak of the Jesuits. I have told you that Gilbert du Thet
  • was struck down by a musket ball during the fight. When the English
  • boarded our ship, they put him, together with all the other wounded
  • men, into the hands of their Surgeon. This Surgeon was a Catholic,
  • and known as such. He was very charitable, and did us a thousand
  • kind services. Now as soon as Father Biard learned about Gilbert
  • du Thet's wound, he sent a request to the Captain to have all the
  • wounded carried on shore; this was granted, and so the said Gilbert
  • had an opportunity to confess, and to bless and praise a just God,
  • full of mercy to the Society of his Brothers; and he died in their
  • arms. He passed away with great steadfastness, resignation, and
  • devotion, [242] twenty-four hours after he was wounded. He had his
  • wish; for when leaving Honfleur, in the presence of the whole crew,
  • he had raised his hands and eyes to Heaven, praying God that he
  • might never again return to France, but that he might die working
  • for the conquest of souls and for the salvation of the Savages. He
  • was buried the same day at the foot of a large Cross which we had
  • erected when we first went there.
  • Les Iesuites n'estoyent iusques alors recognus des Anglois, sinon que
  • pour Prestres. Or le P. Biard & le P. Enemond Massé s'en aller[~e]t au
  • nauire parler au Capitaine Anglois, & luy expliquer[~e]t ouuertement
  • comm'ils estoy[~e]t Iesuites, venus en ces quartiers-là pour la
  • cõuersiõ des Sauuages, puis le supplierent par le sang de celuy,
  • qu'il recognoissoit pour Sauueur, & [243] par les misericordes qu'il
  • en attendoit, qu'il luy pleust auoir pitié de ces pauures François,
  • sur lesquels Dieu luy auoit dõné puissance, & qu'en leur misere il
  • recognust combien les affaires de ce monde varient: qu'il luy pleust
  • leur donner & leur moyenner retour en leur pays de France. Le Capitaine
  • les ouyt fort paisiblement, & leur respondit auec pareil honneur: mais
  • (dit-il) dissimulant, ie m'estonne fort comme vous autres Iesuites,
  • lesquels on tient communement pour gens de conscience, & de Religion,
  • vous vous retrouuiez icy, neantmoins en la compagnie des forbans,
  • & picoreurs, gens sans adueu & sans loy, ny honneur. Le P. Biard
  • respondit & preuua auec tant d'arguments, que toute leur troupe estoit
  • de gens de bien, & recommandés par sa Majesté [244] tres-Chrestienne:
  • & refuta si peremptoirement toutes objections contraires, que le
  • Capitaine Anglois fut contrainct de faire semblant, qu'il s'y
  • accordoit, vaincu par ses raisons. Certes (adiousta-il) il y a bien eu
  • de la faute, à ce que ie voy, d'ainsi perdre vos lettres. Neantmoins ie
  • traicteray de vostre retour auec vostre Capitaine, & dés lors iusques
  • au depart, il fit tousiours manger à sa table lesdits deux Peres,
  • leur mõstrant beaucoup de respect & hõnesteté. Or il auoit vn'espine
  • au pied, qui le tourmentoit; c'estoit le Pilote, & les Matelots,
  • qui estoyent euadés, & desquels il ne pouuoit sçauoir nouuelles. Ce
  • Pilote appellé le Bailleur, de la ville de Roüen, s'en estant allé
  • pour recognoistre (ainsi que vous a esté dit) ne peut point retourner
  • à temps au nauire pour le def[~e]dre, [245] & partant il retira sa
  • chaloupe à l'escart, & la nuit venuë print encores auec soy les autres
  • Matelots, & se mit en sauueté hors la veuë, & le pouuoir des Anglois.
  • De nuict il nous venoit trouuer pour auiser auecques nous ce qui seroit
  • de faire. Il fit en particulier ce bon office aux Iesuites: car il vint
  • trouuer le P. Biard, & le prenant par la main le coniura de ne se point
  • meffier de luy, pource qu'il estoit de la Pretenduë, l'asseurant qu'il
  • ne manqueroit ny à luy, ny a aucun des Peres: & qu'il supplioit Dieu,
  • que tout ainsi il ne l'abandonnast point, comm'il le disoit de coeur
  • syncere. Le P. Biard le remercia de bonne affection, & luy promit de
  • se souuenir de ceste si bonne volonté: il luy dit neantmoins qu'il ne
  • vouloit encores penser à soy, iusques à ce qu'il vit tous les autres
  • en beau [246] chemin. Que lors il deuiendroit ce qu'à Dieu plairoit,
  • admonnestant ledit Pilote de se garder de tomber és mains des Anglois:
  • parce que le Capitaine buttoit fort à le pouuoir attraper. Ledit Pilote
  • fit sagement son profit de cest aduertissement, & de celuy des autres.
  • Car de là à deux ou trois iours, il passa à la barbe des Anglois,
  • comme se sauuant, & s'en allant chercher nauire, & leur disant que ce
  • n'estoit pas pour ceste fois là, qu'il le falloit att[~e]dre. Mais il
  • se retira seulement derriere quelques Isles non loin de là pour y estre
  • aux escoutes & considerer quelle fortune nous arriueroit. Cela fit à
  • mon aduis, que le Capitaine Anglois se resolut plustost à ne nous pas
  • faire pis, toutesfois il en auoit quelque volõté, ce que ie ne sçay.
  • De vray par les coniectures de ce que nous auons experim[~e]té [247]
  • despuis, il estoit bien Capitaine fort sage & rusé, mais neãtmoins
  • gentil-homme ayant le courage noble: ses gents aussi n'estoy[~e]t point
  • inhumains, ny cruels contre personne de nous.
  • Up to this time the Jesuits had not been recognized by the English,
  • except as Priests. Now Father Biard and Father Enemond Massé went
  • to the ship to speak with the English Captain, and explained to him
  • openly that they were Jesuits, who had come to these regions to
  • convert the Savages; then they implored him, by the blood of him
  • whom he acknowledged as his Savior, and [243] by the mercy which he
  • expected from him, that he might be pleased to have pity upon these
  • poor French, over whom God had given him power; and that in their
  • wretched condition he might see how changeable are the affairs of
  • this world, allow them to return to France, their native country,
  • and furnish them means therefor. The Captain listened to them
  • very kindly, and answered them with like courtesy: "But," (said
  • he) dissembling, "I am very much astonished at you Jesuits, who
  • are generally regarded as conscientious and Religious men, being
  • here, nevertheless, in the company of pirates, marauders, and idle
  • wanderers, who are men without calling, without law, and without
  • honor." Father Biard answered, and proved by many arguments, that
  • their whole company were honest people and were recommended by his
  • most Christian [244] Majesty, and so summarily refuted all opposing
  • arguments, that the English Captain had to seem to agree with him,
  • conquered by his logic. "Certainly (he added) there has been indeed
  • some fault, as far as I can see, in thus losing your letters.
  • Nevertheless, I shall consider the matter of your return with your
  • Captain." And from that time until our departure, he always had
  • the two Fathers eat at his table, showing them great respect and
  • courtesy. Now he had a thorn in his side, which caused him much
  • uneasiness; it was the Pilot and Sailors who had escaped, and of
  • whom he could get no news. This pilot,[1] called "le Bailleur,"
  • from the city of Roüen, had gone out to reconnoitre (as has been
  • stated), and could not return to the ship in time to defend it;
  • [245] therefore he turned his boat aside, and when night came took
  • in with him the other Sailors, and withdrew to a place of safety,
  • out of sight of the English and beyond their power. At night he
  • came to see us and to talk over with us what was to be done. He
  • performed this kind act especially for the Jesuits; for he came
  • to Father Biard and taking him by the hand implored him not to
  • mistrust him because he was of the Pretended[2] Religion, assuring
  • him that he would not fail him, nor any of the Fathers, and that he
  • should pray God not to forsake him also, as he was speaking from a
  • sincere heart. Father Biard thanked him very affectionately, and on
  • his part promised to remember his good will; he told him, however,
  • that he did not wish to think of himself, until he saw all the
  • others on a safe [246] road, and then, let happen to him what God
  • willed. He admonished the Pilot to be careful not to fall into the
  • hands of the English, for the Captain was trying very hard to catch
  • him. The Pilot wisely profited by this advice, and by that of the
  • others. For, during the next two or three days, he went about in
  • defiance of the English, as if making his escape and going for a
  • ship, seeming to say to them that they need not count upon him this
  • time. But he only withdrew behind some Islands not far off, to be
  • on the lookout and to see what fortune might befall us. I believe
  • this made the English Captain decide not to subject us to any worse
  • treatment, however much he might have wished to do so, in regard to
  • which I know nothing. Certainly, judging from what we experienced
  • [247] afterwards, he was indeed a very shrewd and cunning Captain,
  • but nevertheless a gentleman of truly noble courage; nor were his
  • men inhuman or cruel to any of us.
  • Or ne sçauroit-on croire les angoisses ausquelles nous estions en
  • ce temps, car nous ne sçauions où donner de la teste. Du costé des
  • Anglois, nous n'attendions que la mort, ou du moins la seruitude: aussi
  • d'arrester sur le pays, & viure parmi les Sauuages a leur façon tout vn
  • an entier, & tant de gens, nous sembloit estre vne mort bien longue &
  • miserable. Ces bons Sauuages ayants ouy nostre desastre s'en vindrent
  • à nous, & nous offroyent leur possible, promettants de nous alimenter
  • durant l'Hyuer, & monstrants vne grande cõpassion. Mais nous ne
  • pouuions pas esperer mieux, [248] qu'ils n'ont. Aussi de trouuer autres
  • expedients en vn tel desert: nous n'en voyons point. Voicy en fin comme
  • Dieu nous pourueut.
  • Now it is impossible to imagine the anxiety we endured at that
  • time, for we knew not which way to turn. From the English, we
  • expected only death or at least slavery; but to remain in this
  • country, and for so many men to live among the Savages in their way
  • for a whole year, looked to us like a long and miserable death.
  • These good Savages, having heard about our misfortune, came and
  • offered to do their best for us, promising to feed us during the
  • Winter, and showing a great deal of sympathy for us. But we could
  • hope for nothing better [248] than they had; also we could see no
  • prospect of finding any other expedients in such a desert. Now see
  • how God provided for us.
  • CHAPITRE XXIX. [i.e., xxvii.]
  • LES EXPEDIENTS TROUUEZ POUR REUENIR EN FRANCE, & COMME TRENTE DE NOS
  • GENS Y ARRIUERENT APRES PLUSIEURS TRAUAUX.
  • LE Capitaine Anglois appellé Samuel Argal, & son Lieutenant, dit
  • Guillaume Turnel, commencerent à traicter de nostre retour selon leur
  • promesse auec nostre Capitaine la Saussaye. Les Anglois offroyent des
  • conditions bien iniques, mais pour le faire court, la conclusion fut
  • qu'vne [249] chaloupe nous restant de deux, [~q] nous en auions, ils
  • nous en l'aisseroyent vne, & qu'auec icelle nous allassions où Dieu
  • nous conduiroit. Le Capitaine Anglois, cauteleux qu'il est; voulut
  • auoir vn escrit, signé de la main de la Saussaye, par lequel il
  • tesmoignast, que c'estoit de son choix, que ce parti auoit esté prins.
  • CHAPTER XXIX. [i.e., xxvii.]
  • THE MEANS WHICH WERE FOUND TO RETURN TO FRANCE, AND HOW THIRTY OF
  • OUR PEOPLE ARRIVED THERE AFTER MANY TRIALS.
  • THE English Captain, whose name was Samuel Argal, and his
  • Lieutenant, William Turnel,[3] began, as they had promised, to
  • treat with our Captain la Saussaye about our return. The English
  • offered some very unfair conditions, but to make the story short,
  • the conclusion was that as one [249] boat remained to us of the
  • two we had had, they would leave it for us, and with it we could
  • go where God directed us. The English Captain, crafty as he was,
  • wished to have a written acknowledgement signed by la Saussaye, in
  • which he should testify that it was by his own choice that this
  • course had been taken.
  • Ceste conclusion ouye, le P. Biard s'en alla trouuer ledit Capitaine,
  • & luy representa, qu'ils restoyent trente personnes, & qu'il estoit
  • impossible que tant de gens peussent estre entassez dans vn si petit
  • vaisseau, tant s'en faut qu'ils peussent dans iceluy faire cent
  • cinquante lieües, & trauerser des bayes de dix & douze lieuës, comme
  • il leur conuenoit faire, auant que trouuer auc[~u] nauire François,
  • auquel ils se peussent refugier: que cela estoit manifestement [250]
  • nous ietter à la mort, & au desespoir. L'Anglois respondit, [~q] la
  • Saussaye ne le croyoit pas ainsi: mais que si on vouloit descharger
  • ladicte chaloupe, qu'il en ouuriroit bien vn moyen: qu'il conduiroit à
  • la Virginie les artisants qui voudroyent y venir sous promesse, qu'on
  • ne les forceroit point en leur Religion, & que, apres vn an de seruice,
  • on les feroit repasser en France. Trois accepterent ceste offre.
  • When this decision was heard, Father Biard went to see the Captain,
  • and represented to him that there remained thirty persons, and
  • that it was not possible for so many people to crowd into so small
  • a vessel, and still less possible that they could therein make
  • one hundred and fifty leagues, and cross bays of ten and twelve
  • leagues, which would be necessary before they found any French ship
  • in which they could take refuge: that such a thing was plainly
  • [250] throwing ourselves into the jaws of death and of despair. The
  • Englishman answered that la Saussaye did not think so, but if they
  • wished to lighten the said boat he would find a means of doing so;
  • that he would take to Virginia the workmen who wished to go there,
  • under promise that they would not force them in the matter of
  • Religion, and that, after one year of service, they would send them
  • back to France. Three accepted this offer.
  • Pareillement le sieur de la Mote dés le commencement auoit consenti de
  • s'en aller à la Virginie auec ledit Capitaine Anglois, qui l'honnoroit
  • beaucoup, parce qu'il l'auoit trouué l'espée au poing, & voyoit en luy
  • plusieurs autres bõnes qualitez, ce qui profitoit de beaucoup à toute
  • nostre troupe. On luy auoit aussi permis de mener auec soy aucuns, qui
  • de mesme [251] seroyent asseurez sous sa faueur. Le Capitaine Flory
  • se resolut pareillement de tenter la mesme fortune, parce qu'on luy
  • donnoit esperance qu'il y pourroit recouurer son nauire. Le P. Biard
  • pria, que quatre qu'ils estoyent, sçauoir est deux Iesuites, & deux
  • autres fussent portez au Isles de Pencoit, & que là on les recommandast
  • aux pescheurs Anglois, qui y sont d'ordinaire, à celle fin que par leur
  • moyen ils peussent repasser en France, ce que le Capitaine Anglois luy
  • octroya fort volontiers.
  • Sieur de la Mote likewise had from the first consented to go to
  • Virginia with the English Captain, who honored him greatly, because
  • he had found him sword in hand, and saw in him many other good
  • qualities, which proved a great advantage to all our company. He
  • was, moreover, permitted to take with him some who were [251] to
  • enjoy the same favor as he did. Captain Flory also decided to try
  • the same fortune, because he was encouraged to hope that he might
  • thus recover his ship. Father Biard begged that four of them,
  • namely two Jesuits and two others, might be taken to the Pencoit
  • Islands and recommended to the English fishermen, who are usually
  • there, that they might, with their help, return to France. This the
  • English Captain granted very willingly.
  • En ceste façon la chaloupe se trouua conpetemment deschargée, & toute
  • nostre troupe fut diuisée en trois egales bandes: Car quinze estoyent
  • auec la Pilote: quinze restoyent auec les Anglois; & quinze entroyent
  • dans la chaloupe accordée. De ces quinze [252] le P. Enemond Massé
  • en estoit l'vn, car le choix ayant esté baillé à la troupe de ceux,
  • qui deuoyent entrer dans la chaloupe à ce qu'ils peussent eslire de
  • tous les trois Iesuites celuy qu'ils aimeroient mieux pour leur faire
  • compagnie; ce fut luy, qu'ils agreerent le plus.
  • Thus the boat was sufficiently lightened, and our whole company was
  • arranged in three equal divisions; for fifteen were with the Pilot,
  • fifteen with the English, and fifteen had embarked in the boat
  • left to them. Of this fifteen, [252] Father Enemond Massé was one,
  • for, it having been granted to the company who were to go in that
  • boat to choose the one of the three Jesuits whom they preferred to
  • accompany them, it was he whom they favored the most.
  • Ceste chaloupe donc fut deliurée entre les mains de la Saussaye,
  • & dudit P. Enemond Massé, Iesuite, que le Capitaine Anglois hõnora
  • beaucoup. Il la liura quelque peu amonitionnée de viures, & autres
  • prouisions. Mais nos pauures gens furent bien en peine, quand il la
  • fallut conduire: car ils n'estoyent pour tout, que deux, ou trois
  • mariniers, & iceux n'auoyent ny carte, ny cognoissance des lieux. En
  • ceste destresse Dieu les secourut fort à poinct: car le Pilote, qui
  • auoit mis ses gens en [253] seurté, desireux de sçauoir en quel estat
  • estoit le reste de la troupe, se desguisa en Sauuage & s'en vint espier
  • sur les lieux. L'Ange de Dieu le conduisit par le bon endroit; car il
  • rencontra tout à propos ceste chaloupe, qui s'en alloit, & ne sçauoit
  • comment ceste bonne fortune parut de si bon augure aux rencontres,
  • qu'ils s'asseurerent dés lors, que Dieu leur vouloit faire misericorde,
  • mesmes que pour surcroit de grace, ils firent vne fort belle pesche
  • de gros Aumars ou Canchres de mer, & les Sauuages leur donnerent
  • liberalement force oyseaux, & poissons, & de tout ce qu'ils auoyent
  • auec grande signification de compassion.
  • This boat was then given in charge of la Saussaye, and of Father
  • Enemond Massé, Jesuit, whom the English Captain highly honored. He
  • delivered it over to them with a small supply of food, and other
  • provisions. But our poor men were in great trouble when they had
  • to sail their vessel; for in all, there were only two or three
  • sailors, and these had neither map nor knowledge of the country. In
  • this distress God sent them relief in the very nick of time; for
  • the Pilot, who had placed his men in [253] security, anxious to
  • know how the rest of the company were faring, disguised himself as
  • a Savage and went spying about the place. The Angel of God guided
  • him through the right path, for he very opportunely encountered
  • this boat, which was sailing off with no knowledge of navigation.
  • This good luck seemed such a favorable omen to those in the boat,
  • that they were sure from that time on that God would be merciful to
  • them; and, as a superabundance of grace, they had great success in
  • catching large Lobsters or Sea crabs, and the Savages generously
  • gave them quantities of birds and fish and all other things they
  • had, with great exhibitions of sympathy.
  • En ceste façõ ils se vindr[~e]t ioindre à la chaloupe des Matelots, &
  • de compagnie gagnerent l'Isle de Menano. C'est'Isle est à l'emboucheure
  • [254] de la Baye Françoise, & d'icelle iusques à l'Isle Longue, où
  • falloit qu'ils trauersassent dix lieües de pleine mer fort fascheuses
  • à cause des grandes marées, qui y courent, & bouillent: & de mal'heur,
  • mauuais temps les retint icy huict, ou neuf iours. Leurs maux &
  • apprehensions les firent recourir à Dieu par voeus, & prieres, qui
  • furent exaucées, comme il parut par le beau temps qui vint selon leur
  • souhait: à la faueur duquel ils paruindrent à l'Isle Longue, où pour
  • tenir leur promesse ils planterent vne Croix, celebrerent la Saincte
  • Messe, & firent vne processiõ. Là aussi Dieu leur auoit preparé vn
  • magasin: car ils y trouuerent vn bon monceau de sel, que le sieur de
  • Biencourt y auoit autrefois delaissé, & pour l'employer ils firent vne
  • fort bonne, & heureuse pesche. Ainsi prouisionnez [255] ils passer[~e]t
  • au Cap Forchu, auquel lieu ils trouuerent le Sagamo Louys Membertou,
  • qui fit grand accueil au P. Enemond Massé, & le vouloit retenir à
  • toute force. Mais ledit Pere s'excusa sur la necessité de ne point
  • delaisser sa compagnie. Le Sauuage leur fit à trestous Tabagie d'vn
  • Orignac, ce qui leur fit grand bien, & en doublerent plus ioyeusement
  • despuis le Cap de Sable. Estants ja proches du Port au Mouton, ils
  • eurent au deuant d'eux quatre chaloupes de Sauuages, qui reuenoyent
  • de la trocque. C'estoit Roland, & autres Sagamos, qui aussi tost
  • recogneurent ledit P. Enemond, & luy firent leurs liberalitez bien
  • grandes certes: demie Galette de pain à chacun des cõpagnons, & vne
  • entiere à luy. C'estoit le monde renuersé, les Sauuages fournissoyent
  • du pain, aux [256] François gratuitement. Ce pain sembloit de la Manne
  • à nos tribulez: car de trois sepmaines ils n'en auoyent mangé. Et pour
  • le comble de souhait, les Sauuages leur dirent, que non guieres loin de
  • là y auoit deux nauires Frãçois, l'vn à Sezambre, & l'autre à Passepec.
  • Ce qui fit diligenter nos Pelerins à ce qu'ils ne les perdissent.
  • Thus they fell in with the boat containing the Sailors, and in
  • their company reached the Island of Menano. This Island is at the
  • entrance [254] to French Bay, and thence they went as far as Long
  • Island; in this passage they had to cross ten leagues of a very
  • angry sea caused by the strong and violent currents which flow
  • between, and unfortunately, bad weather kept them there eight or
  • nine days. Their sorrows and apprehensions made them have recourse
  • to God with vows and prayers, which were heard, as was evident from
  • the beautiful weather which followed, according to their wish, and
  • by means of which they reached Long Island. Here, in order to keep
  • their promise, they planted a Cross, celebrated Holy Mass, and
  • marched in procession. Here also God had prepared a storehouse;
  • for they found in this place a good pile of salt, which sieur de
  • Biencourt had previously left there, and to find use for it they
  • caught a fine lot of fish. Thus provisioned, [255] they passed on
  • to Cape Forchu, where they found the Sagamore, Louys Membertou, who
  • gave Father Enemond Massé a hearty welcome and tried by all means
  • to keep him there. But the Father excused himself, giving as his
  • reason the necessity of remaining with his company. The Savage made
  • Tabagie for them all with Moose Meat, which was a great blessing
  • to them, and then they doubled Cape Sable more cheerfully. When
  • they were in the neighborhood of Port au Mouton, they saw before
  • them four boats filled with Savages, who were returning from the
  • trading station. It was Roland and other Sagamores, who immediately
  • recognized Father Enemond, and showed him a generosity truly
  • wonderful; namely, by giving half a Sea Biscuit to each of his
  • companions, and a whole one to him. Behold the world turned upside
  • down, the Savages freely furnishing bread to the [256] French. This
  • bread seemed like Manna to our afflicted (Frenchmen), for they
  • had tasted none for three weeks. And to complete the fulfillment
  • of their wish, the Savages told them that not far from there were
  • two French ships, one at Sezambre and the other at Passepec. This
  • caused our Pilgrims to hasten, that they might not fail to see them.
  • Ces deux nauires estoyent Maloüins, l'vn appartenant au Ieune Dupont,
  • duquel nous auons souuent parlé cy deuant, d'enuiron cinquante tonneaux
  • seulement: le Capitaine Vible Bullot commandoit à l'autre, qui estoit
  • de cent tonneaux, & (de bon augure) s'apelloit le Sauueur. Chacun
  • de ces deux print sa moitié de toute la troupe, mais ceux du petit
  • vaisseau patirent beaucoup: car tout leur defailloit: place, viures,
  • eau: & furent horriblement agitez de [257] tempestes & contrarieté
  • de vents: nostre meschef neantmoins arriua prosperem[~e]t pour ce
  • vaisseau, parce qu'il auoit perdu beaucoup de ses gens, & à peine
  • s'en fut-ils peu reuenir sans ce rencontre, & nouueau renfort de nos
  • desbandez.
  • These two ships were from Saint Malo, one belonging to Dupont the
  • Younger, whom we have frequently mentioned before, this ship being
  • only about fifty tons burthen; Captain Vible Bullot commanded the
  • other, of a hundred tons, and (a good augury) called the "Sauveur."
  • Each of these two took its half of the whole band, but those in the
  • smaller vessel suffered a great deal, being in need of everything,
  • room, food, and water, and being horribly shaken up by [257]
  • tempests and adverse winds; our disaster, however, happened very
  • opportunely for this vessel, because it had lost many of its crew,
  • and could scarcely have returned without this chance meeting and
  • fresh reinforcement afforded by our wanderers.
  • Au grand vaisseau, appellé _le Sauueur_, on fut mieux, mesmes que
  • les Matelots furent si charitables, que de leur propre gré ils
  • retrancherent leur ordinaire, & quitterent plusieurs bonnes places
  • pour accommoder leurs hostes. Le P. Enemond Massé fut retiré en
  • cestuy-cy, & le Pilote Alain Yeon luy fit beaucoup de charitez. Ils
  • furent accueillis pareillement de tempestes, & experimenterent estre
  • vray, ce qu'on dit du feu S. Elme, où Freres consolants, que quand ils
  • apparoissent deux à la fois, c'est bon signe. Car deux apparur[~e]t
  • [258] vn quart d'heure sur leurs Antemnes, & bien tost apres les
  • bourrasques & furies de mer s'accoiserent.
  • In the larger vessel, called _the Sauveur_, they fared better, as
  • the Sailors were so kind-hearted that, of their own free will,
  • they stinted themselves of their rations, and left several good
  • places for the accommodation of their guests. Father Enemond Massé
  • had taken refuge in this one; and the Pilot, Alain Yeon, showed
  • him great kindness. They were likewise assailed by tempests, and
  • experienced the truth of the saying about St. Elmo's fire, or the
  • consoling Brothers,--that when two appear at once, it is a good
  • omen. For two appeared [258] for a quarter of an hour upon the
  • Lateen Sailyard, and soon after, the fury of the tempest and the
  • sea abated.
  • Tous les deux nauires arriuerent en sauueté à S. Malo, quasi en mesme
  • temps quoy que le Sauueur fust parti douze iours plus tard. La ioye,
  • qu'ils receurent vous la pouuez estimer, repassant par la memoire les
  • dangers dont ils se voyoyent eschappez. Le P. Enemond Massé, & toute
  • la troupe, se loüent beaucoup de l'humanité & bon accueil, qu'ils
  • receurent en ladicte ville de Sainct Malo, de mon Seigneur l'Euesque,
  • de Monsieur le Gouuerneur, de MM. les Magistrats, Marchands, &
  • generalement de tous.
  • Both ships arrived safe at St. Malo almost at the same time,
  • although the "Sauveur" had departed twelve days later. You may
  • imagine their joy in recalling to memory the dangers from which
  • they had escaped. Father Enemond Massé and the whole company
  • greatly praised the kindness and welcome they received in the city
  • of Saint Malo, from my Lord the Bishop, from the Governor, the
  • Magistrates, Merchants, and all the citizens in general.
  • CHAPITRE XXX. [i.e., xxviii.]
  • [259] LE VOYAGE DE LA VIRGINIE; & LE RETOUR EN LA NOUUELLE FRANCE.
  • DIEV soit beny. Voyla ja les deux tiers de nostre troupe reconduits en
  • France sains & sauues parmi leurs parents, & amis, qui les oyent conter
  • leurs grandes auantures. Ores consequemment vous desirez sçauoir que
  • deuiendra l'autre tiers, qui est encores demeuré entre les Anglois.
  • Certes bien plus longue, & plus variable fortune les attend, & tous
  • n'en sortiront pas bagues sauues.
  • CHAPTER XXX. [i.e., xxviii.]
  • [259] THE VOYAGE TO VIRGINIA; AND THE RETURN TO NEW FRANCE.
  • GOD be praised. Here were now two-thirds of our company conducted
  • back to France, safe and sound, among their friends and kindred,
  • who listen to them as they relate the stories of their wonderful
  • adventures. Consequently you will wish to know what became of the
  • other third, who remained behind in the hands of the English. In
  • truth, a longer and more varied fate awaits them, and all will not
  • emerge therefrom unharmed.
  • Les Anglois auoyent trois vaisseaux, sçauoir est le leur, auec lequel
  • ils nous auoyent prins, de cent trente tonneaux. Le nostre, qu'ils
  • auoyent saisi de cent tonneaux, [260] & vne barque de douze tonneaux,
  • laquelle pareillement ils tenoy[~e]t de nous, & ne la nous auoyent
  • point voulu quitter, pour fournir à nostre retour. Ils remplirent ces
  • trois vaisseaux de leurs gens, & nous partagerent entre eux. Le sieur
  • de la Mote, le Capitaine Flory, & le reste d'vne moitié faisant en tout
  • huict personnes, furent logez en la Capitanesse, & les autres en nombre
  • de sept, demeurerent dans le nauire captif, duquel le Lieutenant Turnel
  • estoit faict Capitaine.
  • The English had three vessels; namely, their own, with which they
  • had captured us, of a hundred and thirty tons; ours, which they had
  • seized, of a hundred tons; [260] and a barque of twelve tons, which
  • they had likewise taken from us, and would not give back to be used
  • for our return. They filled these three vessels with their people,
  • and distributed us among them. Sieur de la Mote, Captain Flory, and
  • half of the rest, making in all eight persons, were placed in the
  • "Capitanesse," and the others, seven in number, remained in the
  • captured ship, of which Lieutenant Turnel was made Captain.
  • Or pour commencement de mal-heur, on ne conduisit point les Iesuites
  • aux Isles de Peucoit, selon la promesse, ains on les mena droit à la
  • Virginie auec le reste de la troupe, laquelle on consoloit par belles
  • esperances d'autant que (disoit-on) le Mareschal de la Virginie, qui
  • a toute charge, [261] & autorité de iurisdiction, estoit grand amy
  • des François, cõme ayant obtenu tous les principaux honneurs par la
  • recommandation de feu Henry le Grand, & ayant esté son soldat, & son
  • pensionnaire. Cela nous preschoit on souuent.
  • Now as the beginning of their ill luck, the Jesuits were not
  • taken to the Peucoit Islands, according to promise, but were
  • taken straight to Virginia with the rest of the crowd, who were
  • consoled with bright hopes, inasmuch as (said they) the Marshal
  • of Virginia,[4] who has full power [261] and authority of
  • jurisdiction, was a great friend of the French, as he had secured
  • all his more important honors through the recommendation of the
  • late Henry the Great, having been his soldier and pensioner. This
  • was preached to us frequently.
  • Mais nos prescheurs ne prenoyent pas leur texte de l'Euangile. Car
  • ce beau Mareschal, qui à leur dire auoit le fil, & la trempe si
  • Françoise, ayant ouy nouuelles de nous, ne parloit que de harts &
  • gibets, & de nous faire pendre trestous. L'espouuante nous en fut
  • donnée, & aucuns en perdirent le repos, ne s'attendants plus qu'à
  • monter ignominieusement par vne eschelle, & deualer miserablement
  • par vne corde. Mais le Capitaine Argal se mõstra genereux à nous
  • defendre: car il resista audit Mareschal, opposant la [262] foy par
  • luy donnée. Et comm'il se vid trop foible en ceste oppositiõ; il
  • publia nos commissions, & lettres Royaux, dont ie vous ay parlé cy
  • deuant, qu'il auoit subtilement enleué des coffres de la Saussaye. Et
  • c'est par ce moyen que nous auons sceu qu'il auoit vsé de telle ruse,
  • car autrem[~e]t nous n'en eussions peu rien descouurir. Le Mareschal
  • voyant ces autoritez de sa Majesté tres-Chrestienne, & la resolution
  • du Capitaine, n'osa passer plus outre, ainsi apres quelques iours &
  • quelques autres apprehensions, on nous fit sçauoir, que parole nous
  • seroit gardée.
  • But our preachers did not take their text from the Gospels. For
  • this charming Marshal, who had the fibre and character of a
  • Frenchman, as they said, when he heard an account of us, talked
  • about nothing but ropes and gallows, and of having every one of
  • us hanged. We were badly frightened, and some lost their peace
  • of mind, expecting nothing less than to ignominiously walk up a
  • ladder to be let down disgracefully by a rope. But Captain Argal
  • showed great magnanimity in defending us: for he opposed the
  • Marshal, urging the [262] promise given by him. And as he found
  • himself too weak in this opposition, he published our commissions
  • and Royal patents, of which I have spoken before, which he had
  • surreptitiously removed from la Saussaye's trunks. And it was in
  • this way we learned that he had made use of such a trick, for
  • otherwise we should never have found it out. The Marshal, seeing
  • these warrants of his most Christian Majesty, and the determination
  • of the Captain, did not dare go any farther; so, after several days
  • spent in great apprehension, we were informed that their promise
  • would be kept.
  • Or comment on nous la garderoit, & quel moyen on nous trouueroit de
  • nous renuoyer en France, c'estoit vne grande question. Le General, le
  • Mareschal & tous les Principaux chefs de la Virginie s'assemblerent
  • en Conseil. [263] Sur icelle le resultat & conclusion des opinions fut
  • de pis faire que iamais, puis qu'il leur sembloit d'en auoir le moyen.
  • Car il fut ordonné que le Capitaine Argal auec ses trois vaisseaux
  • retourneroit en la nouuelle France, pilleroit, & raseroit toutes les
  • forteresses, & habitations des François qu'il trouueroit en toute la
  • coste jusques à Cap Breton: c'est à dire iusques au 46 degré, & demy:
  • (parce qu'ils pretendent à tout tãt de pays: qu'il feroit pendre
  • la Saussaye, & tous ceux de ses gens, lesquels il trouueroit estre
  • demeurez dans ces confins; pilleroit de mesme tous les vaisseaux, qu'il
  • rencontreroit, trouuant toutesfois moyen aux personnes de se pouuoir
  • retirer en France: en cas qu'ils ne fissent point de resistance; &
  • qu'on nous mettroit nous autres vieux prisonniers en compagnie [264]
  • de ceux à qui en ceste façon lon feroit grace de la vie. Telle fut la
  • deliberation. Mais Dieu estoit par dessus, & cõme vous orrés, il en
  • disposa autrement, quant à plusieurs articles.
  • Now how they were going to keep it, and what means would be found
  • to send us back to France, was the great question. The General,[5]
  • the Marshal, and all the other Important personages of Virginia
  • assembled in Council. [263] The result and conclusion of their
  • consultation was to act still worse than ever, since it seemed to
  • them they had the power to do so. For it was decreed that Captain
  • Argal, with his three vessels, should return to new France, plunder
  • and demolish all the fortifications and settlements of the French
  • which he should find along the entire coast as far as Cape Breton:
  • namely, to 46 and one half degrees north latitude, (for they lay
  • claim to all this territory: that he was to have la Saussaye
  • hanged, with all those of his men whom he found remaining within
  • these limits; that he should likewise plunder the ships, which
  • he encountered, finding means, however, to allow their people to
  • return to France, in case they showed no resistance; and that we
  • old prisoners should be placed in company [264] with those whose
  • lives had thus been spared. Such was the decision. But God was on
  • high, and, as you will hear, he decreed otherwise in regard to a
  • number of things.
  • Selon ceste conclusion, Argal reprint vn'autrefois la route de la
  • nouuelle France, plus fort que deuãt, car il auoit trois vaisseaux, &
  • auec meilleure esperance: parce que le butin, qu'il auoit faict sur
  • nous luy accroissoit, & la cupidité, & l'espoir. Il ne print cependant
  • auec soy la moitié de nos gens, ie ne scay pourquoy. Dans son vaisseau
  • estoit le Capitaine Flory, & quatre autres; dans celuy du Lieutenant
  • Turnel (qui estoit le nostre captif) les deux Iesuites, & un garçon.
  • In accordance with this decision, Argal again started for new
  • France, stronger than before, for he had three vessels, and higher
  • expectations; because the booty he had taken from us strengthened
  • both his cupidity and his hopes. However, he did not take with him
  • the half of our people, I know not why. In his vessel were Captain
  • Flory and four others; in that of Lieutenant Turnel, (which was the
  • one captured from us) the two Jesuits and a boy.
  • Le premier lieu où ils tirerent fut S. Sauueur. Car ils s'attendoy[~e]t
  • d'y trouuer la Saussaye: & vn nauire [263 i.e., 265] nouuellement venu.
  • Ils fur[~e]t trompez, d'autant que la Saussaye estoit en France, ainsi
  • qu'a esté dit: ils bruslerent nos fortifications, & abbatirent nos
  • Croix, en dressants vne pour marque, qu'ils se saisissoy[~e]t du pays,
  • comme Seigneurs.
  • They directed their course first to St. Sauveur, for they expected
  • to find la Saussaye and a newly arrived [263 i.e., 265] ship there.
  • They were mistaken, inasmuch as la Saussaye was in France, as
  • has been said. They burned our fortifications and tore down our
  • Crosses, raising another to show they had taken possession of the
  • country, and were the Masters thereof.
  • Ceste Croix portoit le nom graué du Roy de la grande Bretaigne. Ils
  • pendirent aussi vn de leurs hommes, pour cause d'vne conspiration
  • au mesme endroict, où huict iours au parauant ils auoyent abbatu la
  • premiere de nos Croix.
  • This Cross had carved upon it the name of the King of great
  • Britain. Also, on account of a conspiracy, they hanged one of their
  • men in the very place where, eight days before, they had torn down
  • the first of our Crosses.
  • De sainct Sauueur ils addresserent à S. Croix, ancienne habitation du
  • sieur de Monts, & parce qu'ils auoyent sceu, que le P. Biard y auoit
  • esté, Argal vouloit qu'il les y conduisit, mais ledit Pere ne le voulut
  • point, ce qui le mit entierement en la disgrace dudit [264 i.e., 266]
  • Argal, & en grand danger de sa vie. Ce neantmoins Argal roda tant en
  • haut qu'en bas, & rechercha tant tous leurs endroits, les confrontans
  • auec les cartes, qu'il nous auoit prinses, qu'en fin il la trouua de
  • soy-mesme; il en enleua vn bon monceau de sel, qu'il y trouua, brusla
  • l'habitation, & destruisit toutes les marques du nõ & droict de France,
  • ainsi qu'il auoit eu commandement.
  • From saint Sauveur they sailed for Ste. Croix, sieur de Monts's old
  • settlement; and, as they knew that Father Biard had been there,
  • Argal wished him to conduct them thither; but the Father would
  • not consent to do so. This caused him to be in complete disgrace
  • with [264 i.e., 266] Argal, and in great danger of his life.
  • Notwithstanding this, Argal wandered about, up and down, and, by
  • dint of searching all places thoroughly and comparing them with
  • the maps which he had taken from us, he at last found the place
  • himself. He took away a good pile of salt, which he found there,
  • burned the settlement, and destroyed all traces of the name and
  • claims of France, as he had been commanded to do.
  • CHAPITRE XXXII. [i.e., xxix.]
  • LA PRINSE, & INCENDIE DE PORT ROYAL, DEUX GRANDS DANGERS DU P. BIARD.
  • LE Capitaine Argal ayant ruiné saincte Croix; ne sçauoit comment
  • addresser, & faire voile à Port Royal selon la commission qu'il en
  • auoit, d'autant qu'il [265 i.e., 267] doutoit de s'aller engouffrer
  • en si dangereuse plage sans conducteur bien cognoissant des lieux,
  • & par l'exemple frais, qu'il auoit du P. Biard, il n'osoit attendre
  • qu'aucun François l'y voulust cõduire, ou l'y conseiller sincerement.
  • A ceste cause il se mit en queste de quelque Sauuage, & fit tant
  • par ses courses, embusches, enquestes, & industries, qu'il surprint
  • le Sagamo, homme tres-experimenté, & entendant au faict du pays; à
  • la conduicte d'iceluy il vint à Port Royal. Or il y eust eu là sans
  • doute du mal-heur pour le regard des François, parce que l'Anglois
  • entrant à la Lune, dans le Port comm'il fit, & venãt anchrer à la veuë
  • de l'habitation à plus de deux lieuës loin, si les Frãçois eussent
  • veillé, ils auoy[~e]t beau moyen ou de se preparer au combat, ou de
  • se desbagager: car à [266 i.e., 268] cause de la marée, l'Anglois ne
  • fut deuant l'habitation qu'à dix, ou onze heures du iour suiuant. Ie
  • ne sçay ce qu'on fit. Tant y a que l'Anglois mettant pied à terre ne
  • trouua personne dans le fort, & vit des souliers & des hardes esparses.
  • Par ainsi il eust double ioye en ceste prinse: l'vne qu'il ne trouua
  • aucune resistance, ce que iamais il n'eust pensé; l'autre qu'il
  • rencontra vn assez bon butin, à quoy il ne s'attendoit pas.
  • CHAPTER XXXII. [i.e., xxix.]
  • THE TAKING AND BURNING OF PORT ROYAL; FATHER BIARD TWICE IN GREAT
  • DANGER.
  • CAPTAIN Argal, having destroyed sainte Croix, did not know in what
  • direction to sail to reach Port Royal, according to his commission,
  • and hesitated all the more as he [265 i.e., 267] was afraid of
  • being stranded upon such a dangerous coast without a guide who
  • was very familiar with the locality; and, judging from the recent
  • example of Father Biard, he did not dare expect that any Frenchman
  • would consent to guide him, or give him sincere advice in the
  • matter. For this reason, he began to look for a Savage, and by dint
  • of much running about, lying in ambush, inquiring, and skillful
  • maneuvering, he caught the Sagamore, a very experienced man, and
  • well acquainted with the country; under his guidance, he reached
  • Port Royal. Now there was certainly bad luck for the French, as
  • the English entered the Port by Moonlight, and dropped anchor in
  • sight of the settlement, at a distance of more than two leagues;
  • so, if the French had been on their guard, they would have had an
  • excellent opportunity to prepare for a fight, or to run away, for
  • on [266 i.e., 268] account of the tide, the English were not in
  • front of the settlement until ten or eleven o'clock the next day. I
  • do not know what they were doing. At all events, when the English
  • landed, they found no one in the fort, and saw shoes and clothing
  • all scattered about; so they were doubly pleased by this capture,
  • first, because contrary to all their expectations, they met no
  • resistance; and second, because they found a fair supply of booty,
  • which they were not anticipating.
  • Ce rencontre de butin non attendu, pensa couster la vie au P. Biard:
  • voicy comment. Les Anglois ayant ja perdu beaucoup de temps à chercher
  • saincte Croix: & despuis à attraper vn Sauuage, qui fust leur
  • conducteur, le Lieutenãt Turnel estoit d'aduis de laisser le voyage de
  • Port Royal, & s'en retourner au plustost à la Virginie, alleguant pour
  • raisons, que le lieu [267 i.e., 269] estoit tres-dangereux, & la saison
  • par trop auancée (car c'estoit la fin d'Octobre,) & qu'au bout de tant
  • de peines, ils n'y auroit point de profit, parce qu'on n'y trouueroit
  • rien, sinon misere, & la haine des François, qu'ils s'acquerroyent
  • bien meritoirement par le bruslement qu'ils y alloyent faire, sans
  • recompense d'aucun emolument. Le Lieutenãt Turnel auoit ouy ces raisons
  • du P. Biard, auec lequel il prenoit souu[~e]t plaisir de deuiser, &
  • les estimoit fort valides. Or le Capitaine Argal ayant eu le bõheur
  • d'vne facile entrée, & despuis dans Port Royal (ainsi qu'à esté dit) vn
  • assez bon butin, en viures, hardes, & vtensiles dans l'habitation; il
  • reprochoit à son dit Lieutenant, son conseil, & la croyance qu'il auoit
  • eu au Iesuite: & mesmes pour ceste cause luy faisoit moindre part de
  • la proye. [268 i.e., 270] Le Lieutenant en estoit en grande cholere, &
  • d'autant plus qu'on l'auoit tousiours en reputation d'homme d'esprit,
  • & de bon conseil, de quoy il se voyoit deçeu à l'occasion comm'il
  • pensoit, du Iesuite.
  • This unlooked-for capture of booty nearly cost Father Biard his
  • life, in this way. As the English had already lost a great deal of
  • time looking for sainte Croix, and afterward in finding a Savage
  • who might act as their guide, Lieutenant Turnel was of the opinion
  • that it would be better to abandon the voyage to Port Royal, and
  • return as soon as possible to Virginia; giving as his reasons that
  • the place [267 i.e., 269] was very dangerous and the season too
  • far advanced (for it was the end of October); that, after so much
  • trouble, there would be no profit in the end, because they would
  • find nothing there but misery and French hatred, which they would
  • very deservedly draw down upon them by the conflagration they were
  • going to kindle there, without being requited for it by any reward.
  • Lieutenant Turnel had heard these arguments from Father Biard, with
  • whom he often took pleasure in conversing, and considered them very
  • good. Now when Captain Argal had such an easy entry, and afterwards
  • at the settlement of Port Royal (as we have said) found such a
  • quantity of booty in food, clothes and utensils, he reproached his
  • Lieutenant for his advice, and for his confidence in the Jesuits:
  • and on that account gave him a smaller part of the plunder. [268
  • i.e., 270] The Lieutenant was very angry, and so much the more so,
  • as he had always had the reputation of being a man of intelligence
  • and good judgment, which he had now forfeited, as he thought, on
  • account of the Jesuit.
  • Or il y auoit vn Puritain Anglois, maistre du grand nauire plus
  • malin que tous les autres, dissimulé neantmoins, car ils faisoit
  • les plus beaux semblants du monde: mais les autres Anglois nous
  • aduertissoi[~e]t de ne no^{9} point fier en luy, d'autant qu'il estoit
  • malignement enuenimé contre nous. Cestuy-cy donc voyant son coup,
  • persuadoit au Capitaine, & au Lieutenant, lesquels il voyoit esmeus,
  • d'abandonner à terre le Iesuite, disant, qu'il estoit estoit indigne
  • que les Anglois, luy donnassent des viures, puis qu'il les auoit voulu
  • empescher d'[~e] auoir, [269 i.e., 271] & mille autres raisons qu'il
  • alleguoit. Ie ne sçay qui secourust tant à propos le Iesuite en ce
  • danger, que sa simplicité. Car tout de mesme, que s'il eust esté bien
  • fauorisé, & qu'il eust peu beaucoup enuers ledit Anglois, il se mit à
  • genoux deuãt le Capitaine par deux diuerses fois, & à deux diuerses
  • occasions, à celle fin de le flechir à misericorde enuers les François
  • dudit Port Royal esgarés par les bois, & pour luy persuader de leur
  • laisser quelques viures, leur chaloupe, & quelqu'autre moyen de passer
  • l'Hyuer. Et voyez combien differentes petitions on faisoit audit
  • Capitaine: car au mesme temps, que le P. Biard le supplioit ainsi pour
  • les François, vn François crioit de loin auec outrages, & iniures tres
  • indignes à haute voix, qu'il le falloit massacrer. Or Argal (qui est
  • d'vn coeur [270 i.e., 272] noble,) voyant ceste tant syncere affection
  • du Iesuite, & de l'autre costé ceste tant bestiale & enragée inhumanité
  • de ce François, laquelle ne recognoissoit ny sa propre nation, ny
  • biens-faicts, ny Religion, ny estoit domtée par l'affliction & verges
  • de Dieu, estima que ce luy seroit tousiours reproche, & impropere, si
  • sans iugement, & sans auoir ouy parties, il venoit à delaisser pour vne
  • accusation subtile, celuy à qui il auoit donné sa parole. Et par ainsi
  • reietta tout ensemble, & la suasion de l'Anglois, & la forcenerie du
  • François, d'autant plus appaisé enuers le Iesuiste, que plus il le
  • voyoit attaqué sans qu'il remarquait en luy changement, ou alteration.
  • Now there was an English Puritan, master of the larger vessel, more
  • malicious than all the others, yet hypocritical, for he made the
  • finest pretensions in the world: but the other Englishmen advised
  • us not to trust him, as he was wickedly prejudiced against us.
  • So this man, seeing his opportunity, persuaded the Captain and
  • Lieutenant, who he saw were aroused, to leave the Jesuit on shore,
  • saying he did not deserve that the English should give him food
  • since he had tried to prevent them from obtaining it, [269 i.e.,
  • 271] and offering a thousand other arguments. I know not what
  • rescued the Jesuit so opportunely from this danger, unless it were
  • his simplicity. For just as if he had been highly favored, and
  • had great influence with these English, he dropped upon his knees
  • before the Captain, two different times and upon two different
  • occasions, to move him to pity towards the French of Port Royal
  • who were wandering about through the woods, and to persuade him
  • to leave them some food, their boat, and other means of passing
  • the Winter. And see now what different requests were being made
  • to this Captain: for at the same time that Father Biard was thus
  • petitioning him in behalf of the French, a Frenchman was shouting
  • out from afar, with most scandalous insults and abuse, that he
  • ought to be slain. Now Argal (who has a noble [270 i.e., 272]
  • heart), seeing the so sincere affection of the Jesuit, and, on
  • the other hand, the so brutal and infuriated inhumanity of this
  • Frenchman, who remembered neither his own country, nor kindnesses,
  • nor Religion, nor was crushed by God's afflicting rod, considered
  • that it would always be a reproach and disgrace to him, if, without
  • trial and hearing from both sides, he should cast off, on account
  • of a sly and cunning accusation, him to whom he had given his word.
  • And so he rejected both the persuasions of the Englishman, and
  • the rage of the Frenchman, looking upon the Jesuit all the more
  • favorably as he saw that, however much he was attacked, there was
  • no change or deterioration in his conduct.
  • Or ledit Capitaine ayant enleué de Port Royal tout ce qui luy sembla
  • commode, iusques aux [271 i.e., 273] ais, verroils, serrures, & cloux;
  • il y mit le feu. Chose certes bien pitoyable, car dans vn'heure ou deux
  • on vit reduit en cendres le trauail & despense de plusieurs années &
  • personnes de merite. Et plaise à nostre Seigneur que ce mesme feu aye
  • tellement destruit tous les pechés, qui peuuent auoir esté commis en
  • ceste place, que iamais ils ne resuscitent plus en aucune part, ny ne
  • prouoquent la iuste & redoutable vengeance de nostre Dieu. L'Anglois
  • (comme i'ay dit autre part) effaçoit par tout, tous monuments, &
  • indices de la puissance Françoise: ce qu'il n'oublia pas icy iusques
  • à faire vser du pic, & ciseau sur vne grosse & massiue pierre, en
  • laquelle estoyent entaillés les nõs du sieur de Monts, & autres
  • Capitaines auec les fleurs de lys. Ce faict, il leua l'anchre pour
  • s'en aller; mais [272 i.e., 274] il fut retenu par le mauuais temps à
  • l'emboucheure du Port trois, ou quatre iours.
  • Now this Captain, having taken away from Port Royal everything
  • that seemed convenient to him, even to the [271 i.e., 273] boards,
  • bolts, locks, and nails, set the place on fire. A truly pitiable
  • thing, for in an hour or two the work of several worthy people,
  • during a number of years, was reduced to ashes. And may our Lord
  • grant that this same fire has so completely destroyed all sins,
  • which may have been committed in this place, that they may never
  • again arise in any other place, nor ever provoke the just and
  • dreadful vengeance of our God. The English (as I have stated
  • elsewhere) destroyed, everywhere, all monuments and evidences
  • of the dominion of the French; and this they did not forget to
  • do here, even to making use of pick and chisel upon a large and
  • massive stone, on which were cut the names of sieur de Monts and
  • other Captains, with the fleurs-de-lys. This done, they weighed
  • anchor to sail away, but [272 i.e., 274] bad weather detained them
  • three or four days at the mouth of the Harbor.
  • Tandis qu'il seiournoit icy à l'Anchre, vn François de ceux dudit
  • Port demanda de parlementer: ce qui luy fut accordé. Or entre les
  • bõs affaires, que ce beau parlementateur vint traicter, fut de dire
  • au Capitaine Anglois, qu'il s'esmerueilloit bien fort, comment il
  • n'auoit pieça deliuré le monde du pernicieux Iesuite, qui estoit en
  • ses nauires, Si ce n'estoit, peut-estre que le mal-heur l'y conseruast
  • pour reuancher les François par quelque trahison meschante, que ledit
  • Iesuite ioüeroit à son coup, & occasion. Car c'estoit (disoit-il)
  • vn vray, & naturel Espagnol, qui ayant commis plusieurs forfaicts
  • en France, à cause desquels il en estoit fuitif, leur auoit encores
  • donné beaucoup [273 i.e., 275] de scandales à Port Royal, & qu'il ne
  • falloit aucunement douter, qu'encores ne fit-il pis aux Anglois. Argal
  • oyant dire, que le P. Biard estoit naturel Espagnol, ne le pouuoit
  • croire; mais on luy donna cest'accusation par escrit, & soub-signé
  • de cinq ou six: & le pressoit-on fort à ce qu'il iettast en terre à
  • l'abandon ledit P. Biard. Mais tant plus qu'on l'en pressoit, tant
  • moins l'Anglois y consentoit, parce que y consentant il ne pouuoit fuir
  • le deshonneur d'auoir manqué de foy, & de iustice; là où le gardant
  • pour la Virginie, il s'attendoit de l'y faire mourir en acquerant
  • loüange de fidelité à son office, & de patience à supporter. Car en
  • communiquant au Mareschal ceste deposition des François, & adioustant
  • par dessus comme ledit Pere n'auoit voulu monstrer l'Isle S. [274 i.e.,
  • 276] Croix, & auoit tasché de diuertir les Anglois d'aller à Port
  • Royal; il n'auoit garde deschapper des mains du Mareschal, desquelles
  • à peine l'auoit-on peu arracher, lors mesme, qu'on n'auoit aucune
  • prinse sur luy. Ainsi Dieu le voulut sauuer pour lors, & encores pl^{9}
  • merueilleusement despuis, comme vous orrez. Cependant vous remarquerez
  • sagement iusques à quelle rage le malin esprit agite ceux, qui se
  • vendent à luy, & combien il faut estre reserué à croire les delations &
  • detractiõs, puis que le P. Biard auoit vescu dans Port Royal, & auoit
  • tousiours esté notoirement recogneu pour ce qu'il est, c'est à dire
  • bon François naturel, & qui iamais ne fut en Espagne ny luy, ny son
  • pere, ou mere, ou aucun de ses parens. Or que ce neantmoins vn François
  • se soit trouué si possedé par l'esprit [275 i.e., 277] sanguinaire,
  • que pour le faire mourir il soit venu à imposturer si furieusement, &
  • receuant le chastiment de Dieu n'en aye faict autre profit, que de se
  • prostituer si desesperement à Sathan, & à calomnie, cela surpasse toute
  • apprehension commune de malice, & à peine peut-on conceuoir, qu'vn
  • homme puisse deuenir si vendu, & si desesperement asserui à peché.
  • While they remained anchored here, a Frenchman from among those at
  • the Port asked to confer with them; his request was granted. Now
  • among the nice things which this fine parliamentarian did, was to
  • say to the English Captain that he was very much surprised indeed
  • that he had not already rid the world of the pernicious Jesuit,
  • who was in one of his ships. If he were not despatched, perhaps
  • some ill luck might keep him there to take revenge for the French
  • upon the English by some wicked treason, which the Jesuit would be
  • guilty of, in his way and at his opportunity. For he was (said he)
  • a true and native Spaniard, who, having committed several crimes
  • in France, on account of which he was a fugitive from justice, had
  • also been the cause of a great deal [273 i.e., 275] of scandal
  • at Port Royal, and there could not be the slightest doubt that
  • he would do something still worse to the English. Argal, when he
  • heard it said that Father Biard was a native Spaniard, could not
  • believe it; but this charge, made in writing and signed by five
  • or six persons, was handed to him; and they urged him strongly to
  • put on shore and desert Father Biard. But the more they urged him,
  • the less the Englishman would yield to them, because in giving his
  • consent, he could not escape the dishonor of having broken faith
  • and failed in doing justice; whereas, if he kept him until he got
  • to Virginia, he could count upon having him executed there, at the
  • same time receiving praise for his fidelity to his word, and for
  • his patience in bearing with him. For when he would communicate
  • to the Marshal this statement of the French, and add to it that
  • the Father would not consent to guide them to the Island of Ste.
  • [274 i.e., 276] Croix, and had tried to keep the English from
  • going to Port Royal, there would be no danger of his escaping from
  • the hands of the Marshal, from which they had hardly rescued him
  • before, although then they had no claim upon him. Thus God willed
  • that he should be saved that time, and still more wonderfully since
  • then, as you will hear. Meanwhile, you will wisely observe to what
  • madness the evil spirit incites those who sell themselves to him,
  • and how necessary it is to be cautious in believing slanders and
  • detractions; for Father Biard had lived in Port Royal, and had
  • always been universally recognized for what he is; namely, a good,
  • native-born Frenchman, who had never even been in Spain, neither
  • he, nor his father, nor his mother, nor any of his kindred. Now
  • notwithstanding all this, a Frenchman was found so possessed with
  • the spirit of [275 i.e., 277] bloodshed, that to have him killed
  • he was led to commit such a monstrous act of imposition, and while
  • under the chastisement of God, derived no other advantage therefrom
  • than to sell himself so hopelessly to Satan and to calumny. This
  • exceeds all ordinary conceptions of wickedness, and it is difficult
  • to conceive how a man can be so desperately given up to and
  • enslaved by sin.
  • CHAPITRE XXXI. [i.e., xxx.]
  • LE DEPART DE PORT ROYAL, LES DIUERSES AUENTURES DES NAUIRES; & COMME
  • NOUS FUSMES CONTRAINTS DE RELASCHER AUX AÇORES.
  • LE neufuiesme de Nouembre de ceste année 1613. les Anglois
  • departir[~e]t de Port Royal en intention de s'aller rendre à [276
  • i.e., 278] leur Virginie, & y iouïr du butin l'hyuer suiuant. Or dés
  • ce temps le Lieutenant Turnel, ne regardoit plus le P. Biard, que
  • comme vn pendard abominable: il le detestoit encores d'auantage,
  • quand il repensoit au passé: car par le passé, il auoit faict estat
  • de le priser, & l'aymer pour sa naïfue simplicité, & ouuerte candeur.
  • Mais ayant veu le tesmoignage par escrit de tant de François, qui
  • l'asseuroyent estre naturel Espagnol, & meschant homme, il aimoit mieux
  • croire, que le Iesuite fust menteur, que non pas tant d'autres, qui
  • l'accusoyent. Par ainsi il haissoit d'autant plus irreconciliablement
  • ceste si profonde & impenetrable dissimulation (comme il pensoit) d'vn
  • Espagnol, contrefaisant le François, laquelle luy, homme reputé pour
  • accort, & bien aduisé, n'auoit sceu descouurir [277 i.e., 279] en tant
  • de temps; ains à laquelle il s'estoit laissé surprendre iusques à vne
  • familiarité, & amitié grande. Telle estoit la cholere du Capitaine
  • Turnel, lequel d'ores en auant i'appelleray absoluement Capitaine & non
  • plus Lieutenant, parce que nous allons nous separer: escoutez comment.
  • CHAPTER XXXI. [i.e., XXX.]
  • THE DEPARTURE FROM PORT ROYAL; VARIOUS ADVENTURES OF THE SHIPS; AND
  • HOW WE WERE COMPELLED TO STOP AT THE AÇORES.
  • ON the ninth of November of this year, 1613, the English left
  • Port Royal, intending to go back to [276 i.e., 278] Virginia, and
  • there to enjoy their booty during the following winter. Now from
  • this time on, Lieutenant Turnel only looked upon Father Biard as
  • an abominable rascal: he hated him still more when he thought of
  • the past, for then he had openly shown his esteem and love for him
  • on account of his naïve simplicity and open candor. But having
  • seen the testimony in writing of so many Frenchmen, who assured
  • him that he was a native Spaniard, and a wicked man, he preferred
  • to believe that the Jesuit was a liar, rather than to disbelieve
  • so many others who accused him. Therefore his hatred was all the
  • more irreconcilable against the deep and impenetrable hypocrisy
  • (as he thought) of a Spaniard, pretending to be a Frenchman, which
  • he, reputed to be a man of sagacity and wisdom, had not been able
  • to discover [277 i.e., 279] in so long a time, but had allowed
  • himself to be drawn by it into great familiarity and friendship.
  • Such was the wrath of Captain Turnel, whom I shall hereafter call
  • simply Captain and no longer Lieutenant, because we are going to be
  • separated [from the other ships]; hear in what way.
  • Le second iour apres nostre depart, veille de S. Martin, vn si grand
  • orage s'esleua, qu'il escarta nos trois vaisseaux en telle façon, que
  • despuis ils ne se sont point reueus ensemble; ains ont tiré trestous
  • bien diuerses routes.
  • On the second day after our departure, on the eve of St. Martin,
  • so terrible a storm arose that our three vessels were scattered
  • so effectually that they never came together afterwards, but all
  • sailed away in different directions.
  • La barque n'a point comparu despuis, & nouuelles aucunes n'en ayant
  • esté ouyes aucuns se doutent qu'elle soit perie, auec les six Anglois,
  • qui estoyent dedans.
  • The barque was never seen again, and, no news of it having been
  • heard, no one doubts that it was lost with the six Englishmen who
  • were on board.
  • La Nau Capitanesse, où commendoit Argal, nonobstãt le contraste, vint
  • à port heureusement [278 i.e., 280] à la Virginie dãs trois sepmaines,
  • ou enuiron. Le Mareschal (duquel nous vous auons parlé cy deuant)
  • ouyt fort volontiers du Capitaine Argal, tout ce qui s'estoit passé,
  • & attendoit en bonne deuotion le P. Biard pour luy tost accourcir
  • les voyages, luy faisant trouuer au milieu d'vne eschelle le bout du
  • monde; mais Dieu, maistre de la vie, & des puissances dispose à son bon
  • plaisir de ses creatures, & non à la fantasie du bras humain; prenant
  • plaisir au tiltre, que luy donne son Psalmiste, d'estre le Seigneur,
  • _qui deliure le pauure des mains des plus forts, & le destitué, de la
  • puissance de ceux, qui le pillent_, comme ie m'en vais vous monstrer,
  • qu'il a faict.
  • The Ship "Capitanesse," which Argal commanded, notwithstanding its
  • hindrances, safely reached port [278 i.e., 280] in Virginia, after
  • three weeks or thereabout. The Marshal (of whom we have spoken
  • above) listened very willingly to Captain Argal as he related all
  • that had taken place, and in a proper spirit of devotion awaited
  • Father Biard, to shorten for him his voyages and to make him find
  • the end of the world from the middle of a ladder; but God, master
  • of life and all-powerful, disposes of his creatures according to
  • his own good pleasure, and not according to the whims of human
  • authority; taking pleasure in the title given him by the Psalmist,
  • of being the Lord, _Who delivers the poor from the hands of the
  • strong, and the destitute from the power of those who strip him_,
  • as I am going on to show you he did.
  • Les deux Iesuites, & vn garçon François estoyent dans le nauire
  • captif, sur lequel auoit esté commis le Capitaine Turnel; ce nauire
  • [279 i.e., 281] separé d'auec Argal par la t[~e]peste en fut tant
  • incessamment poursuiuy seize iours durant, que le Capitaine perdant
  • esperãce de pouuoir aborder la Virginie, appella tous ses gents, & mit
  • en deliberation, qu'est-ce qu'il faudroit faire pour sauuer leurs vies.
  • Car de combattre les orages plus long temps pour ne se pas esloigner de
  • ladicte Virginie, il n'y auoit point d'apparence, parce que on auoit
  • dans le nauire des cheuaux prins à Port Royal, qui les ruinoyent d'eau
  • tant ils en beuuoyent, les tourbillons rompoy[~e]t tant de voiles,
  • ausuents, & cordages, qu'il n'y auoit plus de quoy les refaire, & les
  • viures estoyent bien bas, hors la mouluë seulement, de laquelle y auoit
  • assez; mais de pain on n'en auoit eu, par l'espace de trois mois, que
  • deux onces chasque iour pour teste, [280 i.e., 282] bien rarement
  • trois: & si il en restoit fort peu. En ceste deliberation les mariniers
  • fur[~e]t d'aduis qu'il falloit soustenir encores quelques iours pour
  • leur hõneur. Et (approbation de leur conseil) le bon temps leur arriua
  • au iour suiuant, & les conduisit si auant qu'ils ne s'estimoyent pas
  • estre à plus de vingt & cinq lieuës de leur port.
  • The two Jesuits and a French boy were in the captured ship which
  • had been committed to the care of Captain Turnel; this ship, [279
  • i.e., 281] separated from Argal by the tempest, was so incessantly
  • followed by it for sixteen days, that the Captain, losing hope of
  • being able to reach Virginia, called together all his people, and
  • took counsel with them upon the best way to save their lives. For
  • there seemed to be no probability that they would longer be able
  • to combat the storms so as to keep near Virginia, because they had
  • in the ships the horses taken from Port Royal, and these spoiled
  • as much of the water as they drank; the winds had so torn their
  • sails, and broken their gunwales and ropes, that they had nothing
  • left with which to repair them; the stock of food was low, except
  • the codfish, of which they had enough; but as to bread, they had
  • had, during three months, only two ounces a day to each person,
  • [280 i.e., 282] very rarely three; and so there remained but little
  • of it. In this consultation, the sailors were of the opinion that
  • their honor demanded them to hold out some days longer. And (in
  • approval of their decision) fair weather came the next day, and
  • bore them so far ahead that they judged they were no more than
  • twenty-five leagues from their port.
  • Pour en confesser la franche verité, les Iesuites ne prioyent point
  • pour ce bon temps, car ils sçauoyent assez où c'est qu'il les
  • conuoyoit. Or Dieu, croy-ie, ayãt pitié d'eux, suscita vu gaillard, &
  • fougueux suroüest, qui vint donner droict en face à nos Anglois, & les
  • contraignist de mettre le nauire en cappe (comme l'on dit) de plier
  • toutes les voiles, & de penser à leur conscience.
  • To tell the honest truth, the Jesuits did not pray for this fair
  • weather, knowing very well to what fate it was carrying them.
  • Now God, taking pity on them, as I believe, aroused a lively and
  • vigorous south-wester, which blew right in the Englishmen's teeth,
  • and forced them to lie to (as the saying is), to reef the sails,
  • and to examine their consciences.
  • Le Capitaine voyant ceste rage [281 i.e., 283] de vents, & de vagues ne
  • voulut plus s'opiniastrer, ains conclud, qu'il falloit relascher aux
  • Açores à 7. cents lieuës de là, pour s'y pouruoir de leurs necessitez,
  • & attendre le bon temps. Il fit tourner le cap pour adresser là, &
  • aussi tost apres on tua les cheuaux qui nous auoyent gasté & consumé
  • nostr'eau, de maniere qu'elle estoit toute infecte, & puante, & encores
  • la donnoit on en bien petite mesure. Mais la chair de cheual estoit
  • fort bonne, au goust des Iesuites.
  • The Captain, seeing this fury [281 i.e., 283] of the winds and
  • waves, thought it well not to persist in his course, but decided
  • to make for the Açores, 7 hundred leagues from there, to provide
  • for their necessities and to wait for good weather. He turned the
  • prow in that direction, and immediately thereafter they killed the
  • horses which had been spoiling and drinking the water, so that it
  • was all infected and had a bad smell; and even this was measured
  • out to us in small quantities. But the horseflesh was very good,
  • according to the taste of the Jesuits.
  • Or durant ces furieuses, & horrib[l]es tempestes, comme tous auoyent
  • bien occasion de penser à leur conscience, Dieu particulierement
  • disposoit le Capitaine. De maniere, qu'vne fois bien repentant, il
  • appella le P. Biard, & luy tint ces discours, que ie vais inserer quasi
  • de mot à mot: car ce [282 i.e., 284] Capitaine parloit bon François,
  • & beaucoup d'autres lãgues vulgaires, outre le Latin & le Grec, qu'il
  • entendoit bien, homme de grand esprit, & qui a bien estudié: P. Biard,
  • (disoit-il) Dieu est courroucé contre nous, ie le voy bi[~e]; il
  • est courroucé contre nous, di-je, mais non pas contre vous; contre
  • nous, parce que nous vous sõmes allés faire la guerre, sans la vous
  • premierement denõcer, ce qu'est contre le droict des gens. Mais ie
  • proteste, que ç'a esté contre mon aduis, & mon gré. Ie n'eusse sceu
  • qu'y faire, il me falloit suiure, i'estois seruiteur. Ainsi ie vous
  • dy, que ie voy bi[~e] que Dieu est courroucé contre nous, mais non
  • pas contre vous, ains à l'occasion de vous: car vous ne faictes que
  • patir. Le Capitaine s'arrestãt icy, vo^{9} pouués estimer si le Iesuite
  • manqua de respõdre à propos. Le Capitaine, [283 i.e., 285] le prit d'vn
  • autre endroit, mais, P. Biard (dit-il) c'est chose estrange, que vos
  • François de Port Royal vous accusent ainsi. Le Pere respondit, Mais
  • mõsieur, m'aués-vous iamais ouy mesdire d'eux? Nenny, dit-il; ains i'ay
  • fort bien remarqué que quand on mesdisoit d'eux, & deuant le Capitaine
  • Argal, & deuant moy, tousiours vous les aués defendus, i'en suis bon
  • tesmoin. Monsieur (dit le Pere) prenez argument de là, & iugés, qui
  • a Dieu, & la verité de son costé; ou les mesdisants, ou bien les
  • charitables. Ie l'entends bien, dit le Capitaine: mais, Pere Biard, la
  • charité ne vous a elle point fait mentir, quãd vous me disiez, que nous
  • ne trouuerions que misere à Port Royal? Le Pere repartit, Pardonnez
  • moy, monsieur, vous priant de vous souuenir, que ie ne vous ay dit [284
  • i.e., 286] sinon que moy estant là, ie n'y auois veu, & trouué que
  • misere. Cela seroit bon, dit le Capitaine, si vous n'estiés Espagnol,
  • comme l'on dit que vous estes, car l'estãt, ce que vous desirés tant de
  • bien aux Frãçois n'est pas pour amour que vous leur portés, ains pour
  • haine des Anglois. A cecy le Pere Biard respondit fort au long: mais
  • il ne luy peut iamais desraciner cest'opinion, disant, qu'il n'estoit
  • point croyable, que cinq, ou six François constitués en affliction
  • eussent voulu signer vne fausse accusation contre vn leur concitoyen
  • Prestre: n'y ayants autre profit que de le faire perdre, & par ce moyen
  • satis-faire à leur maudite passion.
  • Now during these furious and horrible tempests, when all had good
  • reason to look into their consciences, God especially inclined
  • the Captain to do so, in such a manner, that once, when he was
  • feeling very repentant, he called Father Biard and held with him
  • the following conversation, which I here insert almost word for
  • word: for this [282 i.e., 284] Captain spoke good French, and
  • many other common languages, besides Latin and Greek, which he
  • understood very well; he was a man of great intelligence and a
  • thorough student. "Father Biard" (said he) "God is angry at us, I
  • see it clearly; he is angry at us, I say, but not at you; angry at
  • us, because we went to make war upon you without first giving you
  • notice, which is contrary to the rights of nations. But I protest
  • that it was contrary to my advice, and my inclination. I did not
  • know what to do, I had to follow, I was merely a servant. But I
  • tell you I see very clearly that God's wrath is kindled against us,
  • but not against you, although on your account: for you do nothing
  • but suffer." The Captain pausing here, you may judge whether or
  • not the Jesuit failed to make a suitable answer. The Captain [283
  • i.e., 285] took up another phase of the question. "But, Father
  • Biard" (says he) "it is strange that your countrymen from Port
  • Royal should accuse you thus." The Father answers, "But, Sir, have
  • you ever heard me slander them?" "By no means," he says, "but I
  • have clearly observed that when evil things are said of them, both
  • before Captain Argal and before me, you have always defended them,
  • of which I am a good witness." "Sir" (the Father says) "draw your
  • own conclusions from that, and judge which have God and truth on
  • their side, whether the slanderers, or the charitable." "I know
  • that very well," says the Captain, "but, Father Biard, did not
  • charity make you lie, when you told me we should find nothing but
  • misery at Port Royal?" "Pardon me," answers the Father, "I beg you
  • to remember that I told you only [284 i.e., 286] that when I was
  • there, I saw and found nothing but misery." "That would be all
  • right," says the Captain, "if you were not a Spaniard, as they say
  • you are; for, being one, the great good which you desire for the
  • French is not on account of the love you bear them, but on account
  • of your hatred of the English." Upon this Father Biard entered
  • into a long explanation; but he could never eradicate this opinion
  • from the Captain's mind, who said it was not credible that five
  • or six Frenchmen, surrounded by afflictions, would have consented
  • to sign a false accusation against a Priest, one of their own
  • fellow-citizens, deriving no other profit therefrom than to destroy
  • him, and in this way to satisfy their evil passions.
  • Ie vous ay faict ce recit à fin que la suaue disposition de la diuine
  • prouidence soit recogneuë, & que vous entendiez, cõme Dieu [285 i.e.,
  • 287] alloit preparant peu à peu le coeur du Capitaine. Car il se trouua
  • bi[~e] perplex, & luy & ses gens, quand ils se virent pres des Açores.
  • La cause en estoit, parce que ces Isles sont habitées des Portugais
  • Catholiques; par ainsi les Anglois consideroyent, que venants à y
  • anchrer, il faudroit souffrir la visite du nauire. Que si en la visite
  • on descouuroit les Iesuites que c'estoit faict d'eux, parce qu'on
  • deliureroit lesdits Iesuites, comme Catholiques: & qu'eux seroyent
  • pendus, ou pour le moins mis à la cadene comme voleurs de Prestres.
  • I have narrated this to you that the kindly dispositions of
  • providence may be recognized, and that you may understand how God
  • [285 i.e., 287] proceeded, little by little, to prepare the heart
  • of the Captain. For both he and his crew were greatly perplexed,
  • when they found themselves near the Açores. The reason for this
  • was, that these Islands are inhabited by Catholic Portuguese, so
  • the English judged that, in anchoring there, they would have to
  • allow the ship to be visited; and if in this visit the priests
  • were discovered, it would be all over with them, for the Jesuits,
  • as Catholics, would be liberated, and they [the English] would be
  • hanged, or at least condemned to the chain and ball, as robbers of
  • Priests.
  • Le remede à ce mal estoit facile, faisant faire ausdits Iesuites vn
  • saut dans la mer. Neantmoins comme ie vous ay monstré, la crainte de
  • Dieu s'estoit resueillée, qui combattoit pour eux. Nostre Seigneur en
  • fin, qui les [286 i.e., 288] protegeoit aux prieres de sa glorieuse
  • Mere, fit que le Capitaine se resolut de les cacher au fonds du nauire,
  • esperant que cela suffiroit pour seurté: comme il suffit aussi, mais
  • la bõne foy des Iesuites y aydant, ainsi que vous entendrés tout à
  • cest'heure.
  • The remedy for this evil was an easy one; namely, to make the
  • Jesuits take a leap into the sea. Nevertheless, as I have shown
  • you, the fear of God was awakened, and this contended for them. Our
  • Lord indeed who [286 i.e., 288] protected them through the prayers
  • of his glorious Mother, caused the Captain to decide to conceal
  • them in the hold of the ship, hoping this would suffice for their
  • security, as it did; but the good faith of the Jesuits assisted
  • therein, as you will soon hear.
  • CHAPITRE XXXII. [i.e., xxxi.]
  • COMME LE NAUIRE FUT VISITÉ AUX AÇORES, & LA BONNE FOY, QUE LES IESUITES
  • GARDERENT AUX ANGLOIS.
  • LA main de Dieu estoit euidemment sur les Iesuites pour les proteger,
  • ainsi que vous auez peu apperceuoir par cy deuant: Et fut manifeste
  • en vn autre danger, qu'ils passerent; que nous ne racontons pas icy,
  • pour n'estre longs, auquel neantmoins [287 i.e., 289] ils confessent
  • d'auoir eu plus de peur, qu'en beaucoup d'autres, & non sans cause.
  • Ceste protection diuine se monstra encores clairement en ce quell'osta
  • l'apprehension du peril au Capitaine. Car s'il eust preueu les grands
  • dangers qu'il courut puis apres, ie ne scay s'il eust esté assez
  • conscientieux, ou ses gens pour ne se point resoudre au meurtre, auant
  • que de tomber aux perplexités, ausquelles ils furent reduits, en ceste
  • façon.
  • CHAPTER XXXII. [i.e., xxxi.]
  • HOW THE SHIP WAS VISITED AT THE AÇORES, AND HOW THE JESUITS KEPT
  • THEIR PROMISE TO THE ENGLISH.
  • GOD'S hand was evidently stretched over the Jesuits for their
  • protection, as you have been able to see heretofore. It was also
  • manifest in another danger through which they passed, and which we
  • do not relate here, lest we be tedious, in which, nevertheless,
  • [287 i.e., 289] they confess to have felt more fear than in many
  • others, and not without cause. This divine protection was even more
  • evident in removing all apprehensions of danger from the Captain.
  • For if he had foreseen the great risks which he ran afterwards, I
  • am not sure that he or his crew would have been so conscientious
  • as not to have resolved upon murder, before falling into the
  • perplexities to which they were in this way reduced.
  • Ils arriuerent à l'Isle de Faeal, qui est vne des Açores, & ne
  • se pensoyent à leur arriuée, que d'anchrer aupres de la ville,
  • d'enuoyer leur batteau pour se charger d'eau, de laquelle ils auoyent
  • principalement besoin, & achepter quelque peu de biscuit, & autres
  • necessitez plus pressantes. En ceste façon il estoit fort facile [288
  • i.e., 290] de cacher les Iesuites, parce qu'on ne visite gueres,
  • que fort legerement ceux qui sont loin de terre, & puis la visite
  • passee: tout le peril est passé. Ceste consideration fit resoudre tant
  • facilem[~e]t le Capitaine à ne pas vser de cruauté. Mais la fortune
  • trouua bien autres tours, & destours qu'il ne p[~e]soit: car il luy
  • fallust entrer dans le haure, & se tenir à la veuë de la ville, & des
  • autres nauires. Là de sinistre accident, nostre nauire s'alla heurter
  • contre vne carauelle Espagnolle, chargée de succre, & luy rompit son
  • beau-pré; l'Espagnol pensa que ce fut vn guet à pens, à celle fin de
  • surprendre son vaisseau, & le voler: tout ainsi qu'auoit faict vn
  • François dans le mesme port, cinq semaines au parauãt, & partant se
  • print à crier au coursaire, faisant armer ses gens, & peu s'en fallut
  • que lon [289 i.e., 291] ne vinst aux mains. Grand bruit & grande
  • esmeute dans la ville, & par tous les nauires qui estoyent là, grand
  • alarme. Il fallust que le Capitaine allast à terre, & y demeurast pour
  • gages, & asseurance: encores ne pouuoit-on croire, qu'il fut autre que
  • Pirate. on vint visiter & reuisiter le nauire, & les Iesuites ioüoyent
  • comme l'on dit a esconsailles, de trou en cachot, & de cachot en fonds,
  • tousiours en quelque nouuelle musse. Or sur le vif, & le chaud des
  • soupçons, & grabuge, les Espagnols venants visiter les pauures Peres
  • & le garcon Francois estoyent derriere vne chaloupe se tenant coys
  • & sans souffler, car si seulement ils eussent soufflé vn peu gros,
  • ou remué la main ou le pied, ils eussent esté descouuerts. La chose
  • estoit si hazardeuse, que nos Anglois en transissoyent de [290 i.e.,
  • 292] male-peur. Mais les Iesuites leur voulurent constamment garder la
  • foy pour plusieurs raisõs, & entre autres, pour faire voir par effect
  • aux calomniateurs de l'Eglise Catholique, qu'à tort, & contre verité
  • ils luy imposent d'enseigner, qu'il ne faut point garder la foy aux
  • heretiques. Ce qu'est totalement faux, & contre sa doctrine. Mais
  • reuenons aux Espagnols, ils n'apperceurent iamais lesdits peres en leur
  • visite, & s'en allerent en fort bonne opinion des Anglois, qui les
  • voyants dehors, & reuenants à soy de la grande apprehension en laquelle
  • ils auoyent esté, se prindrent à faire tant de caresses aux Peres, &
  • tant de feste en recognoissance de leur sincérité, qu'en pourroy[~e]t
  • faire vne troupe de bons parents & amys s'entre rencontrants en paix
  • apres vne absence, & separation [291 i.e., 293] de bien long temps.
  • Les mesmes Anglois ont souuent depuis loüangé lesdicts Peres en la
  • presence de leurs Ministres en Angleterre de ceste leur fidelité, & les
  • Ministres en demonstroi[~e]t grands signes d'estonnement & admiration.
  • They came to the Island of Faeal, one of the Açores, where, upon
  • their arrival, they intended only to anchor near the town, to send
  • their boat for a supply of water, which they needed most, and to
  • buy a few biscuit and other very necessary articles. In this way it
  • was quite easy [288 i.e., 290] to conceal the Jesuits; for those
  • vessels which are some distance from the land are only slightly
  • visited, and, this visit over, all danger is past. This was the
  • reason why the Captain so readily resolved not to use cruelty. But
  • fate found other ways and means, which he had not considered; for
  • he was obliged to enter the harbor and remain in full view of the
  • town, and of other ships. There, by an unlucky accident, our ship
  • ran foul of a Spanish caravel, loaded with sugar, and broke its
  • bowsprit; the Spaniards thought this was a ruse by means of which
  • to surprise their vessel and rob it, just as a French ship had
  • done in the same port five weeks before; and so they began to cry
  • "pirates!" at the same time arming their crew; just a [289 i.e.,
  • 291] little more and they would have come to blows. There was great
  • commotion and noise in the town, and considerable alarm throughout
  • all the ships in the harbor. The Captain had to go on shore, and
  • remain there as a hostage and security; and even then, no one could
  • believe that he was other than a Pirate. They came to visit and
  • revisit the ship, and the Jesuits played, as the saying is, at hide
  • and seek, from top to bottom, from dungeon to hold, always finding
  • some new hiding place. Now during the liveliest and fiercest
  • suspicions, and disputes, the Spaniards came to visit the ship, and
  • the poor Fathers and the French boy were huddled behind a boat,
  • still and breathless; for if they had even breathed a little loud,
  • or moved hand or foot, they would have been discovered. The thing
  • was so dangerous that our English were seized with a [290 i.e.,
  • 292] panic. But the Jesuits wished to continue to keep faith with
  • them for several reasons, and among others to make the slanderers
  • of the Catholic Church really see that they ascribed to it
  • wrongfully and untruthfully the doctrine that it is not necessary
  • to keep faith with heretics; which is totally false and contrary
  • to its belief. But let us return to the Spaniards. They never
  • discovered the said fathers in their visit, and went away with a
  • very high opinion of the English. The latter, when they saw them
  • outside, recovering from the panic into which they had been thrown,
  • began to embrace the Fathers as effusively, and to make as great
  • a celebration in acknowledgment of their sincerity, as a company
  • of kind kindred and friends would make at a peaceful reunion after
  • a very long [291 i.e., 293] absence and separation. These same
  • English have often since then praised the Fathers for this their
  • fidelity, in the presence of their Ministers in England; and the
  • Ministers have thereupon made great demonstrations of astonishment
  • and admiration.
  • CHAPITRE XXXII.
  • LA VENUË EN ANGLETERRE: & LA DELIURANCE DES IESUITES.
  • LES Anglois demeurerent trois sepmaines entieres engagez en ceste Isle,
  • que nous disons de Fæal, pendant lequel t[~e]ps les pauures Iesuites
  • ne peurent point voir le Soleil. Or parce que lesdicts Anglois auoyent
  • faute d'argent, ils ne peur[~e]t guieres s'y remplumer, ce qui les fit
  • du tout [292 i.e., 294] resoudre à ne plus retenter la Virginie, ains
  • s'en reuenir en Angleterre, attendu mesmem[~e]t que ja ils se voyoient
  • dans la presente année 1614. qui estoit le terme de leur seruice.
  • CHAPTER XXXII.
  • THE ARRIVAL IN ENGLAND; AND THE DELIVERANCE OF THE JESUITS.
  • THE English were occupied three entire weeks at this Island, which
  • we call Fæal, and during this time the poor Jesuits were not able
  • to see the Sun. Now as these English were in need of money, they
  • could not fit themselves out there, and this made them firmly [292
  • i.e., 294] decide to make no further attempt to return to Virginia,
  • but to go back to England, especially as they now found themselves
  • in the present year, 1614, which was the term of their service.
  • Or estants en la course & voye d'Angleterre, la tempeste nous ietta
  • hors la marche (qu'on appelle) c'est à dire, hors le Canal qui est
  • entre France & Angleterre, & nous fallut refugier au Port de Milfier,
  • en la Prouince de Galles. Là vne autre fois toutes prouisiõs nous
  • defaillirent, ce qui contraignit nostre Capitaine d'aller à Pembroch,
  • ville principale de cest endroit, & Viceadmirauté, mais à Pembroch
  • il fut arresté prisonnier, sur le soupcon qu'on auoit qu'il ne fust
  • Pirate. Le soupçon naissoit de ce que luy, & ses gens estoient Anglois,
  • & leur nauire toutesfois estoit faict à la [293 i.e., 295] Frãçoise,
  • ce qui faisoit presumer, qu'il venoit du Port de Gryp aux Isles de
  • l'Arcin, pardeçà le Cap Escumant. Le Capitaine se iustifia du mieux
  • qu'il peust, disant la verité: mais on ne luy croyoit pas, d'autant
  • qu'il n'auoit point de Commissions: & n'en pouuoit auoir, parce que
  • n'estant que Lieutenant, il suiuoit son Capitaine, & ne s'estoit separé
  • d'auec luy que par accident de tempeste, ainsi qu'auez ouy. A ceste
  • cause il fut contrainct de produire pour tesmoins de sa preud'homie les
  • deux Iesuites, qu'il auoit dans son nauire, gens irreprochables, ce
  • disoit-il, & disoit vray.
  • Now on our way to England the tempest cast us out of la ma[n]che[6]
  • (as it is called); that is, out of the Channel between France
  • and England, and we were obliged to take refuge in the Harbor
  • of Milfier [Milford], in the Province of Wales. There again all
  • provisions failed us, which compelled our Captain to go to Pembroch
  • [Pembroke], the principal city of this place, and a Vice-admiralty.
  • But at Pembroke he was taken prisoner, as they suspected him of
  • being a Pirate. The suspicion arose from the fact that he and his
  • crew were English, yet their ship was made after French [293 i.e.,
  • 295] models, which made them think he came from Port de Gryp on the
  • Arcin Islands, this side of Cape Escumant. The Captain justified
  • himself as well as he could, by telling the truth; but they did
  • not believe him, inasmuch as he had no Commission, and could not
  • have had, because being nothing but a Lieutenant he followed his
  • Captain, from whom he was accidentally separated by the storm,
  • as you have heard. For this reason he was obliged to produce, as
  • witnesses of his honesty, the two Jesuits whom he had in his ship,
  • irreproachable men, as he said, and said truly.
  • Aussi tost par commandement du Magistrat lesdits Iesuites fur[~e]t
  • appellés à terre; & interrogés en Iustice, auec grand respect. Eux
  • conterent la verité du faict, & à leur deposition le Capitaine fut [294
  • i.e., 296] tenu gentil-homme d'honneur, & de bien; sauf à demesler nos
  • differents touchant la nouuelle Frãce par deuãt le Roy. Neantmoins il
  • fallut seiourner vn grand long temps audit Pembroch attendãt response
  • de Londres, car il fut necessaire d'y enuoyer tant pour auoir de
  • l'argent, que pour aduertir de cest affaire le grand Admiral, & la
  • compagnie des Marchands, qui ont charge de la Virginie.
  • Immediately, by command of the Magistrate, the Jesuits were
  • summoned to come on shore, where they were very respectfully
  • interrogated in a Court of Justice. They stated the real facts of
  • the case, and upon their testimony the Captain was [294 i.e., 296]
  • acknowledged to be a gentleman of honor and of worth; as to the
  • disentanglement of our difficulties about new France, these were
  • to be reserved for the King. Nevertheless, we had to make a very
  • long sojourn at Pembroke, awaiting an answer from London, for it
  • was necessary to send there, partly to obtain money, partly to make
  • known the affair to the high Admiral, and the company of Merchants
  • who have charge of Virginia.
  • Et cest icy, où l'admiration arreste, & mon haleine, & mon pas; pour
  • m'escrier auec le Sage, _Que les dispositions de la Diuine prouidence
  • sont veritablement dressées au compas, articulées au nombre, &
  • mesurées au poids, & trebuchet, iusques à vn demy grain._ Car cest
  • appel des Iesuites fut sans doute, vne industrie de ceste paternelle
  • prouid[~e]ce, qui les assistoit par tout: d'autant que [295 i.e., 297]
  • s'ils fussent demeurés dans le nauire, comm'ils y estoyent, destitués
  • de tout, au coeur de l'hyuer (car c'estoit en Feurier) & ce, quatre
  • sepmaines durant, il est vraysemblable qu'ils fussent morts de froid,
  • & de misere: mais au moyen de cest appel, ils furent cogneus par le
  • Iuge, lequel fort hõneste & graue personnage qu'il est, ayant entendu
  • combien ils estoyent mal dans le nauire, les fit loger chez le Maire
  • de la ville, & paya pour eux, disant, que s'ils auoyent dequoy, ils le
  • luy rendroyent: sinon que cela seroit donné pour Dieu: car autrement
  • ce nous seroit trop de honte, (disoit-il) si gens tant honnestes, &
  • sçauants ne trouuoy[~e]t de la courtoisie parmy nous. Ce bon Seigneur
  • s'appelle Nicolas Adams, Vice-admiral dudit Pembroch.
  • And here admiration makes me pause and hold my breath, to cry out
  • with the Wise Man, _That the dispensations of Divine providence
  • are truly arranged by compass, joined harmoniously, and measured
  • by weight and balance even to the half of a grain._ For this call
  • of the Jesuits was without doubt a contrivance of this paternal
  • providence, which everywhere assisted them; inasmuch as, [295 i.e.,
  • 297] if they had remained in the ship, as they were doing, in want
  • of everything, in the depths of winter (for it was February), and
  • had continued to do this during four weeks, it is probable that
  • they would have died of cold and starvation; but, by means of
  • this summons, they became known to the Judge, honorable and grave
  • personage as he is, and he, having heard how badly off they were in
  • the ship, had them lodged in the house of the Mayor of the city,
  • and paid for them himself, saying they might pay it back if they
  • had the means, otherwise it would be given to God. "For" (said
  • he), "it would be a great disgrace to us if such honorable and
  • learned men were not received among us with courtesy." This kind
  • Gentleman's name is Nicolas Adams, Vice admiral of Pembroke.
  • OR pendant ce sejour toute [296 i.e., 298] sorte de gens les alloient
  • voir, & de bien loin, par curiosité de voir des Iesuites en leur habit,
  • ainsi qu'ils estoient, & ont tousiours esté iusques à leur retour
  • en Frãce. Ministres, Iusticiers, Gentilshommes, & autres venoyent
  • conferer auec eux; Vn Milord mesmes du grãd Conseil voulut auoir le
  • plaisir de les accarer en dispute rangée auec quatre Ministres. Ie
  • dy Ministres pour m'accommoder à l'intelligence Françoise: car en
  • Angleterre ils les appellent Prestres: Et le Chef de la dispute estoit
  • vn Archidiacre, parce que les Anglois retiennent encores beaucoup de
  • l'Eglise Catholique, comme l'Ordre de la Hierarchie Ecclesiastique,
  • Archeuesques, Euesques, Prestres, Archiprestres, Archidiacres, Curez,
  • Chanoines, &c. L'imposition Episcopale des mains en la creation des
  • Prestres, [297 i.e., 299] & moindres Ordres, & en la confirmatiõ des
  • enfans, Le Cresme, & les ceremonies, le signe de la Croix, & l'Image
  • d'icelle, & d'autres: La Psalmodie, & culte ordinaire, les festes
  • ordonnées des Saincts, & Sainctes, les Vigiles, les Ieusnes, le
  • Caresme, l'Abstinence des viandes au Vendredy, & Samedy, les habits
  • Sacerdotaux, & vaisseaux sacrez: Et ceux qui condamnent toutes ces
  • choses, comme font les Caluinistes de France & d'Escosse, & les
  • appellent superstitions damnables, & inuentions de l'Antechrist, sont
  • nommez des Anglois, Puritains, & les detestent comme pestes execrables.
  • NOW during this sojourn [296 i.e., 298] all kinds of people went
  • to see them, and some from a great distance, through curiosity to
  • see Jesuits dressed in their robes, as they were then and always
  • have been until their return to France. Ministers, Justices,
  • Gentlemen, and others came to confer with them; even a Lord of
  • the great Council wished to have the pleasure of pitting four
  • Ministers against them in debate. I say Ministers, to make myself
  • intelligible to the French, for in England they call them Priests.
  • And the Chief one in the debate was an Archdeacon, for the English
  • still have a great many things in common with the Catholic Church,
  • as the Order of the Ecclesiastical Hierarchy, Archbishops, Bishops,
  • Priests, Archpriests, Archdeacons, Curates, Canons, etc.; the
  • Episcopal laying on of hands in the ordination of Priests, [297
  • i.e., 299] and lesser Orders, and in the confirmation of children;
  • the Chrism and its ceremonies, the sign of the Cross, the Image of
  • this and of other things; the Psalmody and usual form of worship,
  • the prescribed Saints' days, the Vigils, Fasts, Lent, Abstinence
  • from meat on Friday and Saturday; Priestly robes, and consecrated
  • vessels. And those who condemn all these things, as the Calvinists
  • of France and of Scotland do, and call them damnable superstitions,
  • and inventions of the Antichrist, are by the English called
  • Puritans, and are detested by them as abominable plagues.
  • Or en fin, response venant de Londres, on sceut, que Monsieur
  • l'Ambassadeur de France auoit esté aduerty de l'arriuée de ce nauire,
  • & en poursuiuoit la reddition, [298 i.e., 300] & particulierement
  • des Iesuites, ayant eu commandement de ce faire de sa Majesté
  • tres-Chrestienne. Ce fut vn autre effect de la Prouidence diuine, lors
  • qu'elle moyenna ce nostre arrest, en la Prouince de Galles, à celle fin
  • qu'il fust cogneu de tous: car nous auons de grands indices: & vous
  • en verrez tantost aucuns, que si les Marchands, qui ont surintendance
  • de la Virginie, en pouuoient faire à leur gré, pas vn estranger, qui
  • auroit esté en ladicte Virginie, ne reuiendroit iamais en son pays.
  • When at last an answer came from London, it was learned that the
  • Ambassador of France[7] had heard about the arrival of this ship,
  • and was negotiating its surrender, [298 i.e., 300] especially the
  • surrender of the Jesuits, having had orders to do so from his most
  • Christian Majesty. This was another effect of divine Providence,
  • since it caused this our arrest in the Province of Wales to the end
  • that it might be known to all; for we have strong proofs, and you
  • will soon see some of them, that if the Merchants in whose hands
  • lay the administration of Virginia, had been able to have their own
  • way, not one foreigner who was to be found in Virginia, would ever
  • have returned to his own country.
  • Pour tost finir nostre discours, notez que les Iesuites furent conduits
  • par vn long circuit au Port de Sanduicts; & de là ramenez à Douure par
  • le commandement du Roy, & de Douure à Calais, où ils rendirent graces
  • à Dieu pour tant de signalez benefices, [299 i.e., 301] & prouidence
  • sienne, & en auoyent bien occasion, ayants demeuré neuf mois & demy
  • entre les mains des Anglois. Le sieur d'Arquien, Gouuerneur dudit
  • Calais, & Monsieur la Baulaye, Doyen, leur firent de leur grace fort
  • bon accueil, & leur aumosnerent assez pour se conduire iusques à leur
  • College d'Amiens.
  • To finish our story as quickly as possible, note that the Jesuits
  • were taken by a long roundabout way to the Harbor of Sanduicts
  • [Sandwich], and from there sent to Dover by order of the King, and
  • from Dover to Calais, where they rendered thanks to God for such
  • signal blessings [299 i.e., 301] and providences, for which they
  • had good cause, having been nine months and a half in the hands of
  • the English. Sieur d'Arquien, Governor of Calais, and Monsieur la
  • Baulaye, Dean, gave them a very warm reception and provided them
  • with means to return to their College at Amiens.
  • CHAPITRE XXXIV. [i.e., xxxiii.]
  • LE RETOUR DU SIEUR DE LA MOTE, DU CAPITAINE FLORY, & DE QUELQUES
  • AUTRES. ET LA REDDITION DU NAUIRE.
  • PEV apres ceste deliurance des Iesuites, Dieu recueillit encores par sa
  • misericorde, quasi tout le reste du naufrage en ceste façon.
  • CHAPTER XXXIV. [i.e., xxxiii.]
  • THE RETURN OF SIEUR DE LA MOTE, OF CAPTAIN FLORY AND OTHERS, AND
  • THE SURRENDER OF THE SHIP.
  • SHORTLY after this liberation of the Jesuits, God in his mercy
  • rescued nearly all the others who had been shipwrecked, and in the
  • following way.
  • Le garçon qui estoit auec les Iesuites, appellé Guillaume Crito, [300
  • i.e., 302] fut conduit à Londres, & de là renuoyé à son Pere à Honfleur.
  • The boy who was with the Jesuits, called Guillaume Crito, [300
  • i.e., 302] was taken to London and thence sent to his Father at
  • Honfleur.
  • Sur ce mesme temps le sieur de la Mote reuint aussi en Angleterre dans
  • vn vaisseau de la Bermude, qui auoit passé par la Virginie.
  • At the same time sieur de la Mote also returned to England in a
  • vessel from the Bermudas, which had stopped at Virginia.
  • Le Capitaine Argal combatit genereusement contre le Mareschal Thomas
  • Deel (que vous auez ouy estre fort aspre en ses humeurs) à fin
  • d'obtenir de luy permission du retour, pour ledit sieur de la Mote, &
  • l'obtint en fin.
  • Captain Argal generously contended with Marshal Thomas Deel[4] (of
  • whose great asperity of temper you have heard us speak) to obtain
  • from him permission for sieur de la Mote to return, and at last it
  • was granted.
  • Or ledict sieur la Mote fut fort estonné, que subitement estant arriué
  • en Angleterre, personne ne luy parloit plus, personne ne le voyoit,
  • il estoit delaissé de tous; & le pis est, que sur ce il tomba malade
  • dans le nauire. Il se soupçonna incontinent du danger où il estoit, &
  • d'où il venoit: sçauoir est, des marchands de la Virginie, [301 i.e.,
  • 303] qui eussent desiré se desfaire de luy, & ne sçauoyent comment. Il
  • tascha donc par subtilité, & en trouua le moyen, de faire sçauoir de
  • ses nouuelles à Monsieur de Bisseaux, digne Ambassadeur de sa Majesté
  • tres-Chrestienne, qui aussitost luy manda deux Gentilshommes, & le fit
  • deliurer, & bien traicter, ainsi qu'il meritoit pour son courage, &
  • valeur.
  • Now this sieur la Mote was very much astonished when suddenly, on
  • arriving in England, no one spoke to him any more, nor looked at
  • him, and he found himself forsaken by all; and the worst of it was
  • that he was taken sick on board the ship. He immediately suspected
  • the nature of the danger which threatened him, and whence it came;
  • namely, from the Virginia merchants, [301 i.e., 303] who would
  • have liked to get rid of him, and did not know how. Therefore he
  • tried by secret means, and finally succeeded in having his story
  • made known to Monsieur de Bisseaux, worthy Ambassador of his most
  • Christian Majesty, who immediately sent to him two Gentlemen who
  • had him liberated and well treated, as he deserved to be for his
  • courage and his valor.
  • En ce mesme temps aussi Madame la Marquise de Guercheuille enuoya la
  • Saussaye à Londres, à celle fin de solliciter la reddition du nauire, &
  • la reparation des torts receus par vn vol tant inique. Le nauire a esté
  • rendu, mais on n'a rien obtenu d'auantage iusques à maintenant.
  • At the same time also Madame la Marquise de Guercheville sent la
  • Saussaye to London, to request the surrender of the ship, and
  • reparation for the wrongs involved in this iniquitous robbery. The
  • ship has been given up, but, up to the present, nothing else has
  • been obtained.
  • Or ainsi que nostre nauire ayãt mainleuée prenoit ja le vol en France,
  • païs de son origine: voicy, que le Capitaine Flory son Maistre [302
  • i.e., 304] arriua comme à poinct nommé, pour entrer dedans, & y
  • commander.
  • And now, just as our ship, having been set free, was about to wing
  • her way to France, her native land, behold, Captain Flory, her
  • Master, [302 i.e., 304] as if by appointment, arrives upon the
  • scene to step in and take command of her.
  • Le Capitaine Argal s'en reuenant en Angleterre l'auoit encores arraché
  • des mains du Mareschal, & luy, & deux autres François. Certes ledit
  • Argal s'est monstré tel, que nous auons occasion de luy souhaitter,
  • qu'il serue d'ores-en-auant vne meilleure cause, & où sa noblesse de
  • coeur puisse paroistre, non à la perte, ains à la manutention des gens
  • de bien.
  • Captain Argal, about to return to England, had rescued him and
  • two other Frenchmen from the hands of the Marshal. Certainly this
  • Argal has shown himself such a person that we have reason to wish
  • for him that, from now on, he may serve a better cause and one in
  • which his nobility of heart may appear, not in the ruin, but in the
  • preservation of honest men.
  • De tout nostre nombre, trois sont morts à la Virginie, & quatre y
  • rest[~e]t encores, à la deliurance desquels on trauaille autant que
  • faire se peut. Dieu par sa misericorde leur donne patience, & tire de
  • nostre affliction le bien que sa prouidence, & bonté aggreent. Ainsi
  • soit-il.
  • Of all our number, three died in Virginia, and four still remain
  • there, for whose liberation everything possible is being done. May
  • God in his mercy give them patience, and may he derive from our
  • affliction whatever good is acceptable to his providence and mercy.
  • Amen.
  • CHAPITRE XXXV. [i.e., xxxiv.]
  • [303 i.e., 305] QUEL PROFIT A ESTÉ FAICT QUANT À LA RELIGION
  • CHRESTIENNE EN LA NOUUELLE FRANCE.
  • MAINTENANT quelqu'vn ayant ouy tout nostre recit à bon droict nous
  • dira: Or sus, voila beaucoup de trauaux, que vous nous auez conté,
  • plusieurs entreprinses loüables, & diuers accidents bien sauuages;
  • Mais quoy? Est-ce là tout le profit quant à l'auancement du culte de
  • Dieu? N'auez-vous couru que pour ainsi vous lasser? despendu que pour
  • consumer, paty sinon pour encores par dessus en estre diffamez en
  • France? Car si Canada ne rend point autre reuenu, nous vous dirons,
  • qu'aucun, s'il n'est fol, ne trauaille pour seulement patir; [304 i.e.,
  • 306] & ne despend pour seulem[~e]t s'espuiser. Ains a tres-bi[~e] dit
  • le sainct Apostre, _Que, qui laboure, c'est en esperance de recueillir
  • du fruict_. Quel fruict doncques nous apportez-vous de vos trauaux.
  • CHAPTER XXXV. [i.e., xxxiv.]
  • [303 i.e., 305] WHAT PROGRESS THE CHRISTIAN RELIGION HAS MADE IN
  • NEW FRANCE.
  • NOW some one, having heard all our story, with good reason will
  • say: "Come now, here is a great deal of labor you have told us
  • about, several laudable enterprises, and various rough and violent
  • accidents, but is this all the profit there is in the advancement
  • of the worship of God? Have you run, only to thus weary yourselves?
  • expended, only for the sake of consuming? endured suffering, only
  • to be abused for it in France? For if Canada does not furnish any
  • other revenue, we can tell you that no one, unless he be a fool,
  • works simply for the sake of suffering, [304 i.e., 306] or expends
  • only to exhaust himself. But very truly says the holy Apostle,
  • _That he who planteth hopeth to gather fruit_. What fruit then do
  • you bring us from your labors?"
  • A cela ie responds que par tout, & aussi bien en France, qu'en Canada,
  • il faut semer auant que moyssonner, & planter auant que recueillir, &
  • ne point tant estre ou auare, ou impatient, qu'on vueille, comme les
  • vsuriers, aussi tost le profit que le prest. Combi[~e] que certes au
  • seruice de Dieu il n'y auroit que despenses, & trauaux, elles ont de
  • soy-mesme assez grand emolument, & salaire; non ja pour estre despenses
  • & trauaux, ains pour estre preuues, & exercices de nostre deuoir, &
  • pieuse volonté enuers nostre liberal donateur de toutes choses nostre
  • Dieu tout-puissant. Car il [305 i.e., 307] ne poise pas, ny n'estime
  • nos conseils, & desseins à la balance & au poids des euenements, qui
  • sont en sa main, & ordonnance; ains à la solidité de nostre vouloir,
  • à la massiueté de l'entreprinse, à l'integrité de la deuotion, &
  • deliberation.
  • To this I answer, that everywhere, in France as well as in Canada,
  • it is necessary to sow before reaping, and to plant before
  • gathering, and not to be so avaricious or impatient as to wish,
  • like usurers, the profit at the same time as the loan. How true it
  • is that, in the service of God, there should be nothing but expense
  • and labor, these of themselves being a great enough reward and
  • salary; not because they are expenses and labors, but because they
  • are proofs and exercises of our duty and pious willingness towards
  • the liberal donor of all gifts, our all-powerful God. For he [305
  • i.e., 307] does not weigh nor judge our counsels and designs in the
  • balance and by the weight of the results, which are in his hand and
  • ordinance; but by the firmness of our desire, the greatness of the
  • enterprise, and the honesty of our devotion and purpose.
  • Il dispose les euenements comme il luy plaist, les rendant souuent plus
  • heureux, & plus fructueux, que moins on les recognoit pour tels. _Car
  • celuy, qui plante n'est rien, ny celui qui arrouse; ains celui, qui
  • donne accroissement_; lequel accroissement se fait premierement soubs
  • terre, & hors la veüe des hommes.
  • He arranges events as it pleases him, often rendering them the more
  • happy and the more fruitful, the less one recognizes them as such.
  • _For he that planteth is nothing, nor he that watereth; but he who
  • giveth the increase_; and this increase is first made under the
  • ground, and out of the sight of men.
  • Quant à moy, i'estime vn tres-grand profit en ce que nous auõs
  • tousiours mieux, & mieux descouuert le naturel de ces terres, & païs:
  • la disposition des habitans: le moyen de les pouuoir ayder: [306 i.e.,
  • 308] les contrarietez, qui peuuent suruenir au progrez de l'oeuure: &
  • les secours, qu'il faut opposer à l'ennemy. L'architecte qui fait, &
  • deffaict ses plans & modeles iusques à la cinq, & sixiesme fois, ne
  • se pense pas pour cela n'auoir rien faict en son premier, & second
  • essay, lesquels il aura deffaits pour s'arrester, au sixiesme; Parce
  • que, dira-il, ce dernier n'a sa perfectiõ, que de l'imperfectiõ des
  • premiers. De mesme en est-il de l'orateur, qui efface & raye deux,
  • & trois fois ce qu'il auoit escrit de premiere ardeur, parce que
  • la beauté, & force des concepts, & paroles, qu'il substituë pour
  • la quatriesme fois, luy naist de la reiection, & du desplaisir des
  • precedentes. Aussi de vray, ce n'est pas autrement, que Dieu nous donne
  • pour l'ordinaire la prudence, & l'ameliorement des choses; sinon [307
  • i.e., 309] par diuerses experiences, & pour la pluspart de nos fautes
  • & de celles d'autruy. Nous auons donc vne partie de nos pretensions,
  • nous auons experimenté: nous sçauõs ce qu'il faut, & ce qui nuit: &
  • où gist le poinct principal de l'affaire. Les moyens, qu'on a employé
  • n'ont point esté si grands, ne si proportionnez à plus haute fin, qu'il
  • faille nous beaucoup mescõtenter de ce que Dieu nous dõne.
  • For my part, I consider it a great advantage that we have learned
  • more and more about the nature of these territories and lands,
  • the character of the inhabitants, the means of helping them,
  • [306 i.e., 308] the obstacles which are liable to arise against
  • the progress of the work, and the help that must be given to
  • oppose the enemy. The architect who makes and unmakes his plans
  • and models even to the fifth and sixth time, does not think, for
  • all that, that he has not accomplished anything in his first and
  • second trials, which he has destroyed to stop at the sixth; for
  • he will say that the perfection of the last, lies only in the
  • imperfections of the first. It is thus also with the orator, who
  • erases and scratches out twice and three times what he has written
  • in his first enthusiasm, because the beauty and force of the ideas
  • and words, which he substitutes for the fourth time, come to him
  • from his rejection of, and dissatisfaction with, the preceding
  • ones. So, in truth, it is not otherwise that God usually gives us
  • prudence and the better management of things, only [307 i.e., 309]
  • through various experiences, and for the most part through our own
  • faults and those of others. We have done, then, a part of what we
  • intended to do; we have experimented, we know what is necessary
  • and what is harmful, and wherein lies the principal part of the
  • work. The means which have been employed have not been so great,
  • nor so proportioned to a higher purpose, that we should be greatly
  • dissatisfied with what God gives us.
  • Mais encores d'autre costé c'est vn grand fruict, que la confiance &
  • amitié que les Sauuages ont prinse auecques les François, par la grande
  • familiarité, & hantise, qu'ils ont eu auec eux. Car tousiours faut-il
  • mettre ceste base auant que d'esleuer le chapiteau; sçauoir est, de
  • les nous rendre ou citoyens, ou bons hostes, & amis auant que de les
  • auoir pour freres. Or ceste confiance, & ceste [308 i.e., 310] priuauté
  • est ja si grande, que nous viuons entr'eux auec moins de crainte, que
  • nous ne ferions dans Paris. Car dans Paris nous n'oserions dormir, que
  • la porte bien verrouïllée; mais là nous ne la fermons que contre le
  • vent, & si n'en dormons pas pour cela moins asseurez. Au commencement
  • ils nous fuyoi[~e]t, & craignoyent: ores ils nous desir[~e]t. A nostre
  • premiere descente, & visite de S. Sauueur, nous fismes semblant, que la
  • place ne nous agreoyt pas, & que voulions aller autrepart, ces bonnes
  • gents du lieu en pleuroyent, & lamentoyent. Au contraire, le Sagamo de
  • Kadesquit, appellé Betsabes, s'en vint pour nous y attirer auec mille
  • promesses, ayant ouy que nous pretendiõs de nous y aller loger. Est-ce
  • peu que d'auoir ce si bon fondement de Iustice en nos peuplades, &
  • ce tant [309 i.e., 311] asseuré gage de bon succez? Et ne faut point
  • estimer que les autres Nations ayent porté ceste amitié aussi bien que
  • nous. Car nous sommes tesmoins oculaires, comme lesdicts Sauuages
  • ayants rencontré vn auantage (à leur aduis) contre les Anglois, se
  • ruerent sur eux furieusement, pensants comme ie croy tirer quelque
  • reuenche de l'iniure, qui nous auoit esté faicte: mais le bon-heur
  • ne les seconda pas en leur attaque. Pareillement, sur la fin de l'an
  • 1611. les Holandois voulans seulement descendre au Cap de la Heue,
  • pour y faire aiguade, nos Sauuages les assaillirent brusquement, &
  • en defirent six, entre lesquels estoit le Capitaine du nauire. Il me
  • semble, que nous serons indignes de ceste bienvueillance, si nous ne
  • faisons, qu'elle leur profite à aymer celuy, de qui nous [310 i.e.,
  • 312] receuons tous nos biens.
  • But yet, on the other hand, it is a great result that the French
  • have won the confidence and friendliness of the Savages, through
  • the great familiarity and frequent intercourse which they have had
  • with them. For the foundation must always be laid before raising
  • the capital; that is, we must make them citizens, or good hosts
  • and friends, before making them brothers. Now this confidence and
  • this [308 i.e., 310] intimacy is already so great that we live
  • among them with less fear than we would in Paris. For in Paris we
  • can not sleep without having the doors well bolted; but there we
  • close them against the wind only, and sleep no less securely for
  • keeping them open. At first they fled from us, and feared us; now
  • they wish us with them. When we first disembarked and visited St.
  • Sauveur, and pretended that we did not like the place, and that we
  • thought of going elsewhere, these simple natives wept and lamented.
  • On the other hand, the Sagamore of Kadesquit, called "Betsabes,"[8]
  • came to persuade us, with a thousand promises, to go to his place,
  • having heard that we had some intention of making a settlement
  • there. Is it a small thing to have such a foundation of Justice
  • in our colonies, and this so [309 i.e., 311] sure pledge of great
  • success? And we must not conclude that other nations have borne
  • this friendship as well as we, for we are eyewitnesses to the fact
  • that these Savages, having (as they supposed,) some advantage over
  • the English, threw themselves upon them with fury, thinking, I
  • believe, to get revenge for the injury that had been done us; but
  • they were not successful in their attack. Likewise, towards the
  • end of the year 1611, the Hollanders merely wishing to land at
  • Cap de la Heve to take in some fresh water, our Savages assailed
  • them fiercely, and made away with six of them, among whom was the
  • Captain of the ship. It seems to me that we will be unworthy of
  • this friendliness, if we do not so act that it may avail them in
  • learning to love him, from whom we [310 i.e., 312] receive all our
  • blessings.
  • Outre plus, quoy que les Iesuites n'ayent pas baptisé communement les
  • adultes pour les raisons cy-deuant deduites: si les ont-ils catechisé
  • tant qu'ils ont peu, & par les yeux, & par les oreilles. Par les yeux,
  • dy-ie, leur faisant voir nos vs & ceremonies, & les y accoustumants.
  • En nos Processions nous faisiõs aller les petits enfans au deuãt de
  • la Croix, & faire quelque seruice, comme de porter les luminaires,
  • ou autres choses; & tant eux que leurs peres y prenoyent du plaisir,
  • comme s'ils eussent esté vrayement Chrestiens. Dieu mercy cela est ja
  • communement gaigné, qu'ils ne veulent point mourir sans baptesme, se
  • croyans estre miserables à iamais, s'ils trespassent sans iceluy, ou du
  • moins, sans vne forte volonté d'iceluy, & sans douleur de leurs pechez.
  • Furthermore, although the Jesuits have not usually baptized adults,
  • for the reasons heretofore stated, yet they have catechized them
  • as well as they could, both through the eyes and the ears. Through
  • the eyes, I say, making them see our usages and ceremonies and
  • accustoming them thereto. In our Processions we had the little
  • children march before the Cross, and perform some service, such
  • as carrying the lights, or other things; and both they and their
  • fathers take pleasure in this, as if they were really Christians.
  • Thank God this much has already been accomplished, that they do not
  • wish to die without baptism, believing that they will be forever
  • miserable, if they pass away without it, or at least a strong
  • desire for it, and without sorrow for their sins.
  • [311 i.e., 313] Le Patriarche Flesche (comme a esté dit) en auoit
  • baptisé peut estre quatre vingts, les Iesuites seulem[~e]t vne
  • vingtaine, & iceux petits enfans, hormis trois, qui ont esté baptisés
  • en extreme necessité de maladie, & sont allés iouïr de la vie
  • bien-heureuse, apres auoir esté regenerés à icelle, comme aussi
  • auc[~u]s des petits enfans. Nous auions composé nostre Catechisme en
  • Sauuageois, & commencions aucunement à pouuoir iargonner auec nos
  • Catechumenes. Nous dressions vne nouuelle peuplade fort commode:
  • c'estoit nostre Automne, nostre temps des fruicts: & voila que sur ce
  • poinct l'enuieux de tout bien, & specialement, du salut humain est venu
  • de malice à mettre le feu à nos trauaux, & nous emporter hors du champ.
  • Le victorieux Iesus de sa puissante main: & inuincible [312 i.e., 314]
  • sapience le confonde. Ainsi soit-il.
  • [311 i.e., 313] The Patriarch Flesche (as has been said) baptized
  • perhaps eighty of them, the Jesuits only about twenty, and these
  • were little children, except three, who were baptized in the last
  • extremity of sickness, and thence have gone to enjoy a life of
  • bliss, after having been born again in this life; as have also some
  • of the little children. We had composed our Catechism in the Savage
  • language, and had begun to be able to talk some kind of a jargon
  • with our Catechumens. We were founding a new and very pleasant
  • colony, it was our Autumn, our time of harvest. And lo, at this
  • moment, the one who is jealous of all good, and particularly of
  • human salvation, came and, wickedly setting fire to all our work,
  • bore us away from the field. May the victorious Jesus, with his
  • powerful hand, and invincible [312 i.e., 314] wisdom, confound him.
  • Amen.
  • CHAPITRE XXXVI. [i.e., xxxv.]
  • AUCUNES MERUEILLES, QUE DIEU A OPERÉ EN LA GUERISON DES SAUUAGES.
  • MAIS comme Dieu appelle ceste nation de Sauuages par sa misericorde, &
  • douceur conuenablement à leur portee, & necessités, ainsi luy a-il pleu
  • se monstrer à eux benin & secourable. Ie vous remarqueray icy trois de
  • ces marques bien euidentes, & certaines, faictes en la guerison des
  • maladies corporelles.
  • CHAPTER XXXVI. [i.e., xxxv.]
  • SOME MIRACLES WHICH GOD PERFORMED IN THE CURE OF THE SAVAGES.
  • BUT as God, being merciful and gentle, calls this nation of Savages
  • according to their capacity and needs, so he has been pleased
  • to show himself kind and helpful to them. I shall call to your
  • attention here three proofs of this, very evident and sure, which
  • were shown in the cure of bodily ills.
  • La premiere soit ceste-cy. Le P. Biard estant allé à la riuiere de
  • l'Eplan (ainsi qu'a esté dit cy-dessus,) on luy dit, qu'à deux lieües
  • [313 i.e., 315] de là en la Baye S. Marie y auoit vne femme proche
  • de la mort, laquelle desiroit fort de le voir, & luy parler. Le Pere
  • pria vn certain nommé la Pierre, de l'y conduire: ce qu'il fit. Ils
  • treuuerent ceste femme selon la coustume de leurs malades, estenduë au
  • long du feu, & trauaillée de mal despuis trois sepmaines. Le Pere la
  • Catechise du mieux qu'il peut, & l'encourage, faisant quelques prieres,
  • puis s'en reuint, luy laissant vne croix penduë au col, par ce qu'il
  • ne l'estima point estre si bas, qu'il la fallust baptiser, seulement
  • il aduertit les assistants, que si elle continuoit en maladie trois
  • ou quatre iours, ou qu'elle empirast, qu'õ le vint appeller. Il n'en
  • fut pas de besoin: car le iour suiuant laditte femme se leua saine, &
  • gaillarde, & s'en alla trouuer son mary chargée d'vn pesant sac, & sa
  • croix au [314 i.e., 316] col; iusques à quatre lieües de là. Celuy qui
  • premier la vit fut vn huguenot de Dieppe, appellé Ieã Bachelard, qui en
  • vint porter les nouuelles au susdit Iesuite.
  • Let the first be this one. Father Biard having gone to the river
  • of Smelts[9] (as has been said before), was told, that two leagues
  • [313 i.e., 315] from there at the Baye Ste. Marie, there was a
  • woman very near death, who had a strong desire to see and speak
  • with him. The Father begged a certain man named Pierre to accompany
  • him thither, which he did. They found this woman, who had been
  • afflicted by disease for three weeks, stretched out by the fire,
  • according to the custom of their sick people. The Father Catechized
  • her as well as he could, and encouraged her, offering some prayers:
  • then he returned, leaving a cross hanging around her neck, for he
  • did not consider her so low that it was necessary to baptize her;
  • he only advised those present that if she continued ill three or
  • four days, or if she became worse, they should summon him. There
  • was no need, for the next day this woman arose healthy and happy,
  • and, laden with a heavy bag, went to find her husband four leagues
  • away, with her cross hanging around her [314 i.e., 316] neck.
  • The one who first saw her was a huguenot of Dieppe, called Jean
  • Bachelard, who came to bring the news to the Jesuit.
  • La seconde fut à Pentegoet: le Pere Biard y estant en la compagnie du
  • Sieur de Biencourt, & selon sa coustume visitant les malades du lieu,
  • & recitant sur eux les saincts Euangiles, on luy en monstra vn, duquel
  • on n'attendoit plus vie, malade despuis trois mois. Il estoit pour lors
  • en vn fort accez, ne parlant qu'à grande peine, & suant d'vne suëur
  • froide, presage de la mort. Le Iesuite luy fit baiser par plusieurs
  • fois vne croix, qu'il luy attacha au col, luy annonçant le mieux qu'il
  • pouuoit les bonnes nouuelles du salut acquis en icelle; il y auoit
  • bonne compagnie de Sauuages, qui escoutoyent, & à leur contenance
  • monstroyent [315 i.e., 317] grand contentement en ce qui se disoit: le
  • Pere les laissa ainsi bien affectionnés, & s'en reuint à la barque. Or
  • ce que Dieu fit en son absence apparoit, de ce que nous vismes vn iour
  • apres. Car le Sieur de Biencourt faisant la trocque en sa barque, ce
  • Sauuage y vint auec les autres, sain, & gaillard portant sa croix en
  • parade, & fit recognoissance au Pere Biard deuant tous auec grande ioye.
  • The second was at Pentegoet; Father Biard being there in company
  • with Sieur de Biencourt, and, according to his custom, visiting the
  • sick people of the place, and reciting over them passages from the
  • holy Gospels, they showed him a certain one who was not expected
  • to live, having been sick for three months. He was then having a
  • violent attack, speaking only with great difficulty, and bathed
  • in a cold perspiration, the forerunner of death. The Jesuit had
  • him kiss a cross several times, which he attached to his neck,
  • announcing as well as he could the good tidings of the salvation
  • acquired thereby; there were a number of Savages present, who
  • listened, and, by their countenances, showed [315 i.e., 317] great
  • satisfaction in what was being said. The Father left them thus
  • kindly disposed, and returned to the barque. Now what God did in
  • his absence was apparent from what we saw a day later. For when
  • Sieur de Biencourt was trading in his barque, this Savage, with
  • several others, came there healthy and happy, parading his cross,
  • and, with great demonstrations of joy, expressed his gratitude to
  • Father Biard before them all.
  • La tierce est bien signalée, & partant ie la deduiray au long. Comme
  • nous auons raconté cy-deuant le Sieur de la Mote, Simon l'interprete,
  • & le Pere Biard estoyent allés visiter le lieu de S. Sauueur, pour
  • recognoistre s'il seroit bon pour leur demeure. Or reuenants de ceste
  • visite, & retournants aux Cabannes des Sauuages, ils ouyrent de bien
  • loin, deux ou trois fois vn grand, & [316 i.e., 318] lamentable
  • hurlement, & demandans au Sauuage, qui les conduisoit, qu'est-ce
  • que cela pourroit estre: le Sauuage leur respondit: que quelqu'vn
  • estoit mort: & que c'en estoit les plaintes, qui fut cause, que nous
  • ne nous en mismes point en esmoy. Or comme nous estions ja fort à la
  • portée de la voix, voicy que ce mugissement s'entend de nouueau; &
  • de fortune vn ieune garçon Sauuage se rencontrant sur le chemin, la
  • curiosité poussa le P. Biard à luy demander, qui estoit ce mort, que
  • l'on lamentoit? Le garçon respondit, que ce n'estoit pas vn mort,
  • ains vn mourant: & adiouste de soy-mesme: court viste, à laduenture
  • le pourras-tu baptiser auant qu'il meure tout à faict; lors comme si
  • Dieu l'eust dit de sa bouche, nous nous mismes à courir de tout nostre
  • possible. Arriués, nous [317 i.e., 319] trouuasmes tous les Sauuages
  • hors de leurs Cabannes rangés en haye comme des soldarts en vne perte
  • de ville, au milieu se promenoit vn miserable Pere tenant son enfant,
  • qui se mouroit entre ses bras. Or quand l'enfant venoit à ietter des
  • sanglots croyant qu'il vouloit rendre l'Ame, le Pere se prenoit à
  • hurler pitoyablement, & toute la compagnie le suiuoit de mesme ton;
  • car telle est leur coustume. Doncques le P. Biard voyant ce spectacle,
  • s'adressa au desconforté Pere, & luy demanda s'il luy plairoit bien,
  • qu'il baptisast son fils: le bon homme, qui estoit presque hors de soy,
  • ne luy respondit rien de parole; mais en effect il luy mit son enfant
  • entre les bras. Le P. cria que tost lon apportast de l'eau, ce qu'on
  • fit, & remettant l'enfant entre les mains du Sieur de la Mote (qui de
  • grand [318 i.e., 320] zele desiroit d'en estre parrain, le baptisa,
  • l'appellant Nicolas, du nom dudict Sieur. Les Sauuages attendants
  • quelque grand effect, se presserent pour voir ce qu'en aduiendroit.
  • Or le P. Biard apres auoir recité quelques oraisons à ce qu'il pleust
  • a Dieu d'illuminer ces pauures Payens, print le baptisé des mains du
  • Sieur de la Mote, & le donna à sa mere, qui estoit là, qui comme Mere,
  • presenta incontinent le tetin a son fils, lequel teta de bon appetit.
  • Quand les Sauuages virent ainsi cet enfant pendu aux mamelles de sa
  • mere; si la terre eust fondu dessous leurs pieds, ie ne sçay s'ils
  • eussent esté plus estonnés. Ils demeuroyent là fixes, & immobiles,
  • sans sonner mot comme des Engelés. Le Pere leur dit quelques paroles
  • d'edification, puis leur signifia de se retirer en leurs Cabanes.
  • Et sçauez [319 i.e., 321] vous, s'il fut obey? Ces bonnes gens le
  • regardoient lors comme s'il eust esté plus qu'homme, tremblants deuant
  • luy, auec demonstration d'estre grandement touchez de Dieu. Cest enfant
  • estoit encores sain & dispos vn mois apres ceste sienne guerison,
  • peu auant nostre prinse par les Anglois: car sa mere l'apporta à nos
  • tentes, & fut veu de la pluspart de nos gens. Voyla comme Dieu ne
  • laisse point sa loy sans authentique tesmoignage; ny sa bonté sans
  • admirables effects.
  • The third is very remarkable and therefore I shall tell it at
  • length. As we have related above, Sieur de la Mote, Simon the
  • interpreter, and Father Biard had gone to visit the place called
  • St. Sauveur, to find out whether it would be suitable for a
  • settlement. Now coming back from this visit, and returning to the
  • Cabins of the Savages, they heard two or three times cries and [316
  • i.e., 318] lamentations in the distance, and, asking the Savage
  • who guided them what this might mean, he answered that some one
  • was dead and this was the mourning; hence we did not hasten our
  • footsteps. Now as we were already within easy hearing distance of
  • the voice, lo, this howling begins anew; and, by chance, a young
  • Savage boy being met upon the way, curiosity impelled Father Biard
  • to ask him who this dead person was that was being mourned. The
  • boy answered that no one was dead, but that some one was dying,
  • and added, of his own accord, "Run fast, perhaps you can baptize
  • him before he really dies;" then, as if God had said this with his
  • own lips, we began to run with all our might. When we arrived we
  • [317 i.e., 319] found all the Savages outside their Huts, drawn up
  • in line like soldiers on the surrender of a city; in front of them
  • walked an unhappy Father holding his child, who was dying, in his
  • arms. Now when the child happened to sob, the Father, supposing
  • that its Life was departing, began to groan pitifully; and the
  • whole company followed him in the same tone, for such is their
  • custom.[10] Accordingly, when Father Biard saw this spectacle, he
  • addressed the disconsolate Father, and asked him if he would be
  • glad to have his son baptized; the poor simple fellow, who was
  • almost beside himself, answered him not a word, but put the child
  • in his arms. The Father cried that they should bring him some
  • water immediately, which was done, and putting the child in the
  • arms of Sieur de la Mote (who was very [318 i.e., 320] zealous to
  • be its godfather, baptized him, calling him Nicolas, the name of
  • the said Sieur. The Savages, expecting some great results, crowded
  • round to see what would happen. Now Father Biard, after having
  • recited some prayers to the effect that God might be pleased to
  • enlighten these poor Heathen, took the baptized child from the
  • hands of Sieur de la Mote, and gave him to his mother, who was
  • there; she, as Mother, immediately offered the child the breast,
  • and he received nourishment with great eagerness. When the Savages
  • saw this child thus hanging upon the mother's breasts, if the earth
  • had sunk beneath their feet, I do not think they could have been
  • more astonished. They remained there, fixed and immovable, without
  • saying a word, and as if Frozen. The Father uttered a few words of
  • instruction to them and then motioned to them to return to their
  • Cabins. Do you [319 i.e., 321] know whether he was obeyed or not?
  • These good people looked upon him as though he were more than man,
  • trembling before him, and seeming to have been strongly touched by
  • God. This child was still healthy and active a month after this,
  • its recovery, a little while before we were taken by the English;
  • for the mother brought him to our tents, and was seen by the
  • greater part of our people. See now that God does not leave his law
  • without authentic testimonies, nor his goodness without admirable
  • results.
  • CHAPITRE XXXVII. [i.e., xxxvi.]
  • LES RAISONS DES FRANÇOIS, PAR LESQUELLES ILS S'APPROPRIENT À BON DROICT
  • LES TERRES DE LA NOUUELLE FRANCE, CONTRE LA PRETENSION DES ANGLOIS.
  • MAINTENANT, que i'ay satisfaict aux deux premieres [320 i.e., 322]
  • parties de ma promesse, sçauoir est, que i'ay faict ma Relation du
  • naturel des terres & des habitans de la nouuelle France: & vous ay
  • raconté les comportem[~e]s des Iesuites, & les accidents, qui leur y
  • sont suruenus; Reste la tierce, d'exposer en quoy consiste la dispute,
  • qui est ores suruenuë entre les François, & Anglois, touchant ces
  • contrées, & les raisons de l'vn & de l'autre party. Car le curieux
  • Lecteur, à mon aduis, sera bien aise, d'entendre en quoy gist ce poinct
  • cõtentieux: & les raisons qu'on apporte de part & d'autre; mesmes
  • que cela appartient à l'honneur des François, de faire cognoistre à
  • toutes nations à combien iustes tiltres, pertinentes raisons, & syncere
  • conscience, nos Roys se sont faits Maistres, & ont possedé ces terres
  • iusques à ce temps.
  • CHAPTER XXXVII. [i.e., xxxvi.]
  • THE REASONS WHY THE FRENCH HAVE APPROPRIATED BY GOOD RIGHT THE
  • LANDS OF NEW FRANCE, AGAINST THE PRETENSIONS OF THE ENGLISH.
  • NOW as I have fulfilled the first two [320 i.e., 322] parts of my
  • promise, that is, I have given an Account of the character of the
  • lands and the inhabitants of new France, and have described to you
  • the conduct of the Jesuits, and the adventures that befell them;
  • there remains then the third topic: the explanation of the dispute
  • that has now arisen between the French and English in regard to
  • these countries, and the arguments for and against both sides. For
  • the curious Reader, I believe, will be glad to learn just what the
  • point of contention is, and the arguments which are advanced by
  • both parties; it is even due to the honor of the French people, to
  • make known to all nations how just are the titles, how suitable the
  • reasons, and in what sincerity of conscience our Kings have made
  • themselves Masters, and have taken possession of these lands up to
  • the present.
  • [321 i.e., 323] Il faut doncques sçauoir tout premierement, que les
  • Anglois ne nous disputent point toute la nouuelle France; Car ils
  • n'osent nous denier, ce que tout le monde nous accorde; ains seulement
  • ils contestent des confins. Ils nous accordent doncques vne nouuelle
  • France, mais limitée par les bords du Golfe, & grande riuiere de
  • sainct Laurens, & nous restreignent dans les 47. 48. & 49. degrés
  • d'eleuatiõ polaire. Du moins ils ne nous permettent pas de descendre
  • plus bas vers le midy, que du quarantesixiesme degré; s'attribuans tout
  • ce qui est dés la Floride, & le 33. degré iusques à Campseau, & les
  • Isles de Cap Breton.
  • [321 i.e., 323] Accordingly it must be understood that the English
  • do not dispute with us all of new France. For they dare not refuse
  • what everybody grants us, but they only contest some of the
  • boundaries. They grant us then a new France, but bound it by the
  • shores of the Gulf and great river saint Lawrence, and restrict
  • us within the 47th, 48th, and 49th degrees of north latitude. At
  • least they do not allow us to go farther south than the forty-sixth
  • degree, claiming all that country from Florida and the 33rd degree
  • up to Campseau and the Islands of Cape Breton.
  • Les fondements de ceste leur pretension sont parce que enuiron l'an
  • 1694. il y a vingt deux ans, estants entrez dans ce grand sein [322
  • i.e., 324] de la mer Americane, que les Anciens appelloyent de Mocosa,
  • & y ayants trouué vne riuiere, & païs, qui leur agrea: ils commencerent
  • à le vouloir habiter, luy imposants le nom de Virginie: mais ayants
  • esté contrariez par les naturels, & autres accidents leur estoyent
  • arriuez, ils fur[~e]t en fin contraints de le quitter entierement,
  • n'y ayants pas demeuré plus de deux, ou trois ans. Neantmoins despuis
  • le Serenissime Roy Iacques à present regnant, venu à la couronne, ils
  • ont prins resolution de le reconquester, & cultiuer. A quoy ledit Roy
  • fauorisant, a baillé des grands Priuileges à ceux, qui entreprenoyent
  • ceste peuplade, & entre autres a estendu le droict de leur tenuë dés le
  • 33. degré d'eleuation iusques au 45. leur donnãt puissance de courir
  • sus à tous estrangers, qu'ils trouueroy[~e]t dans [323 i.e., 325] ce
  • destroict de terre, & cinquante mille auant dedans la mer. Ces lettres
  • du Roy on esté expediees l'an quatriesme de son règne, & de grace 1607.
  • le 10. d'Auril, il y a sept ans: car ie descry cecy l'an 1614.
  • The reasons for these their pretensions are, that about the year
  • 1694 [_sic_], twenty-two years ago, having entered that great gulf
  • [322 i.e., 324] of the American sea which was formerly called
  • Mocosa, and there having found a river and country which pleased
  • them, they made attempts at settlement, giving it the name of
  • Virginia; but, having been opposed by the natives, and other
  • accidents having overtaken them, they were at last obliged to give
  • it up entirely, not having lived there more than two or three
  • years. Nevertheless since the Most Serene King James, now reigning,
  • came to the throne, they resolved to reconquer and cultivate it.
  • The King, favoring this project, granted some important Privileges
  • to those who undertook this colony, and, among other things,
  • extended their right of occupation from the 33rd degree of north
  • latitude up to the 45th, giving them power to attack all foreigners
  • whom they might find within [323 i.e., 325] these limits, and fifty
  • miles out into the sea. These patents of the King were drawn up
  • during the fourth year of his reign, and in the year of grace 1607
  • on the 10th of April, seven years ago, for I am writing this in
  • 1614.[11]
  • Voyla ce que i'en ay peu apprendre de toutes les parchartes &
  • enseignements, que nos contendants apportent pour se maintenir en
  • droict, & cause; & nous confiner dans le destroict de la vieille
  • Canada, eux se tenants au large, & à franches coudées, nous faisants la
  • part à leur bon plaisir. Voicy ce que nous leur repartissons legalement.
  • So that is what I have been able to learn from all the charters and
  • instructions which our contestants bring forth to support them in
  • their rights and claims; and, while we are being confined within
  • the limits of old Canada, they are holding themselves at large with
  • plenty of elbow room, giving us our share at their good pleasure.
  • Now this is how we would answer them according to law:
  • 1. En premier lieu, que par vne prouidence admirable de Dieu leurs
  • propres lettres Royaux sur lesquelles ils se fondent, les desdisent
  • de leur pretention: Parce qu'il est dit expressement dans [324 i.e.,
  • 326] icelles auec exception specifique: _Nous leur donnons toutes les
  • terres iusques au 45. degré, lesquelles ne sont point actuellement
  • possedées par aucun Prince Chrestien._ Or est-il, que lors de la datte
  • de ces lettres, le Roy de France actuellement & reellement possedoit
  • pour le moins iusques au 39. degré desdictes terres. Tout le monde le
  • sçait par les voyages de Champlain: car il conste par iceux, que l'an
  • 1607. le sieur de Mõts estoit à port Royal, & par ses gens, & authorité
  • gouuernoit tout iusques au 39. degré, comme Lieutenant de sa Majesté
  • tres-Chrestienne.
  • 1. In the first place, as by an admirable providence of God, their
  • own Royal patents, upon which they found their claims, contradict
  • them in their pretensions. Because it is said expressly in these,
  • [324 i.e., 326] with specific exception: _We give them all the
  • lands up to the 45th degree, which do not actually belong to any
  • Christian Prince._ Now it happens that at the time of the date of
  • these letters, the King of France actually and really possessed the
  • said lands at least up to the 39th degree. Every one knows this
  • through the voyages of Champlain, for he relates in these that, in
  • the year 1607, sieur de Monts was at port Royal, and, through his
  • people and authority, ruled all the country to the 39th degree as
  • Lieutenant of his most Christian Majesty.
  • 2. En apres, si les Anglois veul[~e]t dire, qu'ils n'ont pas commencé
  • de posseder leur Virginie dés l'an seulement 1607, ains dés l'an 1594.
  • qu'ils la trouuerent (comme nous auons dit:) Nous respondõs, que la
  • riuiere, laquelle ils commencerent [325 i.e., 327] lors à posseder est
  • au 36. degré, & que ceste leur allegation à l'auenture pourroit valoir,
  • s'il n'estoit question, que de retenir ceste dicte riuiere, & sept ou
  • huict lieües de l'vn, & l'autre costé d'icelle: car autant loin se peut
  • porter nostre veuë pour l'ordinaire; mais que subitement vn vaisseau
  • pour entrer dans vn fleuue enjambe par dominatiõ trente fois plus
  • loin, qu'il ne peut estendre sa veuë; c'est vouloir auoir les bras, ou
  • plustost la conuoitise bien monstrueuse, mais posons que cela se puisse
  • faire.
  • 2. Again, if the English wish to say that they did not begin to
  • take possession of their Virginia from the year 1607 only, but from
  • the year 1594, when they discovered it (as we have said), we answer
  • that the river, which they began [325 i.e., 327] then to possess
  • [the James river], is in latitude 36 degrees, and that this their
  • claim might perchance be of some value, if it were only a question
  • of retaining this said river, and seven or eight leagues on either
  • side of it, for our eyes can generally reach as far as that; but
  • that a ship, merely because it had entered a river, should claim
  • dominion thirty times farther than the eye can reach--this is
  • wishing to have arms, or rather greediness, indeed monstrous. But
  • let us suppose it could be done.
  • Il s'ensuiura donc, que Ribaud & Laudoniere estans allez à la Floride
  • en tres-bel arroy, par authorité du Roy Charles IX. l'an 1564. 1565. &
  • 1566. pour cultiuer le païs; & y ayant edifié la Caroline au 30. degré
  • d'eleuation: ils prindrent possession iusques au 38. & [326 i.e., 328]
  • 39. degré, & par ainsi voila les Anglois hors de leur Virginie, suiuãt
  • leurs propres maximes.
  • It will follow, then, that Ribaud and Laudoniere,[12]--having
  • gone to Florida in fine array by the authority of King Charles
  • IX., in the years 1564, 1565, and 1566, to cultivate the land,
  • and there having extended Carolina to the 30th parallel of north
  • latitude,--took possession as far as the 38th and [326 i.e., 328]
  • 39th parallels; and so behold the English out of their Virginia
  • according to their own maxims.
  • 3. Quoy que, si pour estre en vn lieu, lon possede aussi tost (selon la
  • presupposition des Anglois) huict ou neuf degrez plus auant; Pourquoy
  • est-ce, qu'eux estants au 36. auanceront plustost iusques au 45. que
  • nous (comme ils confessent) estans ja au 46. ne descendrons iusques
  • au 37. Quel droict y ont-ils plus que nous? Voila donc ce que nous
  • respondons aux Anglois.
  • 3. Yet if being in a place gives possession (as the English
  • presuppose) of eight or nine degrees farther on, why is it that
  • they, being at the 36th, can advance to the 45th, better than we
  • (as they acknowledge) being at the 46th, can go down to the 37th?
  • What greater rights have they than we? So thus we answer the
  • English.
  • 4. Mais pour mieux declarer le fonds de nostre iustice; il faut se
  • ressouuenir de ce que nous auons monstré cy-deuant; sçauoir est, que sa
  • majesté tres-Chrestienne a prins possession de ces terres, auant tout
  • autre Prince Chresti[~e], par droict d'inuention premiere. Car il est
  • asseuré, & confessé de [327 i.e., 329] tous, que les Bretons & Normãds
  • trouuerent premierement le grãd Banq, & les Terres Neusues, rangeants
  • la coste iusques au Cap de Sable, qui est au 43. degré, iusques où le
  • grand Banq s'estend. Ceste inuention fut faicte l'an 1504. il y ja cent
  • & dix ans.
  • 4. But to better declare the justice of our cause, what we have
  • explained above most be recalled; namely, that his most Christian
  • Majesty took possession of these lands before any other Christian
  • Prince, by right of first discovery. For it is true, and is
  • acknowledged by [327 i.e., 329] all, that the Bretons and Normans
  • first discovered the great Bank, and Newfoundland, sailing along
  • fine coast to Cape Sable, which is in the 43rd degree, up to where
  • the great Bank extends. This discovery was made in the year 1504,
  • one hundred and ten years ago.
  • 5. D'auantage tous confessent, que par le commandement du grãd Roy
  • François Iean Verazan print possession de cesdictes terres au nom de la
  • France; commençant dés le 33. degré d'eleuation iusques au 47. Ce fut
  • par deux voyages desquels le dernier fut faict l'an 1523. il y a quatre
  • vingts & dix ans.
  • 5. Furthermore, all acknowledge that, by the command of the great
  • King Francis, Jean Verazan took possession of these countries in
  • the name of France, beginning at the 33rd degree of north latitude
  • up to the 47th. This was done in two voyages, the last of which was
  • made in the year 1523, ninety years ago.
  • 6. Outre plus, Jacques Cartier entra premier dans la grande riuiere
  • par deux voyages, qu'il y fut, & descouurit les terres de Canada. Son
  • dernier voyage fut l'an 1534. Donc c'est merueille [328 i.e., 330] que
  • les Anglois nous accordent les terres de la descouuerture de Jacques
  • Cartier, nous voulants oster le 45. degré: car il est asseuré, que
  • ceste descouuerture est de beaucoup posterieure aux autres cy-deuant
  • dictes des parties plus meridionales. Et la grande riuiere est
  • tellement situee, que la possession de ses terres est presque inutile à
  • qui ne ti[~e]t du moins iusques au 40. degré. Qu'on regarde la charte.
  • 6. In addition to this, Jacques Cartier[13] first entered the great
  • river in two voyages that he made, and discovered the lands of
  • Canada. His last voyage was in the year 1534. Now it is a wonder
  • [328 i.e., 330] that the English grant us the lands of Jacques
  • Cartier's discovery, wishing as they do to deprive us of the 45th
  • degree; for it is very certain that this discovery dates back much
  • farther than the others heretofore cited of the more southern
  • parts. And the great river is so situated that the possession of
  • these lands is almost useless to any one who does not possess at
  • least as far as the 40th degree. Look at the map.
  • 7. Aussi est-ce merueille comme lesdicts Anglois disent nous accorder
  • les Terres Neufues, & cependant ils y sont allez habiter despuis quatre
  • ans, enuiron le 48. ou 49. degré.
  • 7. Also it is wonderful how these English say they have granted us
  • Newfoundland, and nevertheless went there to live four years ago,
  • near the 48th or 49th degree.[14]
  • 8. Or est-ce le commun consentement de toute l'Europe, que de depeindre
  • la nouuelle France, l'estendant au moins iusques au 38. ou 39. degré,
  • ainsi qu'il appert [329 i.e., 331] par les mappemondes, imprimées en
  • Espagne, Italie, Holande, Allemagne, & Angleterre mesme. Ce sont aussi
  • les François, qui en ont faict description, ont imposé les noms, ont
  • appriuoisez les Sauuages, ont trocqué, & tousiours conuersé auec eux
  • dés la premiere inuention iusques à ce temps, & non point autres. Et
  • ce fut au quarante troisiesme degré, que le Marquis de la Roche s'alla
  • loger, dressant sa peuplade l'an 1598. Et despuis l'an 1603. le sieur
  • de Mõts receut en don toutes ces terres dés le 40. degré iusques au
  • 46. de feu d'heureuse memoire Henry le Grand, lequel aussi declara par
  • lettres expresses, que rien de ce qu'on apportoit de là, ou qu'on y
  • emportoit ne deuoit traicte foraine, comme estant ce païs vne partie
  • iuste, & legitime accreüe à ce Royaume, & nullem[~e]t estrãgere.
  • 8. Now, by the common consent of all Europe, new France is
  • represented as extending at least as far as the 38th or 39th
  • degree, as it appears [329 i.e., 331] on the maps of the world
  • printed in Spain, Italy, Holland, Germany, and England itself.[15]
  • Also, it is the French, and not others, who have made a description
  • of it, have given it its names, have tamed the Savages, have traded
  • and always had communication with them from the first discovery up
  • to the present time. And it was in the forty-third degree that the
  • Marquis de la Roche went to settle, establishing his colony in the
  • year 1598. And, since the year 1603, sieur de Monts received as a
  • gift all the lands from the 40th degree to the 46th degree, from
  • the late Henry the Great, of happy memory, who also declared by
  • express letters, that nothing which was brought away from there,
  • or taken there, was liable to foreign custom duty, as that country
  • was a just part and legitimate outgrowth of this Kingdom, and in no
  • wise a foreign one.
  • [330 i.e., 332] 9. Et certes, outre les raisons apportées, l'equité
  • naturelle fauorise à cette declaration; parce que ces terres là sont
  • paralleles à nostre France, & non point à l'Angleterre. Elles sont
  • dy-ie tout d'vne tenuë auecques nous: de maniere, qu'ayant esté
  • trouuées vaquãtes par nous au delà de nostre riuage; elles accroissent
  • à nostre heritage, ainsi que la loy des Alluuions en determine. _ff.
  • acq. rer. domin. l. 29. inter multos. & l. 30. Ergo._
  • [330 i.e., 332] 9. And surely, in addition to the reasons here
  • given, common justice favors this declaration; for those lands
  • are parallel to our France, and not to England. They are, I say,
  • contiguous with us, so that having been found unoccupied by us and
  • beyond our shores they accrue to our inheritance, as the law of
  • Alluvions determines. _ff. acq. rer. domin. l. 29. inter multos. &
  • l. 30. Ergo._[16]
  • 10. En effect, feu Monsieur le Comte de Soyssons fut pourueu du
  • gouvernement desdites contrées, & en a porté le tiltre de son viuant;
  • & auiourd'huy Monsieur le Prince met ceste là au rang de ses autres
  • prerogatiues, & principaux honneurs.
  • 10. Finally the late Comte de Soyssons was invested with the
  • government of the said countries,[17] and bore the title to it in
  • his lifetime; and to-day the Prince places this in the rank of his
  • other prerogatives and principal honors.[18]
  • CHAPITRE XXXVIII. [i.e., xxxvii.]
  • [331 i.e., 333] RAISONS POUR LESQUELLES ON DEUROIT ENTREPRENDRE À BON
  • ESCIENT LE CULTIUAGE DE LA NOUUELLE FRANCE.
  • ICY deuant que finir, ie suis contrainct de cotter aucunes raisons
  • qui m'esmeuuent l'ame, quand ie considere comme nous delaissons ceste
  • pauure nouuelle Frãnce en frische, & quant au temporel, & quant au
  • spirituel, en barbarie, & paganisme. Ie sçay prou, que ie profite
  • bi[~e] plus de les alleguer aux oreilles de nostre Seigneur par
  • feruente priere; que de les marquer aux yeux des hommes par escriture
  • morte. Neantmoins tant plus ardamment ie m'escrie deuãt Dieu en les
  • pesant, tant plus ie me sens [332 i.e., 334] pressé à les specifier aux
  • hommes, les escriuant.
  • CHAPTER XXXVIII. [i.e., xxxvii.]
  • [331 i.e., 333] REASONS WHY THE CULTIVATION OF NEW FRANCE OUGHT TO
  • BE UNDERTAKEN IN EARNEST.
  • HERE, before finishing, I am obliged to set down some reasons which
  • agitate my soul, when I consider how we are letting this poor new
  • France lie fallow, both as to the temporal and the spiritual, in
  • savagery and paganism. I know well that I may accomplish much
  • more by advancing these reasons to the ear of our Lord in earnest
  • prayer, than by presenting them to the eyes of men in cold letters.
  • Nevertheless, the more ardently I cry to God in considering them,
  • so much the more I feel myself [332 i.e., 334] urged to specify
  • them to men in writing.
  • Et premierement, si lon considere le temporel, c'est vne autre France
  • en influence, & condition du ciel, & des elements: en estenduë de pays
  • dix ou douze fois plus grande, si nous voulons: en qualité, aussi
  • bonne, si elle est cultiuée, du moins, il n'y a point d'apparence
  • qu'elle doiue estre pire; en situation; à l'autre bord de nostre
  • riuage, pour nous donner la science, & la seigneurie de la mer, &
  • nauigage; ie dy mille biens, & vtilitez. En vn mot, quãd ie dy vne
  • autre France, & vne autre Espagne à cultiuer.
  • And first, if the temporal is considered, this country is another
  • France in the influences and conditions of the heavens and of the
  • elements; in extent of country, ten or twelve times larger, if
  • you wish; in quality, as good if it be cultivated, at least there
  • is no reason why it should be worse; in situation, upon the shore
  • opposite to ours, to give us the knowledge and mastery of the
  • sea, and of navigation; I say there are a thousand blessings and
  • advantages. In a word, as it were, another France and another Spain
  • to be cultivated.
  • 2. En apres, les tentatiues, que nous auons ja faict tant de fois
  • dés cent, & dix ans, nous obligent à constance; si nous ne voulons
  • auec la mocquerie des estrangers perdre encores le fruict de [333
  • i.e., 335] tant de temps consumé, & des pertes de tant & d'hommes, &
  • de biens, qu'il a conuenu faire pour acquerir la cognoissance de ces
  • terres, Costes, Golfes, & diuers endroits, laquelle (Dieu mercy) nous
  • auons acquis auec la bienvueillance, & familiarité du peuple. Peuple
  • debonnaire, qui nous tend les mains auec vn desir incroyable, & vne
  • douleur bien grande de nous y voir mastinés; non pour autre raison,
  • sinon que les entreprinses, qui ont esté faictes iusques à maintenant,
  • ayant esté quasi soustenuës par des particuliers; il n'est pas de
  • merueille s'ils ont succombé au faix, & aux frais, qu'vne telle oeuure
  • requiert.
  • 2. Next, the attempts which we have already made so many times for
  • a hundred and ten years, oblige us to continue, unless we wish,
  • to the scorn of strangers, to yet lose the fruit of [333 i.e.,
  • 335] so much time consumed, and to suffer the loss both of so
  • many men and so much wealth, as has been necessary in acquiring
  • a knowledge of these lands, Coasts, Gulfs and different places,
  • which (thank God) we have obtained, as well as the good will and
  • intimacy of the people,--a gentle people, who extend to us their
  • hands with an incredible longing, and with a profound grief to see
  • us defeated,--for no other reason than that the enterprises which
  • have been undertaken up to the present, having been almost entirely
  • sustained by private individuals, have sunk--and it is not to be
  • wondered at--under the burden and the expenses, which such a work
  • requires.
  • 3. Que si nous nous lassons, ou languissons, nous auons deuant les
  • yeux prou d'autres, qui nous ont monstré d'auoir courage. Et certes
  • en cas que nous n'y faisions [334 i.e., 336] nostre deuoir, il n'y a
  • point de raison d'empescher autruy. Considerons donc si cela nous est
  • fort aduantageux de perdre le profit, que rapportent de ces contrées
  • to[9] les ans plus de cinq c[~e]s de nos nauires, qui y vont, soit à la
  • pesche des baleines, soit à celle des moluës & autres poissons, soit à
  • la traicte, de la pelleterie des Castors, Elans, Martres, Loups marins,
  • Loutres, &c. Car il ne faut pas attendre d'y auoir part, si d'autres
  • saisissent le domaine, ainsi qu'a bien declaré ces annees la dispute
  • arriuée à Spitsbergen, & autrepart.
  • 3. If we give up or become indifferent, we have before our eyes
  • many others, who have shown us that they have courage. And
  • certainly, in case we did not do [334 i.e., 336] our duty, there is
  • nothing to prevent others from doing theirs. Now let us consider
  • whether it is very advantageous to lose the profit, which is
  • brought from these countries every year by more than five hundred
  • of our ships, which go there, either on whaling expeditions, or
  • for cod and other fish, or for trade in furs of the Beaver, Elk,
  • Marten, Seal, Otter, etc.[19] For we must not expect to have any
  • share in this, if others seize the property, as has been very
  • clearly shown during these years by the disputes which occurred at
  • Spitsbergen and elsewhere.
  • 4. Voila pour le temporel: mais pour le spirituel, auquel
  • l'indicible, grace de Dieu nous surhausse iusques au surnom & gloire
  • de tres-Chrestiens. Calculons & supputons les benefices qui nous
  • accompaignent & obligent [335 i.e., 337] incessamment en suite de
  • ce premier la vocation à l'Eglise Saincte & cognoissance de nostre
  • Sauueur Iesus-Christ; & lors nous pourrons sommer combien grande seroit
  • l'ingratitude, & combi[~e] horrible chastiment elle porteroit encroupe,
  • si nous ne taschions de faire priser ceste grace, la communiquant à nos
  • proches à la proportion de nos moyens, & redeuances. Tel chastiment a
  • esté sagement remarqué par le venerable Bede. Car quelque peu auant son
  • aage, les Escossois furent illustrés de diuine lumiere, à ce qu'ils se
  • recogneussent estre tombés en heresie par illusion, & mesgarde; là où
  • les Bretons, ou ceux de la Prouince de Galles, furent precipités en
  • l'abysme, & tenebres des faux-bourgs d'Enfer, les heresies, desquels
  • deux effects si contraires, & si opposés ce grand Sainct, [336 i.e.,
  • 338] & cognoissant veritable des oeuures de la prouidence, & Iustice
  • Eternelle; en rapporte les causes à deux dispositions diuerses de l'vn,
  • & l'autre peuple. Parce, dit-il, que les Escossois auoyent aumosné aux
  • Anglois auparauant par grande charité, & deuotion ce qu'ils auoyent
  • reçeu de la verité Euangelique; & partant Dieu leur volut faire
  • misericorde à mesure comble, & entassee, leur ouurant les yeux, pour
  • y se voir deceus, & trompés. Là où les Bretons, soit par negligence,
  • soit par autre intemperie d'ame, ne s'estoient guieres souciez de voir
  • lesdicts Anglois perir miserablement en leur infidelité; Et partant
  • meriterent cõme seruiteurs ingrats de perdre le talent de la foy
  • Catholique, lequel ils n'auoyent daigné mettre à profit, & d'autruy, &
  • d'eux mesmes. O que [337 i.e., 339] de choses nous aurions à penser, &
  • dire sur ce sujet.
  • 4. So much for the temporal; but as to the spiritual, in which the
  • inexpressible grace of God raises us to the surname and glory of
  • "most Christian," let us calculate and sum up the benefits which
  • accompany and favor us [335 i.e., 337] continually after this first
  • one, which is our calling to the Holy Church and knowledge of our
  • Savior, Jesus Christ; and then we shall be able to estimate how
  • great would be our ingratitude, and how horrible the chastisement
  • it would bring with it, if we do not try to enhance the value of
  • this grace by communicating it to our fellow-men in proportion to
  • our means and opportunities. Such chastisement has been wisely
  • commented upon by the venerable Bede. For, shortly before his age,
  • the Scotch were illuminated by a divine light, so that they saw
  • themselves fallen into heterodoxy by delusions and inadvertence;
  • while the Bretons, or those people of the Province of Wales, were
  • cast into the abyss and shadows of the outskirts of Hell, the
  • heresies; of these two so contrary and opposite effects this great
  • and Saintly Man, [336 i.e., 338] so truly acquainted with the works
  • of providence and Eternal Justice, attributes the causes to the two
  • different dispositions of the two nations. "For," says he, "the
  • Scotch had previously given to the English, through great charity
  • and devotion, what they had received of Evangelical truth; and
  • therefore God wished to show them mercy in a full and overflowing
  • measure, opening their eyes that they might see themselves deceived
  • and mistaken. While the Bretons, either through negligence or other
  • lack of spiritual moderation, were quite indifferent when they saw
  • the English perishing miserably in their infidelity; therefore
  • they deserved, as ungrateful servants, to lose the talent of the
  • Catholic faith, which they had not deigned to profit by, either for
  • others or for themselves." Oh, what [337 i.e., 339] food there is
  • for reflection and discourse upon this subject!
  • Mais soit assez d'auoir au deuant de nos yeux que ces pauures peuples,
  • ces images de nostre Dieu comme nous, & capables de sa iouyssance,
  • ces consorts de nostre espece, & presque de mesme qualité auec nous,
  • sont sur le bord de l'horrible gouffre des feux infernaux, voire
  • plusieurs centaines d'iceux precipitez chaque iour dans les peines
  • eternelles, & abysmes de damnation, sans espoir de deliurance. O
  • Dieu! nous nous estonnons de ces iugements espouuentables; comme
  • il y a bien dequoy s'estonner; mais nous n'auons pas le sens pour
  • apperceuoir, ny l'entendem[~e]t pour recognoistre, que le sang de ceste
  • si cruelle exequution est dessus nos mains, qui ne nous euertuons pas
  • de l'empescher: dessus nos [338 i.e., 340] pieds, qui ne nous remuons
  • point pour y remedier; dessus nos maisons, qui les bastissons tant
  • superbement, sans nous soucier de l'eternelle demeure de nos freres;
  • dessus nos bourses, nos possessiõs, nos moyens, & nostre coeur qui
  • sommes si peu esmeus de tels spectacles & contribuons si peu, là où
  • le Fils de Dieu, nostre Sauueur, n'a point espargné sa vie. Plaise
  • luy nous faire misericorde, & receuoir de nous, & de toute creature
  • loüange, & benediction, à tous les siecles des siecles. Ainsi soit-il.
  • FIN.
  • But let it be enough to keep before our eyes the vision of these
  • poor natives, these images of our God as we are, and as capable
  • of enjoying him, these companions of our own species, and almost
  • of the same quality as we, who are upon the edge of the horrible
  • gulf of the fires of hell, many of them even precipitated every
  • day into eternal torments, and profound depths of everlasting
  • punishment, without hope of deliverance. O God! we are amazed
  • at these frightful judgments, as there is much in them to cause
  • our amazement; but we have not the sense to perceive, nor the
  • understanding to appreciate, that the blood of this so cruel
  • execution is upon our hands, who do not exert ourselves to prevent
  • it; upon our [338 i.e., 340] feet, which do not move to remedy it;
  • upon our houses, which we build so magnificently without caring
  • for the eternal dwellings of our brothers; upon our purses, our
  • possessions, our wealth, and our hearts, which are so little moved
  • by such spectacles and contribute so little to that for which the
  • Son of God, our Savior, did not spare even his life. May it please
  • him to grant us mercy, and to receive from us and from all his
  • creatures, praises and blessings forever and ever. Amen.
  • END.
  • Table des Choses Plvs Remarqvables.
  • ABSENCE _du P. Biard occasiõne les François de ne s'exposer au danger
  • de se perdre._ _p._ 178.
  • _Acadie, pays des Souriquois, proche de Canada._ _p._ 4.
  • _Açores, Isles de la couronne d'Espaigne._ _p._ 281.
  • _Aguigueou, Asticou, Betsabes Capitaines Canadois offrent aux François
  • prins par l'Anglois, de les retirer & entretenir._ _p._ 35.
  • _Alain Yeon Pilote de S. Malo charitable enuers les François de S.
  • Sauueur._ _p._ 257.
  • _Ambassadeur de France en Angleterre, sollicite la liberté des Iesuites
  • de Canada captifs._ _p._ 296.
  • _Anglois auancent quatre vingts lieuës sur la nouuelle France._ _p._
  • 228.
  • _Anglois desfaict par l'Armouchiquois, & pourquoy._ _p._ 179.
  • _Anglois habitués en la Virginie à deux cens cinquante lieuës des
  • François de S. Sauueur._ _p._ 227.
  • _Anglois conduicts à S. Sauueur par mesgarde des Canadins, qui les
  • croyoyent estre François._ _p._ 229.
  • _Anglois enuabissent le nauire des François de S. Sauueur, pillent
  • l'habitation, captiuent les François._ _p._ 235.
  • _Anglois desrobe finement aux François leurs lettres Royaux, pour les
  • priuer de iuste defense en leur captiuité._ _p._ 238.
  • _Anglois pouuant ietter en mer les Iesuites captifs, pour ne se perdre
  • à leur occasion, se contente de les cacher._ _p._ 286.
  • _Anglois contraints d'aborder aux Açores, sont garentis par la charité
  • des Iesuites leurs prisonniers._ _p._ 289.
  • _Anglois recognoissans du bon office receu des Iesuites._ _p._ 290.
  • _Anglois tenant captifs les Iesuites, soupçonné d'estre pirate par les
  • siens mesmes._ _pag._ 29.
  • _Anglois soupçonné d'estre pirate, se iustifie par le tesmoignage des
  • Iesuites ses prisonniers._ _p._ 293.
  • _Anglois apprehendent d'aborder aux terres de l'Espagnol, auec des
  • Iesuites captifs._ _p._ 285.
  • _Anglois n'ont que pretendre en la nouuelle France._ _p._ 320.
  • _Anguilles se peschent en my-Septembre._ _p._ 47.
  • _Arbres fruictiers fort rares en Canada._ _p._ 31.
  • _Arbres forestiers de Canada._ _p._ 32.
  • _Arcs & pauois sur la tombe des hommes._ _p._ 92.
  • _Ardoise en Canada._ _p._ 32.
  • _Argal Capitaine Anglois se saisit secrettement des commissions des
  • François de S. Sauueur._ _p._ 238.
  • _Argal Capitaine Anglois veut renuoyer en France tous les François dans
  • vne chaloupe, auec euident danger de leur perte._ _p._ 251.
  • _Argal Capitaine Anglois s'oppose fort au Mareschal de la Virginie, à
  • ce que ses prisonniers les François ne soyent pendus._ _p._ 262.
  • _Argal Capitaine Anglois equitable._ _p._ 270.
  • _Armes des Canadois, l'arc & la targue._ _p._ 55.
  • _Armoiries de Madame de Guerche-ville posées au Cap de la Heue, en
  • signe de possession._ _p._ 216.
  • _Armouchiquois baillent grand soupçon aux François de les vouloir
  • piller sous pretexte de trocque._ _p._ 178.
  • _Armouchiquois assés disposés au Christianisme._ _p._ 180.
  • _Assis. Estre assis, signe de reuerence entre les Canadois._ _p._ 91.
  • _Association de la Marquise de Guercheville auec le sieur de
  • Potrincourt au faict de Canada._ _p._ 188.
  • _Asticou Sagamo en la coste d'Acadie._ _p._ 222.
  • _Aumars, ou Cancres de mer, furent peschés par les François de S.
  • Sauueur en leur grande disette._ _p._ 253.
  • _Auoir chien & sac, en Canada, est iouyr du droict de proprieté._ _p._
  • 51.
  • Autmoins _sont les Prestres des Canadois._ _p._ 54.
  • Autmoins, _Medecins & Sorciers engeollent les simples Canadois._ _p._
  • 79.
  • Autmoins _se font donner force presents pour la cure des malades._ _p._
  • 87.
  • Autmoins _inuocans Dieu par le nom du Soleil, en cas de necessité._
  • _p._ 96.
  • Index of the Most Important Subjects.
  • _ABSENCE of Father Biard causes the French not to expose themselves
  • to danger of ruin._ _p._ 178
  • _Acadia, country of the Souriquois, near Canada._ _p._ 4
  • _Açores, Islands of the Spanish crown._ _p._ 281
  • _Aguigueou, Asticou, Betsabes, Canadian Captains, offer to the
  • French, captured by the English, to take them away and maintain
  • them._ _p._ 35
  • _Alain Yeon, Pilot of St. Malo, charitable towards the French of
  • St. Sauveur._ _p._ 257
  • _Ambassador of France in England, solicits the liberation of the
  • captive Jesuits of Canada._ _p._ 296
  • _Advancement of the English eighty leagues into new France._ _p._
  • 228
  • _English defeated by the Armouchiquois, and why._ _p._ 179
  • _English settled in Virginia, two hundred leagues from the French
  • of St. Sauveur._ _p._ 227
  • _English guided to St. Sauveur through a misunderstanding of the
  • Canadians, who supposed them to be French._ _p._ 229
  • _English invade the ship of the French of St. Sauveur, plunder the
  • settlement, and capture the French._ _p._ 235
  • _English cunningly rob the French of their Royal patents, to
  • prevent their making an honest defense in their captivity._ _p._ 238
  • _English, having power to throw the captive Jesuits into the sea,
  • not to ruin themselves on their account, content themselves with
  • hiding them._ _p._ 286
  • _English, compelled to land at the Açores, are rendered safe
  • through the charity of the Jesuits, their captives._ _p._ 289
  • _English acknowledge this kind service of the Jesuits._ _p._ 290
  • _English, holding the Jesuits captive, themselves suspected of
  • being pirates by their own countrymen._ _pag._ 29
  • _English, suspected of being pirates, are acquitted on the evidence
  • of the Jesuits, their prisoners._ _p._ 293
  • _English are afraid to land upon Spanish territory, with their
  • Jesuit prisoners._ _p._ 285
  • _English merely pretenders to new France._ _p._ 320
  • _Eel-fishing in the middle of September._ _p._ 47
  • _Fruit trees very rare in Canada._ _p._ 31
  • _Forest trees of Canada._ _p._ 32
  • _Bows and shields upon the men's graves._ _p._ 92
  • _Slate in Canada._ _p._ 32
  • _Argal, an English Captain, secretly seizes the commissions of the
  • French of St. Sauveur._ _p._ 238
  • _Argal, an English Captain, wishes to send all the French to France
  • in a small boat, with evident danger of their being lost._ _p._ 251
  • _Argal, an English Captain, strongly opposes the Marshal of
  • Virginia, so that his French prisoners should not be hanged._ _p._
  • 262
  • _Argal, an English Captain, a just man._ _p._ 270
  • _Arms of the Canadians, the bow and the shield._ _p._ 55
  • _Armorial Bearings of Madame de Guerche-ville placed at Cap de la
  • Heve, as a sign of possession._ _p._ 216
  • _Armouchiquois strongly suspected by the French of intending to
  • plunder them, under pretext of trade._ _p._ 178
  • _Armouchiquois disposed favorably to Christianity._ _p._ 180
  • _Seated. To be seated, a sign of reverence among the Canadians._
  • _p._ 91
  • _Association of the Marquise de Guercheville with sieur de
  • Potrincourt in Canadian affairs._ _p._ 188
  • _Asticou, a Sagamore on the coast of Acadia._ _p._ 222
  • _Lobsters, or sea Crabs, were caught by the French of St. Sauveur
  • in their great poverty._ _p._ 253
  • _To have a dog and a bag, in Canada, is to enjoy the rights of
  • property._ _p._ 51
  • Autmoins _are the Priests of the Canadians._ _p._ 54
  • Autmoins, _Medicine men and Sorcerers dupe the simple Canadians._
  • _p._ 79
  • Autmoins _require many presents for the cure of the sick._ _p._ 87
  • Autmoins _invoke God by the name of the Sun, when they are in
  • need._ _p._ 96
  • _B._
  • _Baie de Chinictou en Canada, estendue en belles prairies._ _p._ 27.
  • _Baie Françoise entre Port Royal, & la riuiere S. Jean._ _p._ 165.
  • _Baie des mines à vingt & deux lieuës de Port Royal._ _p._ 203.
  • _Baye de Genes, ainsi appellée par Chãplain._ _p._ 204.
  • _Baye des mines large de huict lieuës._ _p._ 205.
  • _Baptesme trop facilement conferé au Mexique, auec notable dommage des
  • baptisés._ _p._ 106.
  • _Baptesme conferé aux Canadois non instruits au deuoir de
  • Christianisme, & le mal qui en reussit._ _p._ 111.
  • _Baptesme des personnes aagées, non bien instruites, differé auec
  • grande consideration._ _p._ 115.
  • _Baptesme desiré des Canadins auãt la mort._ _p._ 310.
  • _Baptesme guerit vn enfant Canadin malade à la mort._ _p._ 318.
  • _Baptisés en Canada sans precedente instruction, ne sçauoyent rien du
  • Chrestien, non pas mesmes leur nom de Baptesme._ _p._ 109.
  • _Basques ont alienés les Excomminquois en Canada de nos François._ _p._
  • 33.
  • _Biencourt & Robin en faueur des Caluinistes, consentent que les
  • Iesuites n'entrent dans leur nauire._ _p._ 134.
  • _Biencourt par le moyen des Iesuites fait voile en Canada, beaucoup
  • plustost qu'il ne pouuoit autrement._ _p._ 138.
  • _Biencourt soupçonne que Madame de Guerche-ville le veut despoüiller
  • des droicts de Canada._ _p._ 197.
  • _Bretons ont descouuert la France nouuelle._ _p._ 2.
  • _Bretons souuent malades en Canada._ _p._ 15.
  • _Cabanes d'Hyuer des Canadois, d'un clos rond de perches fermées en
  • poincte par le haut, couuertes de peaux, nattes, ou escorces._ _p._ 40.
  • 41.
  • _Cabanes des Canadois toujours en bel aspect, & prés des bonnes eaux._
  • _p._ 41.
  • _Cabanes d'Esté des Canadois, larges & longues, & couuertes de nattes,
  • ou escorces._ _p._ 42.
  • _Calais. Le Gouuerneur, & Doyen de Calais accueillent, & secourent
  • charitablement les Iesuites de Canada renuoyés d'Angleterre._ _p._ 299.
  • _Caluinistes ne peuuent trouuer bon que les Iesuites passent en Canada,
  • ouy bi[~e] tous autres Ecclesiastiques._ _p._ 133.
  • _Canada n'est qu'vne partie de la France nouuelle, sçauoir est, la
  • coste du long de la grande riuiere Canadas._ _p._ 3. 4.
  • _Canada, Prouince de la France nouuelle premierement descouuerte par
  • Iaques Cartier l'an 1524._ _p._ 4.
  • _Canada parallele à la France, en mesme climat, & eleuation de Pole._
  • _p._ 9.
  • _Canada plus froide que nostre France, & pourquoy._ _p._ 10.
  • _Canada sujecte au Scurbot, ou maladie de la terre._ _p._ 14.
  • _Canada apporte maladie aux oiseux._ _p._ 16.
  • _Canada germe aussitost au Printemps que nostre France._ _p._ 18.
  • _Canada és endroits les plus froids rend les bleds meurs en son temps._
  • _p._ 19.
  • _Canada n'a point de hautes montagnes._ _p._ 20.
  • _Canada fort entrecoupée de riuieres, & bras de mer, en est renduë plus
  • froide._ _p._ 23.
  • _Canada à cause des continuelles forests est moins eschauffée du
  • Soleil, & pource plus froide que les campagnes ouuertes._ _p._ 24.
  • _Canada pour n'estre labourée est couuerte d'vne dure crouste, quasi
  • impenetrable au Soleil, & partant beaucoup plus froide._ _p._ 24.
  • _Canada produict la vigne sauuage en beaucoup d'endroits, qui meurit en
  • son temps._ _p._ 31.
  • _Canada és terres cogneües des François, n'a que dix mille habitans._
  • _p._ 73.
  • _Canada, horsmis Port Royal, donné à Madame de Guercheuille._ _p._ 190.
  • _Canada du Gouuernement du Prince de Soissons._ _p._ 330.
  • _Canada pourquoy doit estre cultiuée des François._ _p._ 331.
  • _Canadois fideles au François cõtre l'Anglois._ _p._ 34.
  • _Canadois charitables enuers les François captifs de l'Anglois._ _p._
  • 35. 36.
  • _Canadois ont honne memoire des choses sensibles._ _p._ 36.
  • _Canadois comprennent, & iugent bien les choses sensibles._ _p._ 36.
  • _Canadoises ceintes dessus, & dessous le ventre._ _p._ 37.
  • _Canadois quasi tous sans barbe, horsmis les bien robustes._ _p._ 37.
  • _Canadois ne peuuent retenir la memoire d'vne suitte de paroles._ _p._
  • 27.
  • _Canadois mocqueurs des personnes contrefaites._ _p._ 37.
  • _Canadois n'ont point le corps contrefaict, ny defectueux._ _p._ 37.
  • _Canadois vestus de peaux conroyées auec le poil, & bigarrées de
  • couleurs._ _p._ 39.
  • _Canadois paoureux, & grands vanteurs._ _p._ 55.
  • _Canadois forts, & addroicts à la lutte, & non à autre combat._ _p._ 55.
  • _Canadois liberaux & recognoissans._ _p._ 58.
  • _Canadois prattiquët la Polygamie plus pour le proufit, que pour
  • l'incontinence._ _p._ 62.
  • _Canadois maladifs depuis la hãtise des Frãçois, à cause de leurs excés
  • à manger viandes non accoustumées._ _p._ 69.
  • _Canadois ne se soucient du lendemain, viuãs du iour à la iournée._
  • _p._ 70.
  • _Canadois oincts d'huile de loup marin sentent mal._ _p._ 77.
  • _Canadois se font Chrestiens, seulement pour marque d'amitié auec les
  • François._ _p._ 109.
  • _Canadois se plaignent fort qu'on ne les ait aduerty des deuoirs du
  • Christianisme auãt leur baptesme, ausquels ils ne se fussent obligés,
  • s'ils les eussent cogneus._ _p._ 111.
  • _Canadins baptisés à la poursuitte du sieur de Potrincourt._ _p._ 126.
  • _Canadois ne peuu[~e]t exprimer par parole que les choses fort
  • sensibles, & materielles._ _p._ 151.
  • _Canadins sujects d'Asticou inuitent les Iesuites à prendre logis en
  • leur terre._ _p._ 222.
  • _Canadins caressent les Anglois, les croyans estre François, & par
  • ignorance les menent à S. Sauueur, où ils pillent & captiuent les
  • François._ _p._ 229.
  • _Canadin s'attriste fort, ayant recogneu que par mesgarde il auoit mis
  • les François de Sainct Sauueur entre les mains de l'Anglois._ _p._ 231.
  • _Canadins portent grande compassion aux François captifs de l'Anglois,
  • & leur offrent toute amitié._ _p._ 246.
  • _Canadins donnent largement de leur proye aux François de S. Sauueur
  • necessiteux._ _p._ 253.
  • _Canadins bien recogneus peuuent estre cy apres mieux aidés au salut de
  • leur ame._ _p._ 306.
  • _Canadins ayans grande confiance aux François, peuuent estre mieux
  • aidez par eux, que par autres en leur conuersion._ _p._ 307.
  • _Canadins grandement fideles aux François._ _p._ 308.
  • _Canadins ennemis de l'Anglois, & Holandois._ _p._ 309.
  • _Canadins affectionnez au Baptesme._ _p._ 310.
  • _Canadine malade à la mort, guerie par le Catechisme, & vne Croix
  • penduë au col._ _p._ 313.
  • _Canadois ne portent point de hauts de chausses._ _p._ 39.
  • _Canadois portent greues, & souliers de peaux d'eslan._ _p._ 39.
  • _Canadois plant[~e]t nouuelles cabanes à chaque changement de lieu, &
  • de residence._ _p._ 40.
  • _Canadois se cabanent en bel aspect, & prés des bonnes eaux._ _p._ 41.
  • _Canadois se couchent à l'entour du foyer, sur des peaux de loups
  • marins, la teste sur vn sac._ _p._ 41.
  • _Canadois à chacune des treize lunes annuelles ont nouuelle chasse, ou
  • pesche._ _p._ 42.
  • _Canadois ne viuent que de chasse, & de pesche._ _p._ 42.
  • _Canadois meurent de faim quand la chasse, & pesche ne reüssit._ _p._
  • 43.
  • _Canadois sont fort incõmodés de pluye, & de nege, quand elle ne gele
  • pas._ _p._ 44.
  • _Canadois portent des raquettes au pied sur la nege molle, pour
  • chasser._ _p._ 44.
  • _Canadois riches en gibier d'eau, non de terre._ _p._ 46.
  • _Canadois en my-Septembre de la mer vont à la pesche des riuieres._
  • _p._ 47.
  • _Canadois ne possedent rien en proprieté auant leur mariage._ _p._ 51.
  • _Canadois ont des quereles sur le refus des droicts les vns enuers les
  • autres._ _p._ 52.
  • _Canadin guery par la Croix, & Catechisme._ _p._ 315.
  • _Canadins hurlent horriblement aupres de leurs malades mourans._ _p._
  • 317.
  • _Campseau coste de mer loin de six vingts lieuës de Port Royal._ _p._
  • 139.
  • _Cap de la Heue en la coste de l'Acadie._ _pag._ 216.
  • _Cap de sable._ _p._ 255.
  • _Cap Breton._ _p._ 263.
  • _Cap Forchu._ _p._ 255.
  • _Caribous, moitié asne, moitié cerf, bons à manger._ _p._ 43.
  • _Castors & Eslans ont leur seconde chasse en Octobre & Nouembre._ _p._
  • 47.
  • _Castors se prennent en Feuier & Mars, pour la premiere chasse._ _p._
  • 43.
  • _Catechisme exactement practiqué est tres-necessaire aux Canadins à
  • cause de leur façon de viure vagabonde._ _p._ 102. 103. 104.
  • _Catechisme & Croix penduë au col d'vne Canadine la guerit de maladie
  • mortelle._ _p._ 313.
  • _Catechisme guerit vn Canadin malade._ _p._ 215.
  • _Cauots, esquifs des Canadois, faicts, d'escorce de bouleau, fort
  • legers, capables de toute vne famille, & vtensiles necessaires._ _p._
  • 48.
  • _Cauot fort commode pour la pesche, & voiture._ _p._ 48.
  • _Cauot faict quarante lieuës en vn iour._ _pag._ 49.
  • _Champlain fonde l'habitation de Kebec._ _p._ 121.
  • _Champlain descouure la coste de la riuiere S. Laurens._ _p._ 121.
  • _Champlain Lieutenant du sieur de Monts._ _p._ 121.
  • C_hamplain allant à Kebec passe à trauers des glaçons de mer enormément
  • gros & affreux._ _p._ 139.
  • C_harbon de terre en Canada._ _p._ 32.
  • C_hair boucanée, ou sechée à la fumée, mise en reserue._ _p._ 70.
  • C_harmes, Chesnes, Hestres, & Peupliers en Canada._ _p._ 32.
  • C_hasse & pesche sont tout le reuenu des Canadois._ _p._ 42.
  • C_hasse premiere des Castors en Feurier, & Mars._ _p._ 43.
  • C_hasse seconde des Castors, & Eslans en Octobre & Nouembre._ _p._ 47.
  • C_heuille plantée en terre par l'Autmoin faignant de chasser le
  • Diable._ _p._ 82. 83. 84.
  • C_hiens du malade mangés en Tabagie._ _pag._ 89.
  • C_hinictou est vne Baye en Canada fort belle en prairies._ _p._ 27.
  • C_hinictou pays de Canada fertile & aggreable._ _p._ 204.
  • Chiquebi _racine à guise de truffes, dont les Iesuites viuoyent en
  • temps de famine._ _p._ 213.
  • C_hirurgien Anglois Catholique, charitable enuers les François de S.
  • Sauueur blessez._ _p._ 241.
  • C_oquilles, & poissons de toute sorte foisonnent en la mer de Canada
  • durant cinq mois._ _p._ 45.
  • C_oste de la riuiere Sainct Iean en Canada, abondante en vigne sauuage,
  • & noyers._ _p._ 31.
  • C_oste de S. Sauueur fort aggreable._ _p._ 225.
  • C_roix penduë au col d'vn Canadin le guerit d'vne longue maladie._ _p._
  • 315.
  • C_roix plantée au Cap de la Heue._ _p._ 216.
  • C_roix plantée au Port S. Sauueur._ _p._ 226.
  • C_oudriers sont frequents en Canada._ _p._ 31.
  • C_ounibas pays inhabitable à cause du froid._ _p._ 21.
  • _B._
  • _Bay of Chinictou in Canada, surrounded by beautiful meadows._ _p._
  • 27
  • _French Bay, between Port Royal and the river St. John._ _p._ 165
  • _Bay of mines, twenty-two leagues from Port Royal._ _p._ 203
  • _Baye de Genes, thus called by Champlain._ _p._ 204
  • _Bay of mines eight leagues wide._ _p._ 205
  • _Baptism too easily administered in Mexico, with notable detriment
  • to those baptised._ _p._ 106
  • _Baptism administered to the Canadians not yet instructed in the
  • duties of Christianity, and the evils which result therefrom._ _p._
  • 111
  • _Baptism of aged persons, not well instructed, deferred with great
  • consideration._ _p._ 115
  • _Baptism desired by Canadians before dying._ _p._ 310
  • _Baptism cures a Canadian child sick unto death._ _p._ 318
  • _Those baptised in Canada without previous instruction, know
  • nothing of Christianity, not even their Baptismal names._ _p._ 109
  • _Basques have alienated the Excomminquois in Canada from our
  • French._ _p._ 33
  • _Biencourt and Robin, out of regard for the Calvinists, agree that
  • the Jesuits must not enter their ship._ _p._ 134
  • _Biencourt by means of the Jesuits sails for Canada, much sooner
  • than he could have done without them._ _p._ 138
  • _Biencourt suspects that Madame de Guerche-ville wishes to rob him
  • of his rights in Canada._ _p._ 197
  • _Bretons discovered new France._ _p._ 2
  • _Bretons often sick in Canada._ _p._ 15
  • _Winter Cabins of the Canadians; a circle of poles closed at the
  • top and covered with skins, mats, or pieces of bark._ _p._ 40, 41
  • _Cabins of the Canadians always in a beautiful location, and near
  • good water._ _p._ 41
  • _Summer Cabins of the Canadians long and wide, and covered with
  • mats or bark._ _p._ 42
  • _Calais. The Governor and Dean of Calais welcome and kindly assist
  • the Jesuits of Canada sent back from England._ _p._ 299
  • _Calvinists are not satisfied to have the Jesuits go to Canada, but
  • are willing to take all other Ecclesiastics._ _p._ 133
  • _Canada is only a part of new France, namely, the land along the
  • great river Canadas._ _p._ 3, 4
  • _Canada, a Province of new France, first discovered by Jaques
  • Cartier, in the year 1524._ _p._ 4
  • _Canada parallel to France, in the same climate and Polar
  • elevation._ _p._ 9
  • _Canada colder than our France, and why._ _p._ 10
  • _Canada subject to Scurvy or land disease._ _p._ 14
  • _Canada brings sickness to those who are idle._ _p._ 16
  • _Canada shows vegetation as early in Spring as our France._ _p._ 18
  • _Canada in the coldest places yields the wheat crop in its season._
  • _p._ 19
  • _Canada has no high mountains._ _p._ 20
  • _Canada, very much intersected by rivers and arms of the sea, is
  • thereby rendered colder._ _p._ 23
  • _Canada, on account of the continuous forests, is less heated by
  • the Sun, and therefore colder than the open countries._ _p._ 24
  • _Canada, not being cultivated, is covered with a hard crust, almost
  • impenetrable to the Sun, and therefore much colder._ _p._ 24
  • _Canada produces the wild grape in many places, which ripens in its
  • season._ _p._ 31
  • _Canada, in the lands known to the French, has only ten thousand
  • inhabitants._ _p._ 73
  • _Canada, with the exception of Port Royal, given to Madame de
  • Guercheville._ _p._ 190
  • _Canada under Authority of the Prince de Soissons._ _p._ 330
  • _Canada, why the French should cultivate it._ _p._ 331
  • _Canadians faithful to French against English._ _p._ 34
  • _Canadians kind to French made prisoners by English._ _p._ 35, 36
  • _Canadians have a good memory for visible and material things._
  • _p._ 36
  • _Canadians comprehend and estimate well the things known through
  • the senses._ _p._ 36
  • _Canadian women wear belts above and below the stomach._ _p._ 37
  • _Canadians nearly all beardless, except the more robust._ _p._ 37
  • _Canadians have no memory for a consecutive arrangement of words._
  • _p._ 27
  • _Canadians scoffers at ill-shapen people._ _p._ 37
  • _Canadians' bodies are not ill-shapen or defective._ _p._ 37
  • _Canadians dressed in skins which have been curried and decorated
  • in various colors._ _p._ 39
  • _Canadians cowardly and great boasters._ _p._ 55
  • _Canadians strong and skillful in wrestling, and not in any other
  • kind of combat._ _p._ 55
  • _Canadians generous and grateful._ _p._ 58
  • _Canadians practice Polygamy more for profit than for
  • incontinence._ _p._ 62
  • _Canadians sickly since their intercourse with the French, on
  • account of their excesses in eating food to which they are not
  • accustomed._ _p._ 69
  • _Canadians not anxious about to-morrow, only living from day to
  • day._ _p._ 70
  • _Canadians, when they rub themselves with seal oil, have a bad
  • smell._ _p._ 77
  • _Canadians embrace Christianity only as a sign of friendship with
  • the French._ _p._ 109
  • _Canadians complain greatly that they were not advised of the
  • duties of Christianity before their baptism, to which they would
  • not have bound themselves if they had known them._ _p._ 111
  • _Canadians baptized through the instrumentality of sieur de
  • Potrincourt._ _p._ 126
  • _Canadians can express in words only the more visible and material
  • things._ _p._ 151
  • _Canadian subjects of Asticou invite the Jesuits to locate in their
  • territory._ _p._ 222
  • _Canadians embrace the English, believing them to be French, and
  • through ignorance guide them to St. Sauveur, where they plunder and
  • capture the French._ _p._ 229
  • _Canadians very sorrowful when they recognized that through
  • inadvertence they had delivered the French of Saint Sauveur into
  • the hands of the English._ _p._ 231
  • _Canadians show great sympathy for the French taken prisoners by
  • the English, and offer them many favors._ _p._ 246
  • _Canadians give generously of their game to the needy French of St.
  • Sauveur._ _p._ 253
  • _Canadians, well understood, can afterwards be better assisted in
  • the salvation of their souls._ _p._ 306
  • _Canadians, having great confidence in the French, can be better
  • aided by them, than by others, in their conversion._ _p._ 307
  • _Canadians very faithful to the French._ _p._ 308
  • _Canadians enemies of the English and Dutch._ _p._ 309
  • _Canadians fond of Baptism._ _p._ 310
  • _Canadian woman sick unto death, cured by the Catechism and a Cross
  • hung around her neck._ _p._ 313
  • _Canadians do not wear trousers._ _p._ 39
  • _Canadians wear leggings and shoes of elk skin._ _p._ 39
  • _Canadians erect new houses at every change of place and
  • residence._ _p._ 40
  • _Canadians camp in pleasant localities and near good water._ _p._ 41
  • _Canadians lie around the fire, upon seal skins, their heads upon
  • bags._ _p._ 41
  • _Canadians have new game or fish for every one of their thirteen
  • moons._ _p._ 42
  • _Canadians live only upon game and fish._ _p._ 42
  • _Canadians die of starvation when hunting and fishing are not
  • successful._ _p._ 43
  • _Canadians are very greatly inconvenienced by the rain and snow
  • when it does not freeze._ _p._ 44
  • _Canadians wear snowshoes upon the feet when the snow is soft, for
  • hunting._ _p._ 44
  • _Canadians rich in marine, not in forest game._ _p._ 46
  • _Canadians, in the middle of September, come from the sea to fish
  • in the rivers._ _p._ 47
  • _Canadians possess no property before marriage._ _p._ 51
  • _Canadians quarrel when some refuse dues to others._ _p._ 52
  • _Canadian cured by the Cross and Catechism._ _p._ 315
  • _Canadians howl terribly around their dying friends._ _p._ 317
  • _Campseau seacoast distant one hundred and twenty leagues from Port
  • Royal._ _p._ 139
  • _Cap de la Heve on the coast of Acadia._ _pag._ 216
  • _Cape sable._ _p._ 255
  • _Cape Breton._ _p._ 263
  • _Cape Forchu._ _p._ 255
  • _Caribou, half ass, half deer, good to eat._ _p._ 43
  • _Chase, the second time for the Beaver and Elk in October and
  • November._ _p._ 47
  • _Capture of the beaver in the first hunt, in February and March._
  • _p._ 43
  • _Catechism exactly attended to is very necessary to the Canadians,
  • on account of their wandering mode of life._ _p._ 102, 103, 104
  • _Catechism and Cross, hung from the neck of a Canadian woman, cure
  • her of a mortal illness._ _p._ 313
  • _Catechism cures a sick Canadian._ _pag._ 215
  • _Canoes, the skiffs of the Canadians, made of birch-bark, very
  • light, capable of holding an entire family and their necessary
  • utensils._ _p._ 48
  • _Canoe very convenient for fishing and conveyance._ _p._ 48
  • _Canoe makes forty leagues in one day._ _pag._ 49
  • _Champlain establishes the settlement of Kebec._ _p._ 121
  • _Champlain explores the shores of the river St. Lawrence._ _p._ 121
  • _Champlain, Lieutenant of sieur de Monts._ _p._ 121
  • _Champlain, going to Kebec, passes through enormous and frightful
  • masses of ice._ _p._ 139
  • _Coal in Canada._ _p._ 32
  • _Smoked meat, or meat dried in smoke, stored away._ _p._ 70
  • _Elm, Oak, Beech, and Poplar in Canada._ _p._ 32
  • _Hunting and fishing are the only resources of the Canadians._ _p._
  • 42
  • _First hunt for Beavers in February and March._ _p._ 43
  • _Second hunt for Beavers and Elk in October and November._ _p._ 47
  • _Stick planted in the ground by the Autmoin, feigning to chase away
  • the Devil._ _p._ 82, 83, 84
  • _Dogs of the sick man eaten in the Tabagie._ _pag._ 89
  • _Chinictou is a Bay in Canada surrounded by beautiful meadows._
  • _p._ 27
  • _Chinictou a country of Canada fertile and pleasant._ _p._ 204
  • Chiquebi, _a root something like truffles, upon which the Jesuits
  • lived in time of famine._ _p._ 213
  • _English Surgeon, a Catholic, charitable towards the wounded French
  • of St. Sauveur._ _p._ 241
  • _Shellfish, and fish of all kinds, swarm in the Canadian sea during
  • five months._ _p._ 45
  • _Banks of the river Saint John in Canada abounding in wild grapes
  • and nuts._ _p._ 31
  • _Coast of St. Sauveur very agreeable._ _p._ 225
  • _Cross hung from the neck of a Canadian cures him of a long
  • illness._ _p._ 315
  • _Cross planted at Cap de la Heve._ _p._ 216
  • _Cross planted at the Port of St. Sauveur._ _p._ 226
  • _Hazel trees very abundant in Canada._ _p._ 31
  • _Counibas country uninhabitable on account of the cold._ _p._ 21
  • _D_
  • _Defunct enseuely auec son sac, ses peaux, fleches, & autres meubles
  • siens, & presents de ses amis._ _p._ 92.
  • _Diable familier à Membertou encore Payen._ _p._ 95.
  • _Diable trauaillant les Canadois auant la venuë des François._ _p._ 95.
  • _Dieu entre les Canadois est nommé du nom du Soleil._ _p._ 96.
  • _Dix mille personnes seulement en toutes les terres de Canada._ _p._ 73.
  • _Droict de proprieté en Canada se practique par la possession du chien,
  • & du sac._ _p._ 51.
  • _Dueil à la mort des parens & amis, est de se broüiller la face de
  • noir._ _p._ 90.
  • _Du Pont le ieune reconcilié au sieur de Potrincourt à la requeste du
  • P. Biard._ _pag._ 147.
  • _Du Pont le ieune reconcilié au sieur de Potrincourt se confesse,
  • & faict ses Pasques au bord de la mer, auec grande edification des
  • assistans._ _p._ 148.
  • _Du Pont perd son nauire, & le recouure à la requeste du P. Biard._
  • _p._ 148.
  • _Du Pont le ieune employé pour traduire le Catechisme en langue
  • Canadine._ _p._ 175.
  • _Du Pont le ieune retire en son nauire vne partie des François de S.
  • Sauueur._ _p._ 256.
  • _D_
  • _Dead men buried with their bags, skins, arrows, and other
  • possessions, and presents from their friends._ _p._ 92
  • _Devil familiar to Membertou while yet a Pagan._ _p._ 95
  • _Devil tormenting the Canadians before the coming of the French._
  • _p._ 95
  • _God, among the Canadians, is known by the same name as the Sun._
  • _p._ 96
  • _Ten thousand people only in all the lands of Canada._ _p._ 73
  • _Right of property in Canada evidenced by the possession of the dog
  • and of the bag._ _p._ 51
  • _Dead kindred or friends mourned by smearing the face with black._
  • _p._ 90
  • _Du Pont the younger reconciled to sieur de Potrincourt at the
  • request of Father Biard._ _pag._ 147
  • _Du Pont the younger, reconciled to sieur de Potrincourt,
  • confesses, and receives the Easter Sacrament on the seashore, to
  • the great edification of those present._ _p._ 148
  • _Du Pont loses his ship and recovers it at the request of Father
  • Biard._ _p._ 148
  • _Du Pont the younger employed to translate the Catechism into the
  • Canadian language._ _p._ 175
  • _Du Pont the younger takes into his ship part of the French of St.
  • Sauveur._ _p._ 256
  • _E_
  • _Enfans en grand nombre sont la force des Sagamos Canadois._ _p._ 62.
  • _Enfant Canadin malade à la mort guery par le Baptesme._ _p._ 318.
  • _Eplan de Canada se prend en Mars._ _p._ 45.
  • _Eplan, petit poisson comme Sardine._ _p._ 213.
  • _Eslans, & Castors ont leur seconde chasse en Octobre, & Nouembre._
  • _p._ 47.
  • _Eslans se prennent pour la seconde chasse en Octobre & Nouembre._ _p._
  • 47.
  • _Espoux Canadois donne à son beau-pere, & ne reçoit rien de luy._ _p._
  • 61.
  • _Estuues frictions, sueurs vsitées en Canada pour la santé._ _p._ 77.
  • _Estourgeon se pesche en Auril._ _p._ 45.
  • _Eteminquois, Montaguets, Souriquois alliez aux François en Canada._
  • _p._ 34.
  • _Excomminquois ennemis des François en Canada, à l'occasion des
  • Basques._ _p._ 33.
  • _E_
  • _Large families the strength of Canadian Sagamores._ _p._ 62
  • _Canadian child sick unto death cured by Baptism._ _p._ 318
  • _Canadian smelts taken in March._ _p._ 45
  • _Smelt, a little fish like a Sardine._ _p._ 213
  • _Second chase for Elk and Beaver in October and November._ _p._ 47
  • _Elk are captured in the second chase in October and November._
  • _p._ 47
  • _Canadian husband gives to his father-in-law, instead of receiving
  • from him._ _p._ 61
  • _Rubbing and vapor-baths used in Canada for the health._ _p._ 77
  • _Sturgeon are caught in April._ _p._ 45
  • _Eteminquois, Montaguets, Souriquois, allies of the French in
  • Canada._ _p._ 34
  • _Excomminquois, enemies of the French in Canada, on account of the
  • Basques._ _p._ 33
  • F
  • _Fæal l'vne des Isles des Açores._ _p._ 287.
  • F_emmes Canadoises portent le fais du mesnage, & sont de pire
  • condition, que chambrieres._ _p._ 62.
  • F_emmes Canadoises pudiques._ _p._ 66.
  • F_emmes Canadoises durement traictées de leurs maris._ _p._ 65.
  • F_emmes Canadoises peu fecondes à cause de leurs trauaux continuels._
  • _p._ 72.
  • F_leurs de lis rasées en Canada par l'Anglois._ _p._ 271.
  • F_oin de Canada haut de la longueur d'vn homme._ _p._ 26.
  • F_rançois de S. Sauueur accusés d'estre bannis & pirates, pour ne
  • pouuoir produire leur commission surprinse par l'Anglois._ _p._ 239.
  • _France nouuelle est propre des François priuatiuement aux Anglois._
  • _p._ 320.
  • F_rançois ont enseigné l'vsage du poison, & autres mal-heurs aux
  • Canadois._ _p._ 68.
  • F_rançois doiuent entreprendre la culture de Canada._ _p._ 331.
  • F_rançois en danger de se perdre parmy les Armouchiquois, par vn
  • soupçon fondé en apparence._ _p._ 178.
  • F_rançois pretendent iustement desboutter l'Anglois de la nouuelle
  • France._ _p._ 320.
  • F_rance nouuelle est vne forest perpetuelle._ _p._ 4.
  • F_rance nouuelle, partie Occidentale de l'Amerique._ _p._ 1.
  • F_rance nouuelle descouuerte l'an 1504. par les Bretons._ _p._ 2.
  • F_rançois Bretons ont les premiers descouuert la nouuelle France._ _p._
  • 2.
  • _France nouuelle pourquoy doit estre cultiuée par les François._ _p._
  • 331.
  • F
  • _Fæal, one of the Islands of the Açores._ _p._ 287
  • _Canadian women bear the burdens of the household, and are in a
  • worse condition than chambermaids._ _p._ 62
  • _Canadian women modest._ _p._ 66
  • _Canadian women badly treated by their husbands._ _p._ 65
  • _Canadian women not fruitful on account of their continual
  • hardships._ _p._ 72
  • _Fleurs-de-lis erased in Canada by the English._ _p._ 271
  • _Hay in Canada as high as a man._ _p._ 26
  • _French of St. Sauveur accused of being outlaws and pirates,
  • because they could not produce their commission, which had been
  • seized by the English._ _p._ 239
  • _New France is owned by the French exclusive of the English._ _p._
  • 320
  • _French have taught the use of poison and other evils to the
  • Canadians._ _p._ 68
  • _French ought to undertake the cultivation of Canada._ _p._ 331
  • _French in danger of ruin among the Armouchiquois, on account of a
  • suspicion based upon appearances._ _p._ 178
  • _French justly assume to overrule the claims of the English in new
  • France._ _p._ 320
  • _New France is an interminable forest._ _p._ 4
  • _New France, Western part of America._ _p._ 1
  • _New France discovered in the year 1504, by the Bretons._ _p._ 2
  • _French Bretons the first discoverers of new France._ _p._ 2
  • _New France, why it ought to be cultivated by the French._ _p._ 331
  • G
  • _Glaçons etrangement gros, charriez cent lieux dans la mer par les
  • riuieres._ _p._ 139.
  • _Garçons, ou non encores mariez n'acquierent rien à eux-mesmes, ains à
  • leur Sagamo._ _p._ 51.
  • _Gilbert du Thet Iesuite tué par les Anglois à S. Sauueur._ _p._ 241.
  • _Greues, & souliers des Canadois._ _p._ 39.
  • _Guerres des Canadois se prattiquent par surprises._ _p._ 55.
  • G
  • _Masses of ice, wonderfully large, drifted a hundred leagues into
  • the sea through the rivers._ _p._ 139
  • _Boys, or those not yet married, can acquire nothing for
  • themselves, but for their Sagamore._ _p._ 51
  • _Gilbert du Thet, Jesuit, killed by the English at St. Sauveur._
  • _p._ 241
  • _Leggings and shoes of the Canadians._ _p._ 39
  • _Wars of the Canadians are carried on by strategy._ _p._ 55
  • H
  • _Habitans des terres de Canada dix mille en tout._ _p._ 73.
  • _Habitans de S. Malo fort charitables enuers les François reuenans de
  • Canada._ _p._ 258.
  • _Habits de peaux veluës des Canadois._ _p._ 39.
  • H_arenc se pesche en Auril._ _p._ 45.
  • H_auts de chausses ne sont en vsage en Canada._ _p._ 29.
  • H_enry IIII. se fasche que le sieur de Potrincourt ne se haste pour
  • Canada._ _p._ 125.
  • _Henry IIII. Roy de France, destine les Iesuites en Canada._ _p._ 123.
  • _Henry Membertou malade meurt à Port Royal, fort Chrestiennement._ _p._
  • 162.
  • _Herbes potageres fort grandes, & bonnes en Canada._ _p._ 27.
  • _Huguenot de Dieppe remarque vne guerison merueilleuse d'vne Canadine._
  • _p._ 314.
  • _Huile de graisse de loup marin, sausse annuelle des Canadois._ _p._ 43.
  • H
  • _Inhabitants of the lands of Canada, ten thousand in all._ _p._ 73
  • _Inhabitants of St. Malo very charitable towards the French
  • returning from Canada._ _p._ 258
  • _Clothes of the Canadians made of hairy skins._ _p._ 39
  • _Herring fishing in April._ _p._ 45
  • _Trousers are not used in Canada._ _p._ 29
  • _Henry IIII. is angry because sieur de Potrincourt does not hasten
  • to Canada._ _p._ 125
  • _Henry IIII., King of France, appoints the Jesuits to Canada._ _p._
  • 123
  • _Henry Membertou, being sick, dies at Port Royal in a very
  • Christian Manner._ _p._ 162
  • _Pot herbs very large and good in Canada._ _p._ 27
  • _Huguenot of Dieppe notices the marvelous cure of a Canadian
  • Woman._ _p._ 314
  • _Seal oil the Canadian sauce the year round._ _p._ 43
  • I
  • _Iaques Cartier descouure Canada en la France nouuelle l'an 1524. &
  • 1534._ _p._ 4.
  • _Iean Denys de Honfleur, va en la France nouuelle l'an 1506._ _p._ 3.
  • _Iean Verazan prend possession de la France nouuelle au nom de François
  • I. Roy de France._ _p._ 3.
  • _Iesuites captifs en Angleterre visitez honorablement par les habitans
  • du lieu._ _p._ 296.
  • _Iesuites exhortent les Canadois baptisez auant leur venuë en Canada,
  • de reietter la Polygamie, & ce qu'on leur respond._ _p._ 111.
  • _Iesuites ne veulent baptiser les adultes qu'apres auoir esté deuëment
  • instruicts, dont ils sont calomniez à tord._ _p._ 110. 111. 112.
  • _Iesuites taschent à tourner en Canadois les principes de la Foy, mais
  • les mots ne se trouuent suffisans pour ce faire._ _p._ 112.
  • _Iesuites ne baptisent point les personnes aagées sans estre deuëment
  • catechisées, & à fort bonne raison._ _p._ 114.
  • _Iesuites destinez en Canada par le Roy Henry IIII._ _p._ 123.
  • _Iesuites exclus de l'entrée d'vn nauire, en faueur des Caluinistes._
  • _p._ 134.
  • _Iesuites desmarent pour Canada en Ianuier. 1611._ _p._ 138.
  • _Iesuites arriuez à Port Royal en Iuin 1611._ _p._ 149.
  • _Iesuites defendus de calomnie par le tesmoignage mesme des
  • Caluinistes._ _p._ 142.
  • _Iesuites s'estudient à la langue Canadine, mais les Canadins ne les y
  • seruent fidelement._ _p._ 151. 152.
  • _Iesuites sont empeschez de proufiter en la langue Canadine, par ceux
  • mesmes, qui les deuoyent aider._ _p._ 154.
  • _Iesuites ne veulent consentir que Membertou soit enterré auec ses
  • predecesseurs infideles._ _p._ 161.
  • _Iesuites bastissent de leurs mains vue chaloupe pour aller à la queste
  • des viures en temps de famine._ _p._ 210.
  • _Iesuites cueillent le_ Chiquebi _racine, & peschent l'Eplan, & le
  • Harenc en temps de famine._ _p._ 213.
  • _Iesuites & autres François de S. Sauueur sont menez à la Virginie._
  • _p._ 260.
  • _Iesuites garentissent l'Anglois qui les tenoit captifs, de la main de
  • l'Espagnol._ _p._ 289.
  • _Iesuites des Isles Açores sont portez en Galles Prouince
  • d'Angleterre._ _p._ 292.
  • _Iesuites mettent és mains du sieur de Biencourt en sa necessité toutes
  • leurs prouisions pour le soulager, & les siens._ _p._ 209.
  • _Iesuites sont retirez de Port Royal, & transportez prés de l'Isle de_
  • Pemetiq _pour dresser nouuelle habitation._ _p._ 219.
  • _Iesuites produits tesmoins en Angleterre, pour la iustification du
  • Capitaine qui les tient captifs, le deliurent de soupçon._ _p._ 293.
  • _Iesuites captifs defrayez en Galles par le Iuge du lieu fort
  • charitablement._ _p._ 295.
  • _Iesuites de Canada captifs en Angleterre, renuoyez libres à Calais._
  • _p._ 298.
  • _Ingrés, c'est à dire Anglois, hays des Canadois._ _p._ 35.
  • _Isle longue à dix lieües de Baye Francoise._ _p._ 254
  • I
  • _Jaques Cartier explores Canada in new France in the years 1524 and
  • 1534._ _p._ 4
  • _Jean Denys, of Honfleur, goes to new France in the year 1506._
  • _p._ 3
  • _Jean Verazan takes possession of new France in the name of Francis
  • I., King of France._ _p._ 3
  • _Jesuit prisoners in England receive honorable visits from the
  • inhabitants of the place._ _p._ 296
  • _Jesuits exhort the Canadians, baptized before they came to Canada,
  • to discard Polygamy, and what they answer thereto._ _p._ 111
  • _Jesuits do not wish to baptize the adults until they have been
  • properly instructed, for which they are unjustly slandered._ _p._
  • 110, 111, 112
  • _Jesuits try to change into the Canadian tongue the principles of
  • the Faith, but suitable words for this purpose cannot be found._
  • _p._ 112
  • _Jesuits do not baptize aged persons unless they are properly
  • catechized, and with very good reason._ _p._ 114
  • _Jesuits appointed to Canada by King Henry IIII._ _p._ 123
  • _Jesuits excluded from entering a ship, out of regard for the
  • Calvinists._ _p._ 134
  • _Jesuits sail for Canada in January, 1611._ _p._ 138
  • _Jesuits arrive at Port Royal in June, 1611._ _p._ 149
  • _Jesuits acquitted of slander by the evidence of Calvinists
  • themselves._ _p._ 142
  • _Jesuits study the Canadian language, but the Canadians do not
  • serve them faithfully._ _p._ 151, 152
  • _Jesuits are prevented from making progress in the Canadian
  • language by the very ones who ought to aid them._ _p._ 154
  • _Jesuits do not wish to consent that Membertou be buried with his
  • infidel ancestors._ _p._ 161
  • _Jesuits build with their own hands a boat, to go in search of food
  • in time of famine._ _p._ 210
  • _Jesuits gather the_ Chiquebi _root, and fish for Smelts and
  • Herring, in time of famine._ _p._ 213
  • _Jesuits and other French of St. Sauveur are taken to Virginia._
  • _p._ 260
  • _Jesuits save the English, who hold them prisoners, from the hands
  • of the Spaniards._ _p._ 289
  • _Jesuits are carried from the Açores Islands to Wales, a Province
  • of England._ _p._ 292
  • _Jesuits place in the hands of sieur de Biencourt, in his need, all
  • their provisions, to nourish him and his people._ _p._ 209
  • _Jesuits are withdrawn from Port Royal, and taken to the Island of_
  • Pemetiq, _to establish a new settlement._ _p._ 219
  • _Jesuits, produced as witnesses in England, for the justification
  • of the Captain who holds them prisoners, deliver him from
  • suspicion._ _p._ 293
  • _Jesuit prisoners' expenses in Wales very kindly paid by the Judge
  • of the place._ _p._ 295
  • _Jesuits of Canada, prisoners in England, liberated and sent to
  • Calais._ _p._ 298
  • _Ingrés, that is English, hated by the Canadians._ _p._ 35
  • _Long Island, ten leagues from French Bay._ _p._ 254
  • K
  • Kadesquit, _port d'Acadie destiné au nouueau logis des François._ _p._
  • 221
  • Kebec _habitation fondée par Champlain._ _p._ 121
  • _Kinibequi, riuiere proche des Armouchiquois, à soixante & dix lieües
  • de port Royal._ _p._ 176
  • K
  • Kadesquit, _a port of Acadia, intended as a new residence for the
  • French._ _p._ 221
  • Kebec _settlement, founded by Champlain._ _p._ 121
  • _Kinibequi, a river near the Armouchiquois, seventy leagues from
  • port Royal._ _p._ 176
  • _L_
  • _La Marquise de Guercheuille impetre en don Canada, horsmis port
  • Royal._ _p._ 190
  • _Langage Canadois fort manque à exprimer vne infinité de chose fort
  • ordinaires._ _p._ 151
  • _La Marquise entre en association pour le fait de port Royal auec le
  • sieur de Potrincourt._ _p._ 188
  • _La Motte, Lieutenant de la Saussaye._ _p._ 223
  • _Le sieur de Potrincourt va en Canada, & faict baptiser au plustost des
  • Sauuages._ _p._ 126
  • _La Motte Gentilhomme François, captif auec les Iesuites de Canada, mis
  • en liberte._ _p._ 301
  • _Langues differentes entre les peuples de Canada._ _p._ 54
  • _Lapins, & leuraux assez rares en Canada._ _p._ 46
  • _La Royne donne aux Iesuites cinq cens escus pour le voyage de Canada._
  • 130
  • _Legumes croissent fort grands, & bons en Canada._ 27
  • _Le sieur de Potrincourt emprunte des prouisions de bouche des François
  • ses voisins, & leur fait recognoistre son fils pour Vice-admiral._ 146
  • _Le sieur de Potrincourt retourne de Canada en France vn mois apres
  • qu'il y estoit arriué pour enuitailler port Royal._ 149
  • _Louys Membertou Sagamo faict Tabagie à quinze François de sainct
  • Sauueur retournans en France._ 255
  • _Loups marins se prennent à foison en Ianuier._ 42
  • _Loup marin, poisson fraye sur terre és Isles de Canada._ 43
  • _Loutres ont leur chasse principale en Feurier, & Mars._ 43
  • _Lugubres hurlements à la mort des Canadois._ 90
  • _Lunes. Par Lunes les Canadois sont assortis de nouuelle chasse, ou
  • pesche._ 42
  • _L_
  • _The Marquise de Guercheville given the grant of Canada, with the
  • exception of port Royal._ _p._ 190
  • _Canadian Language very weak in expressing an infinite number of
  • very ordinary things._ _p._ 151
  • _The Marquise enters into partnership in the affairs of port Royal
  • with sieur de Potrincourt._ _p._ 188
  • _La Motte, Lieutenant of la Saussaye._ _p._ 223
  • _Sieur de Potrincourt goes to Canada and has a number of the
  • Savages baptized as quickly as possible._ _p._ 126
  • _La Motte, a French Gentleman, prisoner with the Jesuits of Canada,
  • set at liberty._ _p._ 301
  • _Different languages among the tribes of Canada._ _p._ 54
  • _Rabbits and hares rather scarce in Canada._ _p._ 46
  • _The Queen gives to the Jesuits five hundred écus for the Canadian
  • voyage._ 130
  • _Vegetables grow very large and are good in Canada._ 27
  • _Sieur de Potrincourt borrows some provisions from his French
  • neighbors, and makes them recognize his son as Vice-admiral._ 146
  • _Sieur de Potrincourt returns from Canada to France a month after
  • he had come to reprovision port Royal._ 149
  • _Louys Membertou, Sagamore, makes Tabagie for fifteen Frenchmen of
  • saint Sauveur returning to France._ 255
  • _Seals are caught in abundance in January._ 42
  • _Seal, fish which breeds upon the Islands in Canada._ 43
  • _Otters are hunted chiefly in February and March._ 43
  • _Doleful howls at the death of Canadians._ 90
  • _Moons. The Canadians arrange their hunting and fishing by Moons._
  • 42
  • _M_
  • _Madame la Marquise de Guercheuille zelée en l'affaire de Canada._ 127
  • _Madame de Guercheuille defraye les Iesuites au chemin de Canada._ 130
  • _Madame de Guercheuille trouue l'expedient d'exclure les Caluinistes du
  • nauire où ils ne vouloyent admettre les Iesuites._ 135
  • _Madame de Guercheuille trouue le fonds d'vne rente perpetuelle en
  • Canada, pour y entretenir les Iesuites._ 137
  • _Madame de Sourdis fournit aux Iesuites le linge pour Canada._ 130
  • _Madame la Marquise de Vernueil fournit aux Iesuites les habits
  • d'Eglise, & autres vtensiles pour Canada._ 130
  • _Magasins des Canadois, sont quelques sacs de prouision pendus en vn
  • arbre._ 71
  • _Magiciens frequents en Canada._ 94
  • _Magistrats de la Virginie prennent resolution de ruiner toutes les
  • places des François en Canada, piller tous les nauires, & renuoyer les
  • personnes en France._ 264
  • _Malades cruellement traittez en Canada._
  • _Malade tardant à mourir estouffé à force d'eau froide qu'on luy verse
  • sur le ventre._ 85
  • _Malade ayant testé sans rien donner, reçoit des presents._ 89
  • _Mareschal de la Virginie veut faire pendre les François de sainct
  • Sauueur._ 261
  • _Mariages cõme se traitt[~e]t entre Canadois._ 61
  • _Matachias, chaines, & parures des femmes Canadoises._ 37
  • _Matachias, ioyaux, cueilliées sur la fosse des femmes._ 92
  • _Medecines ordinaires des Canadois, estuues & frictions._ 77
  • _Membertou, Sagamo, & Autmoin tout ensemble._ 54
  • _Membertou n'a iamais eu qu'vne femme à la fois, mesmes estant Payen,
  • iugeant la Polygamie infame & incommode._ 65
  • _Membertou, & son fils retirez des mains de l'Autmoin, qui les auoit
  • condamnez de maladie mortelle._ 87
  • _Membertou appellé le Capitaine, apres sa mort._ 93
  • _Membertou seul d'entre les Canadi[~e]s baptisez auoit fait profit du
  • baptesme._ 109
  • _Membertou premier baptisé des Sagamos._ 158
  • _Membertou logé & serui par les Iesuites dans leur cabane iusques à sa
  • mort._ 158
  • _Membertou demande d'estre enterré auec ses majeurs, les Iesuites luy
  • remonstrent que cela repugne au Christianisme: il persiste quelque
  • temps, puis en fin acquiesce._ 160. 162
  • _Membertou desire d'estre bien instruict, pour se rendre Predicateur de
  • l'Euangile._ 163
  • _Membertou conseille au P. Enemond malade d'escrire à Biencourt qu'on
  • ne l'a point tué, mais qu'il est mort de maladie._ 202
  • _Memoires de France effacées en Canada, par les Anglois._ 265. 271
  • _Merueille, Capitaine natif de S. Malo, estant prisonnier, fait tout
  • deuoir de bon Chrestien._ 173
  • _Meuano, Isle à l'emboucheure de la Baye Françoise._ 254
  • _Mine d'argent en la Baye saincte Marie, en Canada._
  • _Mine de fer à la riuiere S. Iean._ 32
  • M_ines de cuyure à port Royal, & à la Baye des mines._ 32
  • M_ocosa terre ferme, où est située la Virginie des Anglois._ 227
  • M_ois. Chaque mois de l'année les Canadois ont pesche, ou chasse
  • abondante, ou tous les deux._
  • M_ontaguets, Souriquois, Etechemins alliez aux François en Canada._ 34
  • _Monts deserts, Isle, appellée_ Pemetiq. 219
  • _Morts enterrez assis, les genoux contre le ventre, la teste sur les
  • genoux._ 91
  • _Moulues foisonnent en la coste de mer dés le commencement de May
  • iusques à la my-Septembre._ 45
  • _M_
  • _Madame la Marquise de Guercheville zealous in the affairs of
  • Canada._ 127
  • _Madame de Guercheville defrays the expenses of the Jesuits on
  • their journey to Canada._ 130
  • _Madame de Guercheville devises an expedient to exclude the
  • Calvinists from the ship in which they did not wish to admit the
  • Jesuits._ 135
  • _Madame de Guercheville raises a fund for a continual income in
  • Canada, to maintain the Jesuits there._ 137
  • _Madame de Sourdis furnishes the Jesuits with the linen for
  • Canada._ 130
  • _Madame la Marquise de Vernueil furnishes the Jesuits with the
  • Ecclesiastical robes and other utensils, for Canada._ 130
  • _Magazines of the Canadians are bags of provisions hung to a tree._
  • 71
  • _Magicians very common in Canada._ 94
  • _Magistrates of Virginia decide to ruin all the places of the
  • French in Canada, to plunder their ships, and to send the people
  • back to France._ 264
  • _Sick people cruelly treated in Canada._
  • _Sick people who are slow to die, smothered by pouring a quantity
  • of cold water upon their stomachs._ 85
  • _Sick person having made his will without giving anything, himself
  • receives gifts._ 89
  • _Marshal of Virginia wishes to have the French of saint Sauveur
  • hanged._ 261
  • _Marriages, how arranged among Canadians._ 61
  • _Matachias, chains, and adornments of Canadian women._ 37
  • _Matachias, jewels, collected upon the graves of the women._ 92
  • _Medicines in use among the Canadians, vapor-baths and rubbing._ 77
  • _Membertou, both Sagamore and Autinoin._ 54
  • _Membertou had only one wife at a time, even when a Pagan,
  • considering Polygamy both wicked and inconvenient._ 65
  • _Membertou and his son withdrawn from the hands of the Autmoin, who
  • had pronounced their illnesses fatal._ 87
  • _Membertou called "the Captain" after his death._ 93
  • _Membertou, of all the Canadians who were baptized, profited by his
  • baptism._ 109
  • _Membertou the first Sagamore to be baptized._ 158
  • _Membertou lodged and cared for by the Jesuits in their cabin up to
  • the time of his death._ 158
  • _Membertou asks to be buried with his fathers; the Jesuits urge
  • that this would be contrary to Christianity; he insists for some
  • time, then finally yields._ 160, 162
  • _Membertou wishes to be well instructed, to make himself a Preacher
  • of the Gospel._ 163
  • _Membertou advises Father Enemond, who is sick, to write to
  • Biencourt, that they did not kill him, but that he died of
  • illness._ 202
  • _Mementos of France effaced in Canada, by English._ 265, 271
  • _Merveille, Captain, a native of St. Malo, being a prisoner,
  • performs all the duties of a good Christian._ 173
  • _Meuano, Island at the mouth of French Bay._ 254
  • _Mine of silver at Baye sainte Marie, in Canada._
  • _Mine of iron at the river St. John._ 32
  • _Mines of copper at port Royal and Bay of mines._ 32
  • _Mocosa, the mainland in which the Virginia of the English is
  • situated._ 227
  • _Months. Every month of the year in Canada has an abundance of fish
  • or game, or both._
  • _Montaguets, Souriquois, Etechemins, allies of the French in
  • Canada._ 34
  • _Mount desert, Island, called_ Pemetiq. 219
  • _Dead people buried in a sitting posture, the knees against the
  • stomach, the head upon the knees._ 91
  • _Codfish abound near the seacoast from the beginning of May until
  • the middle of September._ 45
  • _N_
  • _Nattes de rozeau, fort menues, & bien tissues, deffendent les cabanes
  • de la pluye._ 42
  • _Nauire arriue à propos à ceux de port Royal en leur grande disette._
  • 186
  • _Nauire captif des François de S. Sauueur commandé par Turnel Anglois
  • est porté par le vent aux Açores Isles de la coronne d'Espagne._ 281
  • _Nauire de la Saussaye arriue en Canada._ 216
  • _Nicolas Adams Iuge de Pembroch en Angleterre, charitable enuers les
  • Iesuites captifs._ 295
  • _Noyers frequents en la coste de la riuiere sainct Iean._ 31
  • _Noms changez aux trespassez apres qu'ils sont enterrez._ 9
  • _Nopces des Canadois auec solemnelle Tabagie, chants, & danses._ 62
  • _Norembegue, terre de Canada aussi bonne que nostre France._ 26
  • _Norembegue, & Acadie païs de la France nouuelle._ 4
  • _Normans sont allez en la France nouuelle, l'an_ 1500. _deux ans apres
  • les Bretons._ 3
  • _Nouuelle France separée de la Guienne de huict cens, ou mille lieües
  • par mer._
  • _Nouuelle France, partie occidentale de l'Amerique._ 1
  • _N_
  • _Mats of reeds, well woven, and very fine, protect the cabins from
  • rain._ 42
  • _Ship arrives very opportunely for those at port Royal in their
  • great need._ 186
  • _Ship captured from the French of St. Sauveur, commanded by Turnel,
  • an Englishman, is carried by the wind to the Açores Islands of the
  • crown of Spain._ 281
  • _Ship of la Saussaye arrives in Canada._ 216
  • _Nicolas Adams, Judge, of Pembroch in England, kind to the captive
  • Jesuits._ 295
  • _Nuts abundant upon the banks of the river saint John._ 31
  • _Names of the dead changed after they are buried._ 9
  • _Nuptials of the Canadians with solemn Tabagie, songs, and dances._
  • 62
  • _Norembegua, country of Canada, as good as France._ 26
  • _Norembegua and Acadia, countries of new France._ 4
  • _Normans went to new France in the year_ 1500, _two years after the
  • Bretons._ 3
  • _New France separated from Guienne by eight hundred or one thousand
  • leagues of the sea._
  • _New France, the western part of America._ 1
  • _O_
  • _Oeufs d'oyseaux de proye d'eau abondent en Canada._ 45
  • _Oyes blanches, & grises, passageres en Canada._ 46
  • _Oyseaux de proye de mer couurent les Isles de Canada de leurs oeufs._
  • 45
  • _Oyseaux originaires, & passagers rares en Canada; ceux de proye sont
  • frequents._ 46
  • _Onction d'huyle de Loup marin vsitée en Canada contre le chaud, & le
  • froid._ 77
  • _Orignacs sont de saison en Feurier & Mars._ 43
  • _Ours bons à manger en Canada aux mois de Feurier & Mars._ 43
  • _Outardes, ou Canes sauuages se prennent en Auril._ 45
  • _Outardes passageres en Canada._ 46
  • _O_
  • _Eggs of marine birds of prey abundant in Canada._ 45
  • _White and grey geese, birds of passage in Canada._ 46
  • _Marine birds of prey cover the Islands of Canada with their eggs._
  • 45
  • _Native birds and birds of passage rare in Canada; birds of prey
  • common._ 46
  • _Anointing with Seal oil used in Canada against heat and cold._ 77
  • _The season for moose is in February and March._ 43
  • _Bears good to eat in Canada in the months of February and March._
  • 43
  • _Bustards, or wild Ducks, are taken in April._ 45
  • _Bustards, birds of passage in Canada._ 46
  • _P_
  • _Pembroch, ville principale de Galles en Angleterre._ 292
  • _Pentegoët riuiere, a vne Sagamie du long de son riuage._ 53
  • _Pencoït, Isles à vingtcinq lieües de sainct Sauueur._ 228
  • _Perdrix grises à grãd queüe en Canada._ 46
  • _Pere Enemond Massé se loge auec Membertou pour apprendre la langue
  • Canadine._ 200
  • P_ere Enemond Massé, luy quinziesme renuoyé par l'Anglois en France
  • dans vne chaloupe._ 252
  • P. _Biard tient auec soy vn Canadin, pour apprendre la langue sauuage._
  • 201
  • _Pere Biard, & P. Enemond Massé destinez pour Canada._ 129
  • _Pere Biard ne veut enseigner aux Anglois le logis de saincte Croix,
  • dont il court peril de sa vie._ 264
  • _P. Biard court fortune d'estre ietté en terre deserte, ou en mer par
  • les soupçons de l'Anglois._ 268
  • _Pere Biard preuue efficacement au Capitaine Anglois, que les François
  • de S. Sauueur sont bien aduoüés du Roy de France._ _p._ 244.
  • _Pesche abondante depuis May, iusques à my-Septembre._ _p._ 45.
  • _Pesche successiue de diuers poissons dés la my-Mars iusques en
  • Octobre._ _p._ 44. 45. 46.
  • _Petun, & fumée d'iceluy practiquée par les Canadois, contre le mauuais
  • temps, la faim, & autres maux._ _p._ 78.
  • _Peuples de Canada trois en tout alliés des François._ _p._ 34.
  • _Pierre du Gas, sieur de Monts Lieutenant du Roy Henry IIII. en la
  • France nouuelle._ _p._ 5.
  • _Pilotois, Medecin sorcier._ _p._ 80.
  • _Pilote François Caluiniste offre toute amitié aux Iesuites captifs des
  • Anglois._ _p._ 245.
  • _Plastrier recognoist le sieur de Biencourt._ 157.
  • _Plaisant discours de Louys Membertou auec le P. Enemond Massé malade._
  • 202.
  • _Ponamo poisson de Canada fraye sous la glace en Decembre._ _p._ 47.
  • _Port Royal & Saincte Croix, deux logis bastis par le sieur de Monts en
  • la France nouuelle._ _p._ 8.
  • _Port Royal a forme de Peninsule._ _p._ 24.
  • _Puritain procure tout le mal qu'il peut aux Iesuites._ _p._ 268.
  • _Port Royal mal enuitaillé sur l'Hyuer, pour grand nombre de
  • personnes._ _p._ 144.
  • _Port aux Coquilles à vingt & vne lieuës de Port Royal._ 155.
  • _Port au Mouton._ 255.
  • _Port Royal bruslé par l'Anglois._ 271.
  • _Port Royal à quelles conditions cedé au sieur de Potrincourt par le
  • sieur de Monts._ 122.
  • _Port Royal sans aucune def[~e]se perdu pour les Frãçois, & pillé &
  • bruslé par l'Anglois._ 266
  • _Port de S. Sauueur nouuellement appellé de ce nom, & destiné à
  • nouuelle habitatiõ de François._ 220.
  • _Port de S. Sauueur fort capable, & à l'abry du vent._ 225.
  • _Presage mauuais d'vn signe paroissant au ciel._ 167.
  • _Proprieté de Canadois est en la possession du chien, & du sac._ 51.
  • _Prouision pour Port Royal mal mesnagée à Dieppe, & dans le nauire._
  • 194.
  • _Pyramides de perches sur les tombeaux des nobles de Canada._ 92.
  • _P_
  • _Pembroke, the principal city of Wales in England._ 292
  • _Pentegoët river has a Sagamie along its banks._ 53
  • _Pencoït, Islands twenty-five leagues from saint Sauveur._ 228
  • _Gray partridges with large tails, in Canada._ 46
  • _Father Enemond Massé goes to live with Membertou to learn the
  • Canadian language._ 200
  • _Father Enemond Massé, one of fifteen sent by the English to France
  • in a shallop._ 252
  • _Father Biard keeps with him a Canadian, to learn from him the
  • language of the savages._ 201
  • _Father Biard and Father Enemond Massé appointed to Canada._ 129
  • _Father Biard refuses to disclose to the English the position of
  • sainte Croix, for which he is in danger of losing his life._ 264
  • _Father Biard runs the risk of being cast upon a desert land, or
  • into the sea, through the suspicions of the English._ 268
  • _Father Biard proves satisfactorily to the English Captain, that
  • the French of St. Sauveur are under the protection of the King of
  • France._ _p._ 244
  • _Fish abundant from May to the middle of September._ _p._ 45
  • _Continuous fishing for different kinds of fish from the middle of
  • March until October._ _p._ 44, 45, 46
  • _Tobacco used among the Canadians as a protection against bad
  • weather, famine, and other evils._ _p._ 78
  • _Tribes of Canada, only three are allies of the French._ _p._ 34
  • _Pierre du Gas, sieur de Monts, Lieutenant of King Henry IIII. in
  • new France._ _p._ 5
  • _Pilotois, Medicine man and sorcerer._ _p._ 80
  • _French Pilot, a Calvinist, shows great friendliness to the Jesuit
  • prisoners of the English._ _p._ 245
  • _Plastrier acknowledges sieur de Biencourt._ 157
  • _Amusing talk of Louys Membertou with Father Enemond Massé, when he
  • was ill._ 202
  • _Ponamo, a fish of Canada, spawns under the ice in December._ _p._
  • 47
  • _Port Royal and Sainte Croix, two stations established by sieur de
  • Monts, in new France._ _p._ 8
  • _Port Royal in the form of a Peninsula._ _p._ 24
  • _Puritan makes all the trouble he can for the Jesuits._ _p._ 268
  • _Port Royal badly provisioned for the Winter, on account of the
  • great number of persons._ _p._ 144
  • _Port aux Coquilles, twenty-one leagues from Port Royal._ 155
  • _Port au Mouton._ 255
  • _Port Royal burned by the English._ 271
  • _Port Royal, on what conditions ceded to sieur de Potrincourt by
  • sieur de Monts._ 122
  • _Port Royal, defenseless, is lost to the French, and pillaged and
  • burned by the English._ 266
  • _Port of St. Sauveur newly called by this name, and intended as a
  • new habitation for the French._ 220
  • _Port of St. Sauveur very spacious, and protected from the wind._
  • 225
  • _Presage of evil in a phenomenon appearing in the heavens._ 167
  • _Property of the Canadians lies in the possession of a dog and a
  • bag._ 51
  • _Provisions for Port Royal badly managed at Dieppe and in the
  • ship._ 194
  • _Pyramids of poles upon the tombs of the grandees of Canada._ 92
  • R.
  • _Racine_ Chiquebi _à guise de truffes._ 213.
  • _Raisons obligeãtes le François à cultiuer Canada._ 331.
  • _Religion des Canadois, pure sorcelerie._ 93.
  • _Riuieres & bras de mer fort frequens, rendent Canada beaucoup plus
  • froid._ 24.
  • _Robe sacrée, & pretieuse des Autmoins._ 96.
  • _Roland Sagamo, & autres donnent du pain aux François de S. Sauueur._
  • 255.
  • R.
  • _Root_, Chiquebi, _resembles truffles._ 213
  • _Reasons why the French ought to cultivate Canada._ 331
  • _Religion of the Canadians, pure sorcery._ 93
  • _Rivers, and many arms of the sea, make Canada much colder._ 24
  • _Robe of the Autmoins, sacred and precious._ 96
  • _Roland, a Sagamore, and others give bread to the French of St.
  • Sauveur._ 255
  • S.
  • _Sac, fleches, peaux, chiens, & autres meubles du defunct enseuelis
  • auec luy._ 92.
  • _Sagamie au riuage de Saincte Croix._ 53.
  • _Sagamie au bord de la riuiere S. Iean._ 53.
  • _Sagamochin, petit Sagamo._ 52.
  • _Sagamo, est le chef, & Capitaine de quelque puissante famille._ 51.
  • _Sagamos recogneus de leurs sujects en payant le droict de chasse, & de
  • pesche._ 51.
  • _Sagamies diuisées selon la portée des Bayes & Costes de riuieres._ 53.
  • _Sagamos tiennent les Estats en Esté._ 53.
  • _Sagamos & Autmoins seuls ont voix és assemblées publiques._ 53. 54.
  • _Sagamos Armouchiquois retirent bien à propos leurs gens du nauire
  • François, pour euiter querelle._ 179
  • _Sainct Iean, riuiere en Canada._ 31
  • _Sainct Iean, riuiere fort perilleuse en son emboucheure._ 165
  • _Sainct Laurens, riuiere charrie des glaces enormes bien auant en haute
  • mer._ 139
  • _Sainct Sauueur, habitation des François en Canada, en la terre de la
  • Norembegue._ 19
  • _Sainct Sauueur, port ainsi nommé de nouueau en la coste d'Acadie,
  • destiné à vne habitation nouuelle._ 229
  • _Sainct Sauueur, prins & pillé par les Anglois._ 237
  • _S. Sauueur bruslé par les Anglois._ 265
  • _Saincte Croix est au païs des Eteminquois._ 7
  • _Saincte Croix, Isle en la France nouuelle, premiere demeure du sieur
  • de Monts, Lieutenant pour le Roy._ 7
  • _Saincte Croix, Isle de riuiere à six lieües de port aux Coquilles._ 156
  • _Saussaye arriue en Canada pour dresser nouuelle habitation, & separer
  • les Iesuites de port Royal._ 215
  • _Saussaye Capitaine s'amuse trop à cultiuer la terre, & neglige le
  • bastiment, cause de de la perte de S. Sauueur._ 226.
  • _Saussaye Capitaine de S. Sauueur ne peut produire ses lettres de
  • Commission, luy ayans esté secrettement enleuées par l'Anglois._ 239.
  • _Saussaye Capitaine renuoyé en France par l'Anglois, auec quatorze
  • François._ 252.
  • _Schoudon Sagamo, nommé le Pere apres sa mort._ 93.
  • _Scurbot, ou maladie de la terre, coustumier en Canada._ 14.
  • _Sepulcres des Canadois voutés auec des bastons, & de la terre dessus._
  • 92.
  • _Soissons. Le Prince de Soissons Gouuerneur de Canada._ 330.
  • _Souliers, & greues des Canadois._ 39.
  • Souriquois, Montaguets & Etechemins _alliés des François en Canada._ 34.
  • _Tabagie, banquet des Canadois._ 46.
  • _Tabagie des prouisions du malade ayant testé._ 89.
  • _Testament des Canadois auant la mort._ 88.
  • _Thomas Aubert, Normand va en la France nouuelle l'an 1508._ 2
  • _Thomas Deel, Mareschal d'Angleterre à la Virginie, homme fort aspre
  • enuers les François captifs._ 261. 300
  • _Thomas Robin associé du sieur de Potrincourt au negoce de Canada._ 127
  • _Tortues abondent en Decembre._ 47
  • _Trocque des peaux de Castors, Eslants, Martres, loups marins en Esté._
  • 33
  • _Trois peuples alliés aux François en Canada._ 34
  • _Turnel, Capitaine Anglois tourne son amour en haine contre le P.
  • Biard, & pourquoy._ 276
  • _Turnel Lieutenant Anglois soupçonné de son Capitaine pour auoir
  • conferé auec le P. Biard._ 267
  • _Turnel Capitaine Anglois porté cõtre son gré aux terres d'Espagne, se
  • reconcilie aux Iesuites, pour y auoir leur faueur._ 282.
  • S.
  • _Sack, arrows, skins, dogs, and other property of the deceased
  • buried with him._ 92
  • _Sagamie on the banks of Sainte Croix._ 53
  • _Sagamie on the banks of the river St. John._ 53
  • _Sagamochin, little Sagamore._ 52
  • _Sagamore is the chief and Captain and some powerful family._ 51
  • _Sagamores acknowledged by their subjects by paying a tax of game
  • and of fish._ 51
  • _Sagamies divided according to the extent of the Bays and river
  • Banks._ 53
  • _Sagamores hold State Councils in Summer._ 53
  • _Sagamores and Autmoins alone have a voice in the public
  • assemblies._ 53, 54
  • _Sagamores of the Armouchiquois very opportunely withdraw their
  • people from the French ship to avoid a quarrel._ 179
  • _Saint John, a river of Canada._ 31
  • _Saint John, a river which is very dangerous at its mouth._ 165
  • _Saint Lawrence, a river whose drift ice extends far out into the
  • open sea._ 139
  • _Saint Sauveur, a settlement of the French in Canada, in the land
  • of Norembegua._ 19
  • _Saint Sauveur, a port so named recently, on the coast of Acadia,
  • intended for a new settlement._ 229.
  • _Saint Sauveur, taken and pillaged by the English._ 237
  • _St. Sauveur burned by the English._ 265
  • _Sainte Croix is in the country of the Eteminquois._ 7
  • _Sainte Croix, an Island in new France, first residence of sieur de
  • Monts, Lieutenant for the King._ 7
  • _Sainte Croix, an Island of the river, six leagues from port aux
  • Coquilles._ 156
  • _Saussaye arrives in Canada to establish a new settlement, and take
  • the Jesuits from port Royal._ 215
  • _Saussaye, Captain, in amusing himself too much with the
  • cultivation of the land, neglects the construction of buildings,
  • and causes the loss of St. Sauveur._ 226
  • _Saussaye, Captain of St. Sauveur, cannot produce the letters
  • containing his Commission, these having been secretly appropriated
  • by the English._ 239
  • _Saussaye, Captain, sent back to France by the English with
  • fourteen Frenchmen._ 252
  • _Schoudon, Sagamore, called "the Father" after his death._ 93
  • _Scurvy, or land disease, common in Canada._ 14
  • _Sepulchres of the Canadians arched over with sticks, with earth on
  • top._ 92
  • _Soissons. The Prince de Soissons, Governor of Canada._ 330
  • _Shoes and leggings of the Canadians._ 39
  • Souriquois, Montaguets, and Etechemins, _allies of the French in
  • Canada._ 34
  • _Tabagie, a Canadian banquet._ 46
  • _Tabagie from the provisions of a sick man who has made his will._
  • 89
  • _Testament of the Canadians before death._ 88
  • _Thomas Aubert, Norman, goes to new France in the year 1508._ 2
  • _Thomas Deel, English Marshal in Virginia, a man very severe to the
  • French captives._ 261, 300
  • _Thomas Robin associated with sieur de Potrincourt in the affairs
  • of Canada._ 127
  • _Turtles abundant in December._ 47
  • _Trade in the skins of Beavers, Elks, Martens, and seals, in
  • Summer._ 33
  • _Three tribes allied with the French in Canada._ 34
  • _Turnel, English Captain, has his love for Father Biard changed
  • into hate, and why._ 276
  • _Turnel, English Lieutenant, suspected by his Captain for having
  • conferred with Father Biard._ 267
  • _Turnel, English Captain, carried against his will to the lands of
  • Spain, becomes reconciled to the Jesuits, in order to have their
  • favor._ 282
  • V.
  • _Vessies d'orignac à garder l'huile du loup marin._ 43
  • _Vible Bullot reçoit en son nauire vne partie des François de S.
  • Sauueur._ 256
  • _Virginie. Fort des Anglois en la terre ferme de Mocosa à_ 250. _lieuës
  • de S. Sauueur._ 227
  • _Vigne sauuage en plusieurs endroits de Canada, qui meurit en sa
  • saison._ 31.
  • FIN.
  • V.
  • _Bladders of moose skin in which to keep the seal oil._ 43
  • _Vible Bullot receives in his ship a part of the French of St.
  • Sauveur._ 256
  • _Virginia. A fort of the English on the mainland of Mocosa_, 250
  • _leagues from St. Sauveur._ 227
  • _Vine, wild, in many places in Canada, which ripens in its season._
  • 31
  • END.
  • Privilege.
  • MICHEL COYSSARD, Vice-[pro]uincial de la Compagnie de IESVS, en la
  • Prouince de Lyon, permet, (suiuant le Priuilege dõné par les Roys
  • tres-Chrestiens à la mesme Compagnie) à LOVYS MVGVET de faire imprimer,
  • & vendre la Relation de la nouuelle France en Canada, & ce pour le
  • terme de quatre ans. Faict à Lyon, ce 23. Ianuier 1616.
  • M. COYSSARD.
  • License.
  • MICHEL COYSSARD, Vice-provincial of the Society of JESUS, in the
  • Province of Lyons, permits, (according to the License granted by
  • the most Christian Kings to the same Society) to LOUYS MUGUET to
  • have printed, and to sell, the Relation of new France in Canada,
  • and this for the term of four years. Done at Lyons, this 23rd of
  • January, 1616.
  • M. COYSSARD.
  • XV-XVII
  • THREE LETTERS BY CHARLES LALEMANT
  • XV.--Au Sievr de Champlain; Kebec, Juillet 28, 1625
  • XVI.--Au R. P. Prouincial des RR. Pères Recollects; Kebec, Juillet
  • 28, 1625
  • XVII.--Epistola ad Præpositum Generalem; Nova Francia, Augustus 1,
  • [1626]
  • SOURCE: Documents XV. and XVI., are reprinted from Sagard's _Histoire
  • du Canada_ (Paris, 1636), pp. 868-870. In Document XVII., we follow
  • Father Felix Martin's apograph (now in the Archives of St. Mary's
  • College, Montreal) of the original Latin MS. in the Archives of the
  • Gesù, Rome.
  • Lettre du R. P. Charles Lallemant Superievr des Missions en Canada au
  • Sievr de Champlain.
  • [868] M_ONSIEVR_,
  • _Nous voicy graces à Dieu dans le resort de vostre Lieutenance où nous
  • sommes heureusement arriuez, aprés auoir eu vne des belles trauerses_
  • [869] _qu'on aye encor experimenté. Monsieur le General aprés nous
  • auoir declaré qu'il luy estoit impossible de nous loger ou dans
  • l'habitation où dans le fort, & qu'il faudroit ou, repasser en France,
  • ou nous retirer chez les Peres Recollects, nous a contrainct d'accepter
  • ce dernier offre. Les Peres nous ont receus auec tant de charité qu'il
  • nous ont obligez pour vn iamais. Nostre Seigneur sera leur recompence.
  • Vn de nos Peres estoit allé à la traicte en intention de passer aux
  • Hurons ou aux Hiroquois, auec le Pere Recollect qui est venu de Frãce,
  • selon qu'ils aduiseroient auec le Pere Nicolas, qui se deuoit treuuer à
  • la traicte & conferer auec eux, mais il est arriué que le pauure Pere
  • Nicolas au dernier saut s'est noyé, ce qui a esté cause qu'ils sont
  • retournez, n'ayans ny cognoissance, ny langue, ny information: nous
  • attendons donc vostre venuë, pour resoudre ce qui sera à propos de
  • faire. Vous sçaurez tout ce que vous pourrez desirer de ce pays du P.
  • Ioseph, c'est pourquoy ie me contente de vous asseurer que ie suis,_
  • _Monsieur, Vostre tres-affectionné seruiteur_,
  • _Charles Lalemant._
  • _De Kebec ce 28. Iuillet 1625._
  • Letter from the Reverend Father Charles Lallemant,[20] Superior of
  • the Missions in Canada, to Sieur de Champlain.
  • [868] S_IR,_
  • _Thanks to God, here we are in the district of your Lieutenancy,
  • where we arrived after having one of the most successful voyages_
  • [869] _ever yet experienced. Monsieur the General,[21] after
  • having told us that was impossible to give us lodging either in
  • the settlement or in the fort, and that we must either return to
  • France, or withdraw to the Recollect Fathers'[22] obliged us to
  • accept the latter offer. The Fathers received us with so much
  • charity, that we feel forever under obligations to them. Our
  • Lord will be their reward. One of our Fathers, together with the
  • Recollect Father who came from France,[23] went to the trading
  • station[24] with the intention of going to the Hurons or to the
  • Hiroquois, as they should think best after consulting Father
  • Nicolas, who was to be at this station to confer with them. But it
  • happened that poor Father Nicolas was drowned in the last of the
  • rapids,[25] for which reason they returned, as they knew no one
  • there, and had no knowledge of the language or of the country. We
  • are therefore awaiting your arrival, to determine what it will be
  • well to do. You will hear all you wish to know of this country from
  • Father Joseph,[26] therefore I am content to assure you that I am,_
  • _Sir, Your very affectionate servant,_
  • _Charles Lalemant._
  • _Kebec, this 28th of July, 1625._
  • Lettre du R. P. Charles Lallemant Superievr des Missions en Canada au
  • R. P. Prouincial des RR. Pères Recollects.
  • M_ON REUEREND PERE,
  • Pax Christi._
  • _Ce seroit estre par trop mescognoissant de ne point escrire à vostre
  • Reuerence, pour la remercier, tant des lettres qui furent dernierement
  • escrites en nostre faueur aux Peres qui sont icy en_ [870] _la
  • nouuelle France, comme de la charité que nous auons receues desdits
  • Peres, qui nous ont obligez pour vn iamais, ie supplie nostre bon
  • Dieu qu'il soit la grande recompence & des vns & des autres, pour mon
  • particulier i'escris à nos Superieurs, que i'en ay vn tel ressentiment
  • que l'occasion ne se presentera point que ie ne le fasse paroistre,
  • & les supplie quoy que d'ailleurs bien affectionnez de tesmoigner à
  • tout vostre sainct Ordre le mesme ressentiment. Le P. Ioseph dira à
  • vostre Reuerence le suict de son voyage pour le bon succez duquel,
  • nous ne cesserons d'offrir & prieres & sacrifices à Dieu, il faut
  • ceste fois aduancer à bon escient les affaires de nostre Maistre, & ne
  • rien obmettre de ce qu'on pourra s'aduiser estre necessaire, i'en ay
  • escrit à tous ceux que i'ay creu y pouuoir contribuer que ie m'asseure
  • s'y emploieront si les affaires de France le permettent, ie ne doute
  • point que vostre Reuerence ne s'y porte auec affection, & ainsi_ virtus
  • vnita, _fera beaucoup d'effet, en attendant le succez ie me recommande
  • aux saincts Sacrifices de vostre Reuerence, de laquelle ie suis._
  • De Kebec ce 28. Iuillet
  • 1625.
  • Tres-humble seruiteur
  • Charles Lalemant.
  • A mon Reuerend Pere le P. Prouincial
  • des RR. Peres Recollects.
  • Letter from the Reverend Father Charles Lallemant, Superior of
  • the Missions of Canada, to the Reverend Father Provincial of the
  • Reverend Recollect Fathers.
  • M_Y REVEREND FATHER:
  • The peace of Christ be with you._
  • _It would be altogether too ungrateful not to write to your
  • Reverence to thank you, both for the letters which were recently
  • written in our behalf to the Fathers who are here in [870] new
  • France, and for the kindness which we have received from these
  • Fathers, who have placed us under everlasting obligations to them.
  • I pray our good Lord that he may be an ample recompense for both.
  • As to me I write to our Superiors that I am so grateful for this
  • that I shall lose no opportunity to show my appreciation of it;
  • and I implore them, although they are already very much attached
  • to your Fathers, to express the same gratitude to all your holy
  • Order. Father Joseph will tell your Reverence the purpose of his
  • voyage,[27] for the success of which we shall not cease to offer
  • prayers and sacrifices to God. The affairs of our Master must be
  • advanced in earnest this time, and nothing must be omitted which
  • may be deemed necessary. I have written to all of those who, I
  • thought, could contribute to this enterprise, and who, I believe,
  • will occupy themselves with it, the affairs of France permitting. I
  • do not doubt that your Reverence will take an interest in the work,
  • and thus_ virtus unita _will achieve good results. In awaiting our
  • success I commend myself to the holy Sacrifices of your Reverence,
  • of whom I am,_
  • Kebec, this 28th of July,
  • 1625.
  • The very humble servant,
  • Charles Lalemant.
  • To my Reverend Father, the Father Provincial
  • of the Reverend Recollect Fathers.
  • Epistola Patris Caroli Lalemant Superioris Missionis Canadensis ad
  • Reverendissimum Patrem Mutium Vitelleschi, Præpositum Generalem
  • Societatis Jesu, Romæ.
  • (_Transcripsit Pater Felix Martinus ex codice Latino qui in Archivis
  • Jesu, Romæ, conservatur_).
  • ADMODUM REVERENDE IN CHRISTO PATER.
  • Pax Christi.
  • Non miretur Paternitas vestra si nullas a postremis, hoc est ab anno
  • litteras habuerit a nobis, adeo enim remoti sumus a littore maris,
  • ut semel duntaxat singulis annis visitemur a Gallis et quidem ab iis
  • tantum quibus libera est ad nos navigatio, nam cæteris est interdicta;
  • quo fit ut si casu aliquo perirent naves illæ onerariæ vel certe
  • a prædonibus caperentur, ab una Dei providentia expectanda essent
  • alimenta quibus vitam sustentare possemus; a barbaris enim hominibus
  • vix necessaria ad vitam habentibus nihil sperandum, sed qui hactenus
  • providit Gallis, hic jam tot annis commorantibus et nihil nisi lucrum
  • temporale quærentibus non deerit suis uni Dei gloriæ et animarum saluti
  • invigilantibus. Hoc igitur anno toti pene fuimus in perdiscendo barbaro
  • idiomate, uno aut altero mense excepto quibus terram coluimus unde
  • tenuem nobis victum comparare utcumque possemus. Pater Joannes Brebeuf
  • vir et pius et prudens et corpore robustus acerbum hyemis tempus cum
  • barbaris transegit, unde maximam peregrinæ linguæ cognitionem hausit;
  • nos interim ab interpretibus licet maxime alienis a communicando
  • barbaro hoc idiomate obtinuimus, præter spem et expectationem
  • omnium, quod sperare poteramus. Sed hæc sunt tantum gemini idiomatis
  • rudimenta, multo plura supersunt. Ad multiplicationem quippe nationum
  • multiplicantur idiomata; ac terram hanc longe lateque diffusam incolunt
  • quinquaginta ut minimum nationes, ingens sane campus in quo nostra
  • excurrat industria; messis multa operarii pauci qui tamen eo sunt
  • animo, per Dei gratiam, ut nullis terreantur difficultatibus, quamvis
  • fructus spes magna nondum affulgeat, adeo rudes sunt incolæ et proxime
  • at bestias accedentes. Certe hoc unum solatur nos quod Deus optimus,
  • maximus, in repetenda mercede, fructus non tam sit habiturus rationem
  • quam voluntatis nostræ et laboris impensi, modo grata sit ipsi hæc
  • nostra qualiscumque voluntas, non est quod male locatam operam nostram
  • existimemus: nullus ergo alius hoc anno fructus quam loci, personarum
  • et idiomatis duarum nationum cognitio, si barbarorum ratio habeatur,
  • nam Gallis nostris qui tres hic tantum supra quadraginta numerantur
  • præsto fuimus, quorum generales totius vitæ confessiones audivimus,
  • habita prius exhortatione de ejus confessionis necessitate, singulis
  • præterea mensibus geminam ad eos concionem habuimus; his majora dabit
  • sequens annus Deo bene juvante et totum hoc negotium ut hactenus fecit
  • promovente.
  • Letter from Father Charles Lalemant, Superior of the Missions of
  • Canada, to the Very Reverend Father Mutio Vitelleschi,[28] General
  • of the Society of Jesus, at Rome.
  • (_Transcribed by Father Felix Martin from the original Latin MS.,
  • preserved in the Archives of the Gesù, Rome._)
  • VERY REVEREND FATHER IN CHRIST:
  • The peace of Christ be with you.
  • Your Paternity need not be surprised to have received no letters
  • from us during the year since our last; for we are so remote from
  • the sea-coast that we are visited only once a year by French
  • vessels, and then only by those to whom navigation hither is
  • allowed, for to others it is interdicted; so that, if by any
  • mischance those merchant ships should be wrecked, or be taken
  • by pirates,[29] we could look to Divine providence alone for
  • our daily bread. For from the savages, who have scarcely the
  • necessaries of life for themselves, nothing is to be hoped; but
  • he who has hitherto provided for the needs of the French, who
  • have dwelt here so many years only with a view to temporal gain,
  • will not abandon his faithful ones who seek only the glory of God
  • and the salvation of souls. During the past year we have devoted
  • ourselves almost entirely to learning the dialect of the savages,
  • excepting a month or two spent in cultivating the soil, in order to
  • obtain such slight means of subsistence as we could. Father Jean
  • Brebeuf,[30] a pious and prudent man, and of a robust constitution,
  • passed the sharp winter season among the savages, acquiring a
  • very considerable knowledge of this strange tongue. We, meantime,
  • learning from interpreters who were very unwilling to communicate
  • their knowledge, made as much progress as we could hope, contrary
  • to the expectation of all. But these are only the rudiments of two
  • languages; many more remain. For the languages are multiplied with
  • the number of the tribes; and this land, extending so far in every
  • direction, is inhabited by at least fifty different tribes, truly
  • an immense field for our zeal. The harvest is great, the laborers
  • are few; but they have, by God's grace, a courage undaunted by
  • any obstacles, although the promise of success is not yet very
  • great, so rude and almost brutish are the natives. We have, truly,
  • this one consolation, that God in his goodness and power, in the
  • distribution of his rewards will not so much consider our success
  • as our good will and our efforts. Provided only that our desires,
  • such as they may be, be pleasing in his sight, we shall have no
  • reason for deeming our efforts misspent. Our labors this year
  • have had no further fruit than a knowledge of the country, of the
  • natives, and of the dialects of two tribes, if the savages alone
  • be considered. As regards the French, whose number does not exceed
  • forty-three, we have not been negligent. We have heard their
  • general confessions, relating to their whole past life, after first
  • holding an exhortation on the necessity of this confession. Each
  • month, moreover, we have preached two sermons to them. To these
  • efforts the following year will add still greater ones, if God help
  • and promote our enterprise as he has done hitherto.
  • Valent nostri omnes, per Dei gratiam.... Vix unus utitur linteis cum
  • decumbit. Quod superest nobis temporis a propria et proximorum salute
  • id totum in excolenda terra insumitur. Longe alia fuissent virtutum
  • incrementa, si alium Nostri non desiderassent superiorem. Facile est
  • Paternitati Vestræ remedium adhibere, longe melius obsequentis quam
  • imperantis personam sustineo. Dabit hoc mihi ut bene spero Paternitas
  • Vestra a qua id, qua possum animi demissione, peto, nec hujus remedii
  • defectu remorabitur diutius alacritatem nostrorum in augendis
  • virtutibus. E Gallia missi sunt ad nos hoc anno operarii primum hic
  • domicilium Societatis erecturi quod omnino necessarium indicavimus
  • propter Gallos nostros hic commorantes et nusquam alibi. Erigentur
  • postea in aliis nationibus in quibus major speratur fructus. Certas
  • enim et statas sedes habent, ad eas brevi missuri sumus unum e nostris
  • vel duos potius, nimirum Patrem Joannem de Brebeuf et Patrem Annam de
  • Noue, quorum missio si succedat lætissimus aperitur Evangelio campus;
  • barbarorum opera eo deducendi sunt, neque enim aliis vectoribus uti
  • possunt. Cum bona superiorum venia redit in Galliam Pater Philibertus
  • Noyrot, hoc totum negotium ut hactenus fecit promoturus. Indiget
  • Paternitatis Vestræ auctoritate ut libere possit agere cum iis qui res
  • nostras curant. Facessunt ipsi aliquid negotii Lutetiæ Patres nostri,
  • nescio quam ob rem, nonnihil videntur alieni ab hac missione, cui nisi
  • favisset bonæ memoriæ Pater Cottonus omnino jacuissent res nostræ....
  • Verum quia rediturus est ineunte vere Pater Noyrot, omnino alius e
  • nostris erit necessarius Lutetiæ vel Rothomagi qui in ipsius locum
  • sufficiatur et rerum nostrarum curam suscipiat, necessaria singulis
  • annis mittat et litteras nostras accipiat; si tamen ita judicaverit
  • Paternitas Vestra. Septem ergo hic residui erimus. Patres quatuor: P.
  • Enemundus Masse, admonitor et confessarius, P. Joannes de Brebeuf, P.
  • Annas de Noue et ego. Coadjutores vero tres: Gilbertus Burel, Joannes
  • Goffestre et Franciscus Charreton, parati omnes ad quosvis labores pro
  • Dei gloria suscipiendos. Sanctissimis Paternitatis Vestræ Sacrificiis
  • commendant se omnes.
  • P. V. filius humillimus
  • Carolus Lalemant.
  • E Nova Francia
  • Cal. Aug.
  • We are, God be thanked, all well.... Hardly one of us uses
  • bed-linen when he sleeps. All our time that is not devoted to
  • seeking the salvation of our fellow-men and of ourselves is
  • occupied in tilling the soil. Far greater would be our growth in
  • virtue, if another of Our Brothers were not more desirable as
  • superior. This it is easy for Your Paternity to remedy, as I feel
  • myself far better fitted for obedience than for command. I truly
  • hope that Your Paternity, from whom I ask it with all possible
  • submission, will grant me this, and will not longer hinder, for
  • lack of this remedy, the eagerness of our brethren to increase
  • their virtues. Some workmen have been sent to us this year from
  • France, to construct the first dwelling of the Society here, which
  • we considered as quite indispensable on account of our French, who
  • settle here and nowhere else. Others will be built later among
  • other tribes from whom we expect greater results. To those that
  • have fixed settlements we shall in a short time send one of our
  • number or rather two; Father Jean de Brebeuf and Father Anne de
  • Noue.[31] If their mission is successful, a most promising field
  • will be opened for the Gospel. They must be taken there by the
  • savages, for they can not use any other boatmen. With consent of
  • his superiors, Father Philibert Noyrot[32] returns to France to
  • promote as hitherto the interests of our enterprise. He stands
  • in need of the influence of Your Paternity in order to negotiate
  • freely with those who have charge of our affairs. Our own Fathers
  • at Paris, for some reason, put difficulties in our way, and seem
  • rather unfriendly to our mission; so that, but for the favor of
  • Father Cotton,[33] of blessed memory, our affairs would have fallen
  • to the ground.... As Father Noyrot is to return at the beginning
  • of spring, another of our members will be absolutely necessary
  • at Paris, or at Rouen, to fill his place and to look after our
  • interests, sending us yearly what supplies we need, and receiving
  • our letters, if Your Paternity so decide. There thus remain seven
  • of us here; four priests, Father Enemond Masse,[34] as admonitor
  • and confessor, Father Jean de Brebeuf, Father Anne de Noue, and
  • myself; and three lay brothers, Gilbert Burel, Jean Goffestre,
  • and François Charreton, all of us ready to undertake any labors
  • whatsoever for the glory of God. We all commend ourselves to the
  • Most Holy Sacrifices of Your Paternity.
  • Your Paternity's most humble son
  • Charles Lalemant.
  • New France,
  • August 1st.
  • XVIII
  • CHARLES LALEMANT'S
  • Lettre au Hierosme l'Allemant
  • Kebec, Aoust 1, 1626
  • PARIS: JEAN BOUCHER, 1627
  • SOURCE: Title-page and text reprinted from original in Lenox Library.
  • LETTRE
  • DV PERE
  • CHARLES
  • L'ALLEMANT
  • SVPERIEVR DE LA MISSION
  • de Canadas; de la Compagnie
  • de I E S V S.
  • _Enuoyee au Pere Hierosme l'Allemant
  • son frere, de la mesme Compagnie_
  • Où sont contenus les moeurs & façons de viure des Sauuages habitans
  • de ce païs là; & comme ils se comportent auec les Chrestiens
  • François qui y demeurent.
  • _Ensemble la description des villes de ceste contree._
  • [Illustration]
  • A PARIS,
  • PAR IEAN BOVCHER, ruë des Amandiers
  • à la Verité Royale. 1627.
  • LETTER
  • FROM FATHER
  • CHARLES
  • L'ALLEMANT
  • SUPERIOR OF THE MISSION
  • of the Canadas; of
  • the Society of JESUS.
  • _Sent to Father Jerome l'Allemant, his brother,
  • of the same Society_
  • In which are contained the manners and customs of the Savages
  • inhabiting that country; and on what terms they live with the
  • French Christians who reside there.
  • _Together with the description of the towns of that country._
  • PARIS,
  • JEAN BOUCHER, ruë des Amandiers
  • Verité Royale. 1627.
  • [1 i.e., 3] Lettre dv Pere Charles L'Allemant Superieur de la Mission
  • de Canadas, de la Compagnie de IESVS. Au Pere Hierosme l'Allemant son
  • frere.
  • Pax Christi.
  • I'ESCRIVIS l'an passé à Vostre Reuerence (enuiron la my-Iuillet) le
  • succés de nostre voyage; depuis ce temps ie n'ay peu vous escrire, à
  • cause que les vaisseaux n'abordent icy qu'vne fois l'an. C'est pourquoy
  • il ne faut attendre des nouuelles de nous que d'annee en annee: Et si
  • ces vaisseaux venoient vne fois à manquer, ce seroit bien merueille
  • si vous en receuiez deuant deux ans; outre qu'il nous faudroit ceste
  • annee attendre de l'vnique prouidence de Dieu les choses necessaires à
  • l'entretien de ceste vie. Donc depuis mes dernieres, voicy ce que i'ay
  • peu recognoistre de ce païs, & ce qui s'est passé: Ce païs est d'vne
  • grande estenduë, ayant bien mille ou douze cens lieuës de longueur; sa
  • largeur, enuiron le 40. degrez vers l'Orient; il est borné de la mer
  • Oceane, & vers l'Occident, de la mer de la Chine. Plusieurs Nations
  • l'habitent: lon m'en a nommé 38. ou 40. sans celles que lon ne cognoist
  • pas, que les Sauages neantmoins asseurent. Le lieu où les François se
  • sont habituez appellé Kebec, est par les 46. degrez & demy, sur le
  • bord d'vn des plus beaux fleuues du monde, appellé par les François,
  • la riuiere de sainct Laurens, esloigné pres de deux cens lieuës de
  • l'emboucheure du dit fleuue, & cep[~e]dãt le flot monte encore 35. ou
  • 40. lieuës au dessus de nous. [4] L'endroit le plus estroit de ceste
  • riuiere est vis à vis de l'habitation, & toutesfois sa largeur y est
  • plus d'vn quart de lieuë. Or quoy que le païs où nous sommes soit
  • par les 46 degrez & demy plus Sud que Paris de pres de deux degrez,
  • si est-ce que l'Hyuer, pour l'ordinaire, y est de 5. mois & demy;
  • les neiges de 3. ou 4. pieds de hauteur; mais si obstinees qu'elles
  • ne fondent point pour l'ordinaire que vers la my-Auril, & commencent
  • tousiours au mois de Nouembre, pendant tout ce temps on ne void point
  • la terre; voire mesme nos François m'ont dit, qu'ils auoient traisné
  • le may sur la nege, au premier iour de May: L'annee mesme que nous
  • arriuasmes, & ce auec des raguettes; car c'est la coustume en ce païs
  • de marcher sur des raguettes pendãt l'Hyuer, de peur d'enfoncer dans
  • la neige, à l'imitation des Sauuages, qui ne vont point autrem[~e]t à
  • la chasse de l'orignac. Le plus doux Hyuer qu'on ait veu, est celuy
  • que nous y auons passé (disent les Anciens habitans) & cependant les
  • neiges commencerent le 16. Nouembre, & vers la fin de Mars commencerent
  • à fondre, la longueur & continuation des neiges est cause que lon
  • pourroit douter si le froment & le seigle reussiroit bien en ce païs;
  • i'en ay veu neãtmoins d'aussi beau qu'en vostre France, & mesme le
  • nostre que nous y auons semé, ne luy cede en rien; pour plus grande
  • asseurance il faudroit y semer du bled mesteil; l'orge & l'auoine y
  • viennent le mieux du monde, plus grainuës beaucoup qu'en France. C'est
  • merueille de voir nos pois tant ils sont beaux. Ainsi la terre n'est
  • pas ingrate (comme vostre Reuerence peut voir.) Plus on va montant la
  • riuiere, & plus on s'apperçoit de la bonté d'icelle. Les vents qui
  • regnent en ce païs, sont, le Nor-d'Est, le Nor-Ouest, & le Sur-Ouest.
  • Le Nor-d'Est ameine les neges en Hyuer, & les pluyes en autre saison.
  • Le Nor-Ouest est si froid qu'il penetre iusques aux moüelles des os; le
  • Ciel est fort serein quand il souffle. Depuis l'emboucheure de ceste
  • Riuiere iusques icy, il n'y a point de terre defrichee, ce ne sont que
  • bois. Ceste Nation icy ne s'occupe point à cultiuer la tetre [terre],
  • il n'y a que 3. ou 4. familles qui en ont defriché 2. ou 3. arpens où
  • ils sement du bled d'Indes; & ce depuis peu de temps. On m'a dit que
  • c'estoit les RR. PP. Recolects qui leurs auoient persuadé. Ce qui a
  • esté cultiué en ce lieu par les François est peu de chose, s'il y a
  • 18. ou 20. arpens de terre [5] c'est tout le bout du monde. A deux
  • cens lieuës d'icy en montant la Riuiere, il se trouue des Nations plus
  • stables que celles cy, qui bastissent de grands villages, lesquels
  • ils fortifient contre leurs ennemis; & trauaillent à bon escient
  • à la terre; d'où vient qu'elles ont quantité de bled d'Inde, & ne
  • meur[~e]t pas de faim comme celles cy, si sont-elles plus sauuages en
  • leurs moeurs, commettans sans se cacher, & sans honte aucune, toute
  • sortes d'impudences. Or quoy que ceste Riuiere nous conduise à ces
  • Nations là, si est-ce pourtant qu'il y a bien de la difficulté à y
  • aller, à cause des saults qui se trouu[~e]t sur la Riuiere (qui sont
  • de certains precipices d'eau, qui empesch[~e]t tout à fait qu'on ne
  • puisse nauiger.) C'est pourquoy lors que les Sauuages arriuent à ces
  • saults là, il faut qu'ils portent leurs batteaux sur leurs espaules,
  • auec tout leur bagage, & qu'ils s'en aillent par terre quelquesfois
  • 2. 3. 4. & 8 lieuës, & ainsi que passent les François lors qu'ils y
  • vont. Les RR. PP. Recolects y sont allez quelquesfois, & y ont porté
  • tous leurs viures pour vn an, ou dequoy en acheter; car d'attendre que
  • les Sauuages vous en donn[~e]t c'est folie, si ce n'est qu'ils vous
  • ayent pris sous leur protection, & que vous vouliez demeurer dans leurs
  • villages & cabanes; car alors il vous nourriront pour rien; Mais qui
  • s'y pourroit resoudre! les yeux religieux ne peuuent supporter tant
  • d'impudicitez qui s'y commettent à descouuert: c'est pourquoy les RR.
  • PP. Recolects ont esté contraints de bastir des Cabanes à part; mais
  • aussi falloit il qu'ils achetassent leurs viures. En ces Nations il n'y
  • a eu ceste annee aucun Religieux; quand nous arriuasmes icy l'an passé
  • il y auoit vn P. Recolet qui s'en venoit auec les Sauuages, au lieu de
  • la traitte 35. lieuës au dessus de ceste habitation; mais au dernier
  • sault qu'il passa son canal se renuersa & se noya: En descendant les
  • Sauuages ne mettent pied à terre pour les sauls; mais seulem[~e]t
  • en montant. Ainsi ces saults font que ces Nations sont de difficile
  • abord. Or bien qu'il n'y ait point eu de Religieux en ces Nations, les
  • marchands n'ont pas laissé d'y enuoyer des François pour entretenir
  • les Sauuages, & les amener tous les ans à la traitte. Ces François par
  • consequent n'ont oüy la Messe toute l'annee, ne se sont ny confessez,
  • ny communiez à Pasques, & viuent dans des occasions tres-grandes de
  • pecher. _Quæritur_, s'ils peuuent en cõscience y aller de la forte;
  • Vostre [6] Reuer[~e]ce me fera plaisir de consulter quelqu'vn de nos
  • Peres pour en sçauoir la resolution & me l'escrire.
  • [1 i.e.,3] Letter[35] from Father Charles L'Allemant, Superior of
  • the Mission of Canadas, of the Society of JESUS. To Father Jerome
  • l'Allemant, his brother.[36]
  • The peace of Christ be with you.
  • LAST year (about the middle of July) I wrote to Your Reverence
  • in regard to the success of our voyage. I have not been able to
  • communicate with you since then, because the ships touch here only
  • once a year; and therefore news can be expected from us only from
  • year to year. And if these ships failed once, it would not be
  • surprising if you did not receive news before two years; besides,
  • during the intervening year we should be obliged to look entirely
  • to the providence of God for the necessaries of life. Now, since
  • my last letters, the following is what I have been able to learn
  • about this country, and what has been done here. This country is
  • of vast extent, being easily a thousand or twelve hundred leagues
  • long, and in width extending about 40 degrees toward the Orient.
  • It is bounded by the Ocean sea, and towards the West by the sea of
  • China. Many Tribes inhabit it, about 38 or 40 having been named to
  • me, besides those which are unknown; of the existence of which,
  • however, the Savages assure us. The place inhabited by the French,
  • called Kebec, is in 46 and one-half degrees, upon the shore of one
  • of the most beautiful rivers in the world, called by the French
  • the river saint Lawrence. Kebec is about two hundred leagues
  • from the mouth of this river, and yet the tide ascends 35 or 40
  • leagues above us. [4] The narrowest part of this river is opposite
  • the settlement, and yet its width here is more than one-fourth of
  • a league. Now although the country where we are, being in latitude
  • about 46 and one-half degrees, is farther South than Paris by
  • nearly two degrees, yet the Winter generally lasts here 5 months
  • and a half; the snow is 3 or 4 feet deep, but it is so firm that
  • it does not usually melt until near the middle of April, and it
  • always begins in the month of November. During all this time the
  • earth is never seen; indeed our Frenchmen have even told me that
  • they dragged their maypole over the snow on the first day of May,
  • in the very year of our arrival, and that with snowshoes; for it
  • is the custom in this country to walk on snowshoes during the
  • winter, for fear of sinking into the snow, in imitation of the
  • Savages; who never go otherwise to hunt the moose. The mildest
  • Winter that has been seen is the one that we have passed here (say
  • the Old inhabitants), and yet the snow began to fall on the 16th of
  • November and to melt towards the end of March. The long duration of
  • the snow might cause one to somewhat doubt whether wheat and rye
  • would grow well in this country. But I have seen some as beautiful
  • as that produced in your France, and even that which we have
  • planted here yields to it in nothing. To better provide against
  • scarcity, it would be well to plant some meslin;[37] rye and oats
  • grow here the best in the world, the grains being larger and more
  • abundant than in France. Our peas are so beautiful; it is wonderful
  • to see them. So the earth is not ungrateful (as your Reverence may
  • see.) The farther up the river we go, the more we see of the
  • fertility of the soil. The prevailing winds in this country are
  • the Northeast, Northwest, and Southwest. The Northeast brings the
  • snows in Winter, and the rains in other seasons. The Northwest is
  • so cold that it penetrates even to the marrow of the bones; yet the
  • Sky is very serene when it blows. From the mouth of the River to
  • this place, none of the land is cleared, there being nothing but
  • forests. This Tribe does not occupy itself in tilling the soil;
  • there are only 3 or 4 families who have cleared 2 or 3 acres,
  • where they sow Indian corn, and they have been doing this for only
  • a short time. I have been told that it was the Reverend Recolect
  • Fathers who persuaded them to do it. That cultivated by the French
  • in this place is of small area, only 18 or 20 acres [5] at the
  • most.[38] Two hundred leagues from here, ascending the River,
  • Tribes are found which are more sedentary than those which are
  • here; they build large villages which they fortify against their
  • enemies, and cultivate the land in earnest. It thus happens that
  • they have stores of Indian corn, and do not die of starvation like
  • those here. Yet they are more savage in their customs, and commit
  • all kinds of shameless acts, without disgrace or any attempt at
  • concealment. Now, although this River takes us to these Tribes, yet
  • truly the difficulty in getting there is very great, on account of
  • the rapids which are found in the River; (these are certain falls
  • of water which entirely prevent navigation.) Therefore, when the
  • Savages reach these rapids, they are compelled to carry their boats
  • upon their shoulders with all their baggage, and to go overland,
  • sometimes 2, 3, 4, or 8 leagues; and the French have to do the
  • same when they go there. The Reverend Recolect Fathers made this
  • journey occasionally and carried all their food for a year, or the
  • means of buying it; for to expect the Savages to give it to you is
  • folly, unless they have taken you under their protection, and you
  • wish to live in their villages and cabins; then they would feed you
  • for nothing. But who could make up his mind to do this? Religious
  • eyes could not support the sight of so much lewdness, carried on
  • openly. Therefore, the Reverend Recolect Fathers were compelled to
  • build their cabins apart; but they also, on that account, had to
  • buy their food. There has been no Religious among these Tribes this
  • year. When we arrived here last year, there was one Recolet Father
  • who came with the Savages to the trading station, 35 leagues above
  • this settlement; but when coming down the last of the rapids, his
  • canoe upset and he was drowned.[25] In descending the river, the
  • Savages do not land on reaching the rapids, but only in going up.
  • Thus the rapids make these Tribes difficult of access. Although
  • there have been no Religious among these Tribes, the merchants have
  • not failed to send Frenchmen there to gain the good will of the
  • Savages, and to induce them to come yearly to the trading station.
  • As a consequence, these Frenchmen have not heard Mass during the
  • entire year, have not confessed nor taken the Easter Sacrament, and
  • their surroundings are such that there are frequent opportunities
  • for sin. _Quæritur_: can they conscientiously go thither under
  • these circumstances? Your [6] Reverence will do me the favor to
  • consult some one of our Fathers, to know his decision and to write
  • to me about it.
  • Quant aux façons de faire des Sauuages, c'est assez de dire qu'elles
  • sont tout à fait sauuages. Depuis le matin iusques au soir, ils
  • n'ont autre soucy que de remplir leur ventre. Ils ne viennent point
  • nous voir si ce n'est pour demander à manger, & si vous ne leur en
  • donnez ils tesmoignent du mescontentement. Ils sont de vrais gueux
  • s'il en fut iamais, & neantmoins superbes au possible. Ils estiment
  • que les François n'ont point d'esprit au prix d'eux; les vices de la
  • chair sont fort frequ[~e]ts chez eux; tel qui y espousera plusieurs
  • femmes qu'il quittera quand bon luy semblera & en prendra d'autres.
  • Il y en a icy vn qui a espousé sa propre fille; mais tous les autres
  • Sauuages s'en sont trouuez indignez; de netteté chez eux il ne s'en
  • parle point, ils sont fort sales en leur manger & dans leurs cabanes,
  • ont force vermine qu'ils mangent quand ils l'ont prise. La coustume
  • de ceste Nation est de tuër leurs peres & meres lors qu'ils sont si
  • vieux qu'ils ne peuu[~e]t plus marcher, pensans en cela leur rendre
  • de bons seruices; car autrement ils seroient contraints de mourir de
  • faim, ne pouuans plus suiure les autres lors qu'ils changent de lieu;
  • & comme ie fis dire vn iour à vn qu'on luy en feroit autant lors qu'il
  • seroit deuenu vieil; il me respondit qu'il s'y attendoit bien. La
  • façon de faire la guerre auec leurs ennemis c'est pour l'ordinaire
  • par trahison, les allans espier lors qu'ils sont à l'escart; & s'ils
  • ne sont assez forts pour emmener prisonniers ceux ou celuy qu'ils
  • rencontreut, ils tirent des fleches dessus, puis leur coupp[~e]t la
  • teste, qu'ils emportent pour monstrer à leurs gens, que s'ils les
  • peuuent emmener prisonniers iusques en leurs cabanes ils leur font
  • endurer des cruautez nompareilles, les faisant mourir à petit feu: &
  • chose etrange! pendant tous ces tourmens, le patient chante tousiours,
  • resputans à deshonneur s'ils crient & s'ils se plaignent. Apres que
  • le pati[~e]t est mort, ils le mangent, & n'y a si petit qui n'en ait
  • sa part, ils font des festins ausquels ils se conuient les vns les
  • autres, & mesme ils conuient quelques François de leur cognoissance,
  • & en ces festi[n]s ils donnent à chacun sa part dans des plats ou
  • escuelles d'escorce & lors que ce sont festins à tout manger, il ne
  • faut rien laisser, autremement vous estes obligez à payer quelque
  • chose, & perdriez la reputation de braue [7] homme. Aux festins qu'ils
  • font pour la mort de quelqu'vn ils font la part au defunt aussi bien
  • qu'aux autres, laquelle ils iettent dans le feu, & se donnent bien
  • garde que les chiens ne participe[~e]t à ce festin; & pource ramassent
  • tous les os & les iettent dans le feu. Ils enterrent les morts & auec
  • eux tout ce qu'ils auoient, comme chandeliers, peaux, cousteaux, &c.
  • Et comme ie demãday vn iour à vn vieillard pourquoy ils mettoient tout
  • ce bagage dans les fosses, il me respondit qu'ils le mettoient afin
  • que le mort s'en seruist dans l'autre monde; & comme ie luy repartis
  • que toutes les fois que lon regardoit dãs les fosses on y trouuoit
  • tousiours le bagage, qui estoit vn temoignage que le mort ne s'en
  • seruoit pas; il me respõdit, qu'à la verité le corps des chaudieres,
  • peaux, cousteaux, &c. demeuroit; mais que l'ame des chaudieres,
  • cousteaux, &c. s'en alloit dans l'autre monde auec le mort, & que là
  • il s'en seruoit. Ainsi ils croyent, (comme V.R. void) l'immortalité
  • de nos Ames; & de fait ils asseurent qu'apres la mort, ils vont au
  • Ciel où elles mangent des champignons, & se communiquent les vnes auec
  • les autres. Ils appellent le Soleil IESVS; & lon tient en ce païs que
  • ce sont les Basques qui y ont cy-deuant habité, qui sont Autheurs de
  • ceste denomination. De là vient que quand nous faisons nos Prieres,
  • il leur semble que comme eux nous addressons nos Prieres au Soleil. A
  • ce propos du Soleil, ces Sauuages icy croyent que la terre est percee
  • de part en part, & que lors qu'il se couche, il est caché en vn trou
  • de la terre, & sort le lendemain par l'autre. Ils n'ont aucun culte
  • diuin, ny aucunes sortes de Prieres. Ils croyent neantmoins qu'il y en
  • a Vn qui a tout fait; mais pourtant ils ne luy rendent aucun honneur.
  • Entr'eux ils ont quelques personnes qui font estat de parler au Diable;
  • ceux là sont aussi les Medecins, & guarissent de toute maladie. Les
  • Sauuages craignent grandement ces gens-là, & les caress[~e]t de peur
  • qu'ils n'en reçoiuent du mal. Nous apprendrons peu à peu ce qui est des
  • autres Nations, lesquelles sont plus stables en leurs demeures; Car
  • pour celles-cy où nous sommes maintenant auec les François, elle est
  • seulement vagabonde six mois l'annee, qui sont les six mois d'Hyuer,
  • errans çà & là selon la chasse qu'ils trouuent, & ne se cabanent
  • que deux ou trois familles ensemble en vn endroit, deux ou trois en
  • l'autre, & les autres de mesme. Ez autres [8] six mois de l'annee,
  • vingt ou trente s'assemblent sur le bord de la Riuiere pres de nostre
  • habitation, autant à Thadoussac, & autant à quarante lieuës au dessus
  • de nous, & là ils viuent de la chasse qu'ils ont faicte l'Hyuer,
  • c'est à dire, de viande d'orignac, boucanee, & de viures qu'ils ont
  • traité auec les François. Ie croy auoir escrit l'an passé ce qui est
  • de leurs vestemens, & comme ils sont tousiours nud teste, leurs corps
  • sont seulem[~e]t couuerts d'vne peau, ou d'orignac, ou d'vne robbe de
  • Castor, qui sont 5. ou 6. Castors cousus ensemble, & vestent ces peaux,
  • comme sans comparaison, les Ecclesiastiques les Chappes, n'estans
  • attachez par deuant que d'vne courroye: quelquefois ils se ceignent
  • d'vne ceinture, quelquefois ils n'en ont point du tout, & neantmoins
  • pour lors on ne void rien de deshonneste, cachans fort decemment les
  • parties que l'honnesteté veut estre couuertes. En Hyuer ils ont des
  • chausses & des souliers faits de peau d'orignac; mais les souliers,
  • tant dessus que dessous sont souples comme vn gand. Ils ont la plus
  • part du temps leurs visages peints de rouge ou de gris brun & ce en
  • diuerses façons, selon la fantaisie des femmes, qui peignent leurs
  • maris & leurs enfans, desquels ils graissent aussi les cheueux de
  • graisse d'ours, ou d'orignac. Les hommes n'ont non plus de barbe que
  • les femmes, ils se l'arrachent afin de plaire dauantage aux femmes.
  • Ie n'en ay veu que trois ou quatre qui ne se la sont point arrachee
  • depuis peu de temps à l'imitation des François; mais pourtant ils n'en
  • sont pas fournis. La couleur de leur chair tire fort sur le noir; on
  • n'en void pas vn qui aye la charnure blanche, neantmoins il n'y a rien
  • de si blanc que leurs dents. Ils võt sur les riuieres dans de petits
  • canaux d'escorce de bouleau, fort proprement faits: dans les moindres
  • il y peut tenir 4 ou 5. personnes, encore y mettent-ils leurs petits
  • bagages. Les auirons sont proportionnez aux canaux l'vn deuant l'autre
  • derriere, c'est d'ordinaire la femme qui tient celuy de derriere, & par
  • consequent qui gouuerne. Ces pauures femmes sont de vrais mulets de
  • charge, portant toute la fatigue; sont-elles accouchees, deux heures
  • apres elles s'en vont aux bois pour fournir au feu de la cabane. En
  • Hyuer lors qu'ils decabanent elles trainent les meilleurs pacquets
  • sur la neige; bref les hommes ne semblent auoir pour partage que la
  • chasse, la guerre, & la traitte. A propos de la [9] traitte, ie n'en ay
  • encores rien dit, aussi est-ce l'vnique chose qui me reste touchant les
  • Sauuages. Toutes leurs richesses sont les peaux de diuers animaux; mais
  • principalement de Castors. Auparauant l'association de ces Messieurs
  • ausquels le Roy a donné ceste traitte pour certain temps, moïennant
  • quelques conditions portees par les Articles, les Sauuages estoient
  • visitez de plusieurs personnes, iusques là qu'vn des Anci[~e]s m'a
  • dit qu'il a veu iusques à vingt nauires dans le port de Tadoussac;
  • mais maintenant que ceste traitte a esté accordee à l'association qui
  • est auiourd'huy priuatiuement à tous autres, lon ne void plus icy que
  • deux nauires qui appartiennent à l'Association, & ce, vne fois l'an
  • seulement, enuiron le commencement du mois de Iuin. Ces deux nauires
  • apportent toutes les marchandises que ces Messieurs traictent auec
  • les Sauuages, c'est à sçauoir des capaux, des couuertures, bonnets de
  • nuict, chapeaux, chemises, draps, haches, fers de fleches, aleines,
  • espees, des tranches pour rompre la glace en Hyuer, des coutteaux, des
  • chaudieres, pruneaux, raisins, du bled d'Inde, des pois, du biscuit,
  • ou de la galette, & du petun; & outre ce qui est necessaire pour le
  • viure des François, qui demeur[~e]t en ce païs là, en eschange ils
  • emportent des peaux d'orignac, de loup ceruier, de regnard, de loutre,
  • & quelquefois il s'en rencontre de noires, de mattre, de blaireau, &
  • de rat musqué; mais principalement de Castor, qui est le plus grand
  • de leur gain: On m'a dit que pour vne annee ils en auoient remporté
  • iusques à 22000. L'ordinaire de chaque année est de 15000. ou 12000.
  • à vne pistole la piece, ce n'est pas mal allé; il est bien vray que
  • les frais qu'ils font sont assez grands, ayant icy quarante personnes
  • & plus qui sont gagez & nourris; outre les frais de tout l'equipage
  • de deux nauires, où il se retrouue bien 150. hõmes qui reçoiuent
  • des gages & se nourrissent. Ces gages ne sont pas tous d'vne façon:
  • L'ordinaire est de 106. liures, il y en a qui ont cent escus. Ie
  • cognois vn Truchement qui a cent pistoles, & quelque nombre de peaux
  • qu'il luy est permis d'emporter chaque annee. Il est vray qu'il les
  • traicte de sa marchãdise. Vostre Reuerence le verra ceste annee, c'est
  • vn de ceux qui nous ont grandement aidé. Vostre Reuerence lui fera,
  • s'il luy plaist, bon raqueil; il est pour retourner & rendre icy de
  • grands seruices à N. Seigneur. Reste maintenant [10] à mander à vostre
  • Reuerence ce que nous auons fait depuis nostre arriuee en ce païs, qui
  • fut à la fin de Iuin. Le mois de Iuillet & d'Aoust se passerent, partie
  • à escrire des lettres, partie à nous recognoistre vn peu dans le païs,
  • & à chercher quelque lieu propre pour y establir nostre demeure: Afin
  • de tesmoigner aux RR. PP. Recolects, que nous desiriõs les deliurer au
  • plustost de l'incõmodité que nous leur apportions. Apres auoir bien
  • consideré tous les endroits, & apres auoir pris langue des François, &
  • principalement des Reuerends Peres Recolects le 1. iour de Septembre
  • nous plantasmes la saincte Croix, au lieu que nous auions choisi, auec
  • toute la solemnité qui nous fut possible. Les Reuerends Peres Recolects
  • y assisterent auec les plus apparens des François, qui apres le disner
  • se mirent tous à trauailler. Nous auons depuis tousiours continué,
  • nous cinq, à desraciner ler [les] arbres, & à bescher la terre
  • tant que le t[~e]ps nous a permis. Les neiges venantes nous fusmes
  • contraints de sursoir iusques au Prin-temps pendant le trauail nous
  • ne laissions pas de penser comment nous viendrions à bout du langage
  • du païs; car des Truchemens, disoit-on il ne faut rien attendre; si
  • est-ce neantmoins qu'apres auoir recommandé l'affaire à Dieu, i'ay
  • pris resolution de m'addresser au Truchement de ceste Nation, quitte,
  • disie en moy-mesme pour estre refusé aussi bien que les autres. Donc
  • apres m'estre efforcé par des exhortations que ie faisois & par nostre
  • conuersation, de donner d'autres impressiõs de nostre Compagnie, qu'on
  • n'auoit en ce païs, Vostre Reuerence croiroit-elle bien que nous y auõs
  • trouué l'Anti-Coton, que lon faisoit courir de chambre en chambre,
  • & qu'enfin lon a bruslé quatre mois apres nostre arriuee; ayant,
  • disie, tasché de donner d'autres impressions. Ie m'adressay donc au
  • Truchement de ceste Nation, & le priay de nous donner cognoissance du
  • langage. Chose estrãge, il me promist sur l'heure, qu'il me donneroit
  • pendant l'hyuer tout le cõtentement que ie pourrois desirer de luy.
  • Or c'est icy où il faut admirer vne particuliere prouidence de Dieu:
  • car il faut remarquer, que le General estoit chargé de ses associez de
  • repasser en France, ou bien de luy diminuer ses gages & luy pressoit
  • si fort de retourner la mesme annee que nous arriuasmes qu'il fallut
  • que le General vsast de commandement absolu auec asseurance que ses
  • gages ne luy seroient [11] point diminuees, pour le faire demeurer
  • cette annee; & de fait il est demeuré à nostre grand contentement.
  • _Secundo notandum_; Que ce Truchement n'auoit iamais voulu communiquer
  • a personne la cognoissance qu'il auoit de ce langage, non pas mesme
  • aux RR. PP. Recolects, qui depuis dix ans n'auoient cessé de l'en
  • importuner; & cependant à la premiere priere que ie luy fis, me
  • promist ce que ie vous ay dit, & s'est acquité fidelement de sa
  • promesse pendant cet Hyuer. Or neantmoins parce que nous n'estions
  • pas asseurez qu'il deust estre fidele en sa promesse, craignans que
  • l'Hyuer se passast sans rien auancer en la cognoissance de la langue.
  • Ie consultay auec nos Peres, s'il ne seroit point à propos que deux
  • de nous allassent passer l'Hyuer auec les Sauuages, bien auant dans
  • les bois, afin que leur hantise nous donnast la cognoissance que nous
  • cherchions; nos Peres fur[~e]t d'auis que ce seroit assez qu'vn y
  • allast, & que l'autre demeureroit pour satisfaire à la deuotion des
  • François. Ainsi ce fut le P. Brebeuf qui eut ce bonheur; il partit
  • le 20. d'Octobre, & retourna le 27. de Mars, ayant tousiours esté
  • esloigné de nous de 20. ou 25. lieux. Pendant son absence ie sommay le
  • Truchement de sa promesse à laquelle il ne manqua point; A peine eusie
  • tiré de luy ce que ie desirois, que ie me resolus d'aller passer le
  • reste de l'Hyuer auec le premier Sauuage qui nous viendroit voir; Ie
  • m'y en allay donc le 8. de Ianuier; mais ie fus contraint de retourner
  • 11. iours apres; car ne trouuans pas dequoy viure eux-mesme, ils furent
  • contraints de retourner voir les François. A mon retour, sans perdre
  • temps, ie sollicitay le Truchement d'vne autre Nation de me communiquer
  • ce qu'il sçauoit; dont ie m'estonne comme il le fit si franchement,
  • ayant esté par le passé si reserué a l'endroit des Reuerends Peres
  • Recolets. Il nous donna tout ce que nous luy demandasmes; il est bien
  • vray que nous ne luy demandasmes pas tout ce qu'eussions bien desiré;
  • car comme nous recogneusmes en luy vn esprit assez grossier, ce n'eust
  • pas esté nostre aduantage de le presser par de la sa portee, nous
  • fusmes neantmoins tres contens de ce qu'il nous donna; & ce qui est à
  • remarquer afin de recognoistre d'auantage la prouidence de Dieu en ce
  • fait, cedit Truchement s'en deuoit retourner en France la mesme annee
  • que nous ariuasmes, & ce par l'entremise des Peres Recolets, & de nous
  • qui le iugiõs necessaire pour [12] le bien de son ame, & de fait nous
  • l'emportasmes pardessus le General de la flotte, qui a toute force le
  • vouloit renuoyer en la Nation de laquelle il est Truchement, le voila
  • donc arriué icy où nous sommes auec des François qui reuenoient de la
  • traitte, en resolution de s'en retourner en France, les vaisseaux sont
  • sur le point de partir: la veille du depart il vint nous voir chez
  • les Reuerends Peres Recolets pour nous dire Adieu. Ce grand Dieu fit
  • ioüer tout à propos vn ressort de sa Prouidence, comme il estoit chez
  • nous voila vne forte pleuresie qui le prend & le voilà couché au lict,
  • si bien & si beau qu'il fallut que les vaisseaux s'en retournassent
  • sans luy; & par ce moyen le voilà qui nous demeure, hors des dangers
  • neantmoins de se perdre, ce qui nous auoit fait solliter son retour.
  • Ie vous laisse à penser si pendant sa maladie nous oubliasmes de luy
  • rendre tout deuoir de charité; il suffit de dire qu'auparauant qu'il
  • fust releué de ceste maladie, pour laquelle il n'attendoit que la mort;
  • il nous asseura qu'il estoit entierement à nostre deuotion, & que s'il
  • plaisoit à Dieu luy rendre la santé, l'Hyuer ne ce passeroit iamais
  • sans nous donner tout contentement, dequoy il s'est fort bien acquitté,
  • graces à Dieu.
  • As to the customs of the Savages, it is enough to say that they
  • are altogether savage. From morning until night they have no
  • other thought than to fill their stomachs. They come to see us
  • only to ask for something to eat; and if you do not give it to
  • them they show their dissatisfaction. They are real beggars, if
  • there ever were any, and yet proud as they can be. They consider
  • the French less intelligent than they. Vices of the flesh are very
  • common among them. One of them will marry several women, and will
  • leave them when he pleases, and take others. There is one here who
  • married his own daughter, but all the other Savages were indignant
  • at him for it. As to cleanliness among them, that never enters
  • into the question; they are very dirty about their eating, and in
  • their cabins they are covered with vermin, which they eat when they
  • catch them. It is a custom of this Tribe to kill their fathers and
  • mothers when they are so old that they can walk no longer, thinking
  • that they are thus doing them a good service; for otherwise they
  • would be compelled to die of hunger, as they have become unable
  • to follow the others when they change their location. When I had
  • it explained to one of them one day that the same thing would be
  • done for him when he became old, he answered that he certainly
  • expected it. Their method of making war against their enemies is
  • generally through treachery, watching to find them alone; and, if
  • they are not strong enough to make prisoners of those whom they
  • encounter, they shoot them with their arrows, then cut off their
  • heads, which they bring back to show their people. But, if they
  • can take them to their cabins as prisoners, they subject them to
  • unparalleled cruelties, killing them by inches; and, strange to
  • say, during all of these tortures, the victim sings constantly,
  • considering it a dishonor if he cries out or complains. After
  • the victim is dead, they eat him, and no one is so insignificant
  • that he does not get his share. They have feasts to which they
  • invite each other, and even some of their French acquaintances; at
  • these feasts they give to each one his part on a dish or plate of
  • bark; and when they are "eat-all" feasts, nothing must be left,
  • otherwise you would be compelled to pay something, and would lose
  • your reputation as a brave [7] man. At the feasts which are given
  • in honor of the death of some one, they set aside a part for the
  • deceased as well as for the others, which they throw into the fire;
  • they are very careful that the dogs shall not share in this feast,
  • and to this end, they gather up all the bones and throw them into
  • the fire. They bury the dead, and with them all their belongings,
  • such as candlesticks, furs, knives, etc. When I asked an old man
  • one day why they placed all this baggage in the grave, he replied
  • that they did so in order that the deceased might use it in the
  • other world; and when I answered him that when any one looked into
  • the grave all the baggage was seen there, which was a proof that
  • the deceased did not use it, he replied, that in truth the body of
  • the kettles, furs, knives, etc., remained, but that the soul of
  • the kettles, knives, etc., went off to the other world with the
  • deceased, and that he made use of them there. Thus they believe
  • (as Your Reverence sees) in the immortality of our Souls; and, in
  • fact, they assure you that after death they go to Heaven, where
  • they eat mushrooms and hold intercourse with each other. They call
  • the Sun JESUS;[39] and it is believed that the Basques,[40] who
  • formerly frequented these places, Introduced this name. It thus
  • happens that when we offer Prayers, it seems to them that we
  • address our Prayers to the Sun, as they do. While on the subject
  • of the Sun, the Savages here believe that the earth is pierced
  • through and through; and that, when the sun sets, it hides in one
  • hole in the earth, and comes out next morning through the other.
  • They have no form of divine worship, nor any kind of Prayers. They
  • believe, however, that there is One who made all, but they do not
  • render him any homage. Among them there are persons who make a
  • profession of talking to the Devil; these are also the Physicians,
  • and cure all kinds of diseases. The Savages have great fear of
  • these people, and humor them lest they do them some injury. Little
  • by little we shall learn more of the other Tribes, who are more
  • sedentary in their habits; but, as to these where we now are with
  • the French, they are wanderers only during six months of the year,
  • which are the six Winter months,--roving here and there, according
  • as they may find game, only two or three families erecting their
  • cabins together in one place, two or three in another, and so
  • on. The other [8] six months of the year, twenty or thirty come
  • together upon the shore of the River near our settlement, part at
  • Thadoussac, and the same number forty leagues above us; and there
  • they live upon the game which they have captured during the Winter;
  • that is to say, on smoked moose meat, and food for which they have
  • traded with the French. I believe I wrote something about their
  • clothing last year, and how they always go bare-headed; they wear
  • no other clothes than a moose skin or a Beaver robe, which consists
  • of 5 or 6 Beaver Skins sewed together; and they wear these skins
  • as, without making any comparison, the Ecclesiastics wear their
  • Capes, attached in front only by a leather strap. Sometimes they
  • wear a belt, sometimes none at all, and nevertheless, nothing
  • improper is noticed on that account, as they very modestly cover
  • the parts which decency demands should be covered. In Winter they
  • have leggings and shoes made of moose skin, but the shoes, the
  • uppers as well as the soles, are as pliable as a glove. Their faces
  • are usually painted red or grayish brown, and this is done in
  • different styles, according to the fancy of the women, who paint
  • their husbands and children, whose hair they also oil with bear or
  • moose grease. The men are no more bearded than the women; they pull
  • their beards out in order to be more agreeable to the women. I have
  • seen only three or four who had not done so, and this but recently
  • in imitation of the French; yet they did not have beards. The color
  • of their skin is strongly inclined to black; not one is seen whose
  • skin is white, and yet nothing is so white as their teeth. They go
  • upon the rivers in light birch-bark canoes, very neatly made; the
  • smallest of them can hold 4 or 5 persons and leave room for their
  • little baggage. The oars are proportioned to the canoes, one at
  • the bow and one at the stern; ordinarily, the woman holds the one
  • at the stern, and consequently steers. These poor women are real
  • pack mules, enduring all hardships. When delivered of a child,
  • they go to the woods two hours later to replenish the fire of the
  • cabin.[41] In the Winter, when they break camp, the women drag the
  • heaviest loads over the snow; in short, the men seem to have as
  • their share only hunting, war, and trading. Apropos of [9] trading,
  • I have as yet said nothing, and it is also the last thing which
  • remains to be said in regard to the Savages. All of their wealth
  • consists in the furs of different animals, but principally of the
  • Beaver. Before the time of the association of those Gentlemen to
  • whom the King gave this trade for a certain time in consideration
  • of certain conditions mentioned in the Articles,[21] the Savages
  • were visited by many people, to such an extent that an Old Man told
  • me he had seen as many as twenty ships in the port of Tadoussac.
  • But now since this business has been granted to the association,
  • which to-day has a monopoly over all others, we see here not more
  • than two ships which belong to it, and that only once a year, about
  • the beginning of the month of June. These two ships bring all the
  • merchandise which these Gentlemen use in trading with the Savages;
  • that is to say, the cloaks, blankets, nightcaps, hats, shirts,
  • sheets, hatchets, iron arrowheads, bodkins, swords, picks to
  • break the ice in Winter, knives, kettles, prunes, raisins, Indian
  • corn, peas, crackers or sea biscuits, and tobacco; and what is
  • necessary for the sustenance of the French in this country besides.
  • In exchange for these they carry back hides of the moose, lynx,
  • fox, otter, black ones being encountered occasionally, martens,
  • badgers, and muskrats; but they deal principally in Beavers, in
  • which they find their greatest profit. I was told that during one
  • year they carried back as many as 22,000. The usual number for one
  • year is 15,000 or 12,000, at one pistole each, which is not doing
  • badly.[19] It is true their expenses are very heavy, as they keep
  • here forty persons and more, who are paid and maintained; this in
  • addition to the expense of the crews of two ships, which consist of
  • at least 150 men, who receive their wages and food. These wages are
  • not all the same. They are generally 106 livres, but some receive
  • a hundred écus. I know an Interpreter who receives one hundred
  • pistoles, and a certain number of hides which he is permitted to
  • carry away each year.[42] It is true that he trades them off as
  • his own merchandise. Your Reverence will see him this year; he is
  • one of those who have very effectively assisted us. Your Reverence
  • will, if you please, give him a kind greeting; for he is going to
  • return, and do great service here for Our Lord. It remains now [10]
  • to tell your Reverence what we have done since our arrival in this
  • country, which was the last of June. The months of July and August
  • passed by, partly in writing letters, partly in getting a little
  • acquainted with the country, and in seeking a proper place for our
  • settlement, that we might show the Reverend Recolect Fathers that
  • we desired to relieve them as soon as possible of the inconvenience
  • which we caused them. After having carefully considered all the
  • places, and after having consulted with the French people, and
  • especially with the Reverend Recolect Fathers, we planted the holy
  • Cross on the 1st day of September, with all possible solemnity,
  • upon the place which we had chosen. The Reverend Recolect Fathers
  • took part in the ceremony with the most prominent of the French,
  • and after dinner all of them went to work. We have continued
  • this work ever since, we five, uprooting trees and breaking the
  • ground whenever we had time. The snow intervened, and we were
  • compelled to give up our work until Spring. During the work, the
  • thought of acquiring a knowledge of the language of this country
  • was constantly in our minds; for it was said that we could expect
  • nothing from the Interpreters. Nevertheless, after having commended
  • the matter to God, I made up my mind to speak to the Interpreter
  • of this Tribe, saying to myself that at the worst, I could only
  • be refused as the others had been. So, after having striven by
  • my exhortations and our conversation to correct the impressions
  • concerning our Society that exist in this country, can Your
  • Reverence believe that we have found here the "Anti-Coton,"[43]
  • which was circulated from chamber to chamber, and which was finally
  • burned, about four months after our arrival? Having, I say, tried
  • to give other impressions, I applied then to the Interpreter of
  • this Tribe and begged him to teach us the language. Strange to
  • say, he at once promised me that, during the winter, he would give
  • me all the help that I could ask of him. Now in this a special
  • providence of God must be admired, because it must be observed that
  • the General[21] was ordered by his associates to send him back
  • to France, or else to reduce his wages; and he [the interpreter]
  • begged him so earnestly to return the same year that we arrived,
  • that the General was compelled to use imperative authority, and
  • to tell him that his wages would [11] not be reduced, to make
  • him stay this year; and, in fact, he remained, to our great
  • satisfaction. _Secundo notandum_; This Interpreter had never wanted
  • to communicate his knowledge of the language to any one, not even
  • to the Reverend Recolect Fathers, who had constantly importuned him
  • for ten years; and yet he promised me what I have told you, the
  • first time I urged him to do so, and he kept his promise faithfully
  • during that Winter. However, as we did not feel certain that he
  • would keep his word, and fearing the Winter would pass and we would
  • make no progress in the language, I consulted with our Fathers
  • as to the propriety of two of us going to spend the Winter with
  • the Savages, far into the depths of the forest, in order that, by
  • constant association with them, we might gain the knowledge we
  • sought. Our Fathers were of the opinion that it would be sufficient
  • for one to go, and that the other ought to remain to attend to the
  • spiritual needs of the French. So this good fortune fell to the lot
  • of Father Brebeuf.[30] He left on the 20th of October and returned
  • on the 27th of March, having been distant from us 20 or 25 leagues
  • all the time. During his absence I reminded the Interpreter of his
  • promise, which he did not fail to keep. I had hardly learned from
  • him what I desired, when I determined to go and spend the remainder
  • of the Winter with the first Savage who should come to see us. So
  • I went off with one on the 8th of January, but I was compelled
  • to return 11 days later; for, as they could not find enough for
  • themselves to eat, they were compelled to come back to the French.
  • As soon as I returned, I lost no time in urging the Interpreter of
  • another Tribe to teach me what he knew; and I was astonished that
  • he should do it so freely, as in the past he had been so reserved
  • in regard to the Reverend Recolet Fathers. He gave us all that we
  • asked for; it is quite true that we did not ask all that we would
  • have wished; as we noticed in him a mind somewhat coarse, it would
  • not have been to our advantage to have urged him beyond his depth.
  • We were, however, highly pleased with what he gave us; and what
  • is noteworthy, in order to better recognize the providence of God
  • in this matter, this very Interpreter was to return to France the
  • same year that we arrived, and this was to be done through the
  • intervention of the Recolet Fathers and through our influence,
  • as we deemed it necessary for [12] the good of his soul; and in
  • fact we carried the day over the head of the General of the fleet,
  • who was resolved in any event to send him back to the Tribe whose
  • Interpreter he was. So he arrived here where we are, with the
  • French who were returning from the trading station, resolved to
  • go back to France, the ships being on the point of leaving. The
  • evening before his intended departure, he came to see us at the
  • Reverend Recolet Fathers', to bid us Farewell. The great God showed
  • his Providential designs very propitiously then; while he was with
  • us he was taken with a severe attack of pleurisy and was put to
  • bed, so nicely and comfortably, that the ships were obliged to go
  • back without him, and by this means he remained with us, out of
  • all danger of ruining himself; for it was the fear of this which
  • had caused us to urge his return. You will readily understand that
  • during his sickness we performed every act of charity for him.
  • It suffices to say that, before he recovered from this sickness,
  • in which he expected to die, he assured us that he was entirely
  • devoted to us; and that if it pleased God to restore his health,
  • the Winter would never pass by without his giving us assistance, a
  • promise which he kept in every respect, thank God.
  • Ie me suis peut-estre estendu plus que de raison à racõpter cecy; mais
  • ie me plais tant à racompter les traits de la prouidence particuliere
  • de Dieu, qu'il me se semble que tout le mõde y doit prendre plaisir;
  • & de fait s'il s'en fust retourné en France ceste annee là, nous
  • estions pour n'auancer gueres plus que les Reuerends Peres Recolets
  • en 10. ans. Dieu soit loüé de tout, voila donc à quoy se passa la
  • meilleure partie de l'hyuer. Outre ces occupatiõs ie n'ay point manqué
  • à mon tour d'aller les festes & Dimanches dire la Messe aux François,
  • ausquels i'ay fait exhortation toutes les fois que i'y ay esté: le
  • Pere Brebeuf de son costé en faisoit autant, & auons si bien auancé
  • par la grace de Dieu, que nous auons gaigné le coeur de tous ceux de
  • l'habitation, auons fait faire des confessions generales à la plus
  • part, & auons vescu en tres-bonne intelligence auec le Chef. Enuiron le
  • milieu du Caresme ie m'hazarday de prier le Capitaine de nous donner
  • les Charpentiers de l'habitation pour nous aider à dresser vne petite
  • cabane au lieu que nous auons commencé à défricher, ce qu'il m'accorda
  • auec beaucoup de courtoisie: les charpentiers ne souhaitoient [13] rien
  • tant que de trauailler pour nous; & de fait ils nous auoient donné
  • le mot auparauant: aussi trauaillerent-ils auec tant d'affection,
  • que nonobstant l'incommodité du temps & de la saison (car il y auoit
  • encore vn pied & demy de neige) ils eurent acheué nostre cabane le
  • Lundy de la semaine Saincte, & cependant ils cierent plus de 250.
  • aix, tant pour la couuerture, que pour le tour de la cabane; vingt
  • cheurons, & dolerent plus de vingt-cinq grosses pieces necessaires pour
  • l'erection de la cabane. Voila des commencemens assez heureux graces
  • à Dieu, ie ne sçay quel sera le progrés à cause de la continuation
  • de mes imperfections. Au reste parmy ces Sauuages nos vies ne sont
  • pas asseurées. Si quelque François leur a fait quelque déplaisir ils
  • s'en vengent par la mort du premier qu'ils rencontrent, sans auoir
  • esgard à plaisir aucun qu'ils ayent receu de celuy qu'ils attaquent.
  • S'ils ont songé la nuict qu'il faut qu'ils tuënt quelque François,
  • gar[d]e le premier qu'ils rencontrent à l'escart. Ils ajoustent grande
  • croyance à leurs songes. Quelques-vns deux vous diront deux iours
  • auparauant la venuë des vaisseaux l'heure à laquelle ils arriueront, &
  • ne vous diront autre chose sinon qu'ils l'ont veu en dormant. Ceux-la
  • sont en reputation parmy eux de parler au Diable. Leur conuersion ne
  • nous donnera pas peu d'affaire. Leur vie libertine & faineante, leur
  • esprit grossier, & qui ne peut guere comprendre, la disette des mots
  • qu'ils ont pour expliquer nos mysteres, n'ayans iamais eu aucun culte
  • diuin, nous exercera à bon escient. Mais pourtant nous ne perdons pas
  • courage graces à Dieu, appuyez sur cette verité, que Dieu n'aura pas
  • tant esgard au fruict que nous ferons, qu'à la bonne volonté & au
  • trauail que nous prendrons; & puis plus il y aura difficulté en leur
  • conuersion, & plus y aura-t'il de défiance de nous-mesmes; tant y a
  • que nostre esperance est en Dieu. Si ie puis ie me transporteray en
  • d'autres nations: si cela est, il ne faut plus attendre de nouuelles,
  • car ie seray si loin d'eux, qu'à grand peine pourray-ie leur écrire;
  • car au cas que cela arriue ie vous dy adieu & à tout le monde iusques
  • à ce que nous nous reuoyons au Ciel. N'oubliez pas les suffrages pour
  • nostre ame, & faites les de fois à autres. A tout hazard lors que
  • vous vous souuiendrez de nous en vos saincts sacrifices, dites pour
  • vn tel vif ou mort. Le secours qui nous est venu de France est vn
  • bon commencement pour cette Mission; mais les affaires [14] ne sont
  • pas encore en tel estat que Dieu puisse y estre seruy fidellement.
  • L'heretique y a autant encore d'empire que iamais, c'est pourquoy ie
  • renuoye le Pere Noiroit selon la permissiõ que les Superieurs m'en
  • ont faite, afin qu'il paracheue ce qu'il a commencé; il est le mieux
  • entendu en cette affaire. Si nos Peres desirent l'affermissement, &
  • le bon succes de cette Mission, il est du tout expedient qu'ils le
  • laissent faire. C'est bien à son corps defendant qu'il s'en retourne,
  • veu principalement qu'il est tant incommodé dessus la mer. I'enuoye
  • son compagnon auec le Pere Brebeuf à 300 lieux d'icy à vne de ces
  • nations qui sont stables en leur demeure, ils y seront bien tost s'ils
  • trouuent des Sauuages qui les y vueillent conduire, autrement ils
  • seront contraints de retourner vers nous; i'attends tous les iours
  • de leurs nouuelles. Ie viens d'apprendre tout maintenant qu'ils sont
  • partis. Le Diable qui craint la touche a voulu jouër des siennes, car
  • nos Peres estans desia embarquez, les Sauuages par deux ou trois fois
  • les voulurent faire desembarquer, alleguans que leurs canaux estoient
  • trop chargez; mais en fin Dieu l'emporta par dessus luy, on gaigna les
  • Sauuages à force de presents. S'il plaist à Dieu faire reüssir cette
  • mission, voila vne entrée dans des nations infinies pour ainsi dire,
  • qui sont tousiours stables en leur demeure. I'eusse bien desiré estre
  • de la partie, mais nos Peres ne l'ont pas iugé à propos, iugeans qu'il
  • estoit necessaire que ie demeurasse icy, tant pour l'éstablissement
  • de nostre petit domicille, que pour l'entretien des François. Vostre
  • R. s'estonnera peut-estre de ce que i'ay enuoyé le P. Brebeuf qui
  • auoit desia quelque commencement à la langue de cette nation, mais
  • les talents que Dieu luy a departy m'y ont fait resoudre; le fruict
  • que l'on attend de ces natiõs là estant bien autre que celuy que l'on
  • espere de celle cy. S'il plaist à Dieu benir leurs trauaux nous aurons
  • grand besoin d'ouuriers; les dispositions du costé des Sauuages sont
  • telles, qu'on en peut esperer quelque chose de bon. Le truchement ayant
  • demandé en ma presence à l'vn de leurs Capitaines s'ils seroi[~e]t tous
  • contens que quelques-vns des nostres allassent demeurer en leur pays
  • pour leur apprendre à cognoistre Dieu, il respondit qu'il ne falloit
  • demander cela & qu'ils ne souhaittoient rien tant, puis ayant consideré
  • la maison des Recollets où nous estions, il adiousta qu'à la verité
  • ils ne pourroient pas nous bastir vne maison de pierre semblable à
  • celle-là, [15] mais demandés leur, dit-il au truchement, s'ils seroient
  • contans de trouuer à leur arriuee vne cabane faicte semblable aux
  • nostres. Il ne pouuoit nous tesmoigner plus d'affection; De plus il y
  • a eu de la sterilité dans leur pays cette année, & ils l'attribuent à
  • cause qu'ils n'y ont point eu de Religieux, tout cela nous fait bien
  • esperer. Pour ceux de cette Nation ie les ay fait sommer de respondre,
  • s'ils ne vouloient pas se faire instruire; & nous donner leurs enfans
  • pour le mesme sujet: ils nous ont tous respondu qu'ils le desiroient.
  • Ils attendent que nous ayons basty, c'est à nous cependant de mesnager
  • leur affection & apprendre bien leur langue. Au demeurant ie supplirois
  • volontiers ceux qui ont de l'affection pour ce pays, qu'ils ne se
  • dégoustassent point s'ils n'entendent promptement des nouuelles du
  • fruict que l'on espere. La conuersion des Sauuages demande du temps.
  • Les premieres six ou sept annees sembleront steriles à quelques vns.
  • Et si i'adioustois iusqu'à dix ou douze, possible ne m'éloigneroisie
  • pas de la verité. Mais est ce à dire pourtãt qu'il faille tout quitter
  • là? Ne faut-il pas des cõmencemens par tout? Ne faut-il pas des
  • dispositions pour arriuer où on pretend? Quand à moy ie vous confesse
  • que Dieu me fait cette misericorde, qu'encor que ie n'esperasse aucun
  • profit tout le temps qu'il luy plaira me conseruer en vie, pourueu
  • qu'il eust nos trauaux agreables, & qu'il voulust s'en seruir comme de
  • preparation pour ceux qui viendront apres nous, ie me tiendrois trop
  • heureux d'employer & ma vie & mes forces, & n'épargner rien de ce qui
  • seroit en mon pouuoir, non pas mesme mon sang pour semblable suiet.
  • Neantmoins si nos Superieurs ne sont point d'aduis qu'on passe outre,
  • me voicy tout prés de me sousmettre à leur volonté, & suiure leur
  • iugement. Voicy vn petit Huron qui s'en va vous voir, il est passionné
  • de voir la France. Il nous affectionne grandement & fait paroistre vn
  • grand desir d'estre instruict; neantmoins le pere & le Capitaine de la
  • nation, le veulent reuoir l'an prochain, nous asseurant que s'il est
  • contant il le nous donnera pour quelques annees. Il est fort important
  • de le bien contenter; car si vne fois cet enfant est bien instruit,
  • voila vne partie ouuerte pour entrer en beaucoup de nations où il
  • seruira grandement. Et tout à propos le truchement de cetre [cette]
  • nation la est retourn[é] en France. Truchement qu'il aime tant, qu'il
  • l'appelle son pere. Ie prie nostre Seigneur qu'il luy plaise benir le
  • voyage. Au reste ie remercie V. R. du courage [16] qu'elle m'a donné.
  • I'ay leu ses lettres, quatre ou cinq fois; mais ie n'ay peu gaigner
  • sur moy que ce n'ait esté la larme à l'oeil, pour plusieurs raisons,
  • mais specialement sur la souuenance de mes imperfections (_coram Deo
  • loquor_) qui m'éloignent grandement, du merite de cette vocation, & me
  • fait viuement apprehender que ie n'aille trauerser les desseins de la
  • grace de Dieu, en l'établissement du Christianisme en ce pays. Apres
  • cela ie ne crains rien. Ie vous supplie en vertu de ce que vous aimez
  • mieux dans le Ciel, de ne vous lasser point de solliciter la diuine
  • bonté, ou qu'il me face la grace de m'en défaire, ou si mon idignité
  • est venuë iusques là qu'il m'y faille encore tremper, que ce ne soit au
  • preiudice de nos pauures Sauuages; que ma misere n'empesche point les
  • effects de sa misericorde, & le desordre de ma volonté fragile, l'ordre
  • que sa bonté veut établir en ce pays. Nous continuons plus que iamais
  • les bonnes intelligences auec le Pere Ioseph, qui est icy l'vnique
  • Prestre de son Ordre, l'vn estant allé auec nos Peres aux Hurons; &
  • l'autre s'en retournant en France; il a deux bons freres auec luy. Mr.
  • Champlain est tousiours fort affectionné en nostre endroit, m'a pris
  • pour directeur de sa conscience, aussi bien que Gaumont, duquel i'auray
  • vn soin particulier selon les recommandations de vostre R. L'aduis que
  • vostre R. me donne touchant la dedicace de nostre premiere Eglise, est
  • fort conforme à ma deuotion si les Superieurs m'en laissent la liberté,
  • elle ne sera iamais appellee autrement que N. Dame des Anges; c'est
  • pourquoy ie supplie V. R. de nous faire auoir quelque beau Tableau
  • enuironné d'Anges. C'est vne des grãdes Festes des PP. Recolets, qui
  • ont dedié leur Chappelle à S. Charles; & la Riuiere sur laquelle, eux
  • & nous; sommes logez, s'appelle la riuiere S. Charles, ainsi nõmee
  • quelque temps auparauant que nous vinsiõs. Pour les lettres ie ne pense
  • pas auoir obmis personne, tant de nos bien-faiteurs plus signalez, que
  • de ceux qui m'ont escrit. Aussi vous confessay je que ie suis vn peu
  • las; voicy la 68 & si ce n'est pas la derniere. Plaise à nostre bon
  • Dieu que le tout soit à sa gloire. Nostre R. P. Assistant se monstre
  • fort affectiõné à ceste Mission; ie luy enuoye vne charte de ce pays,
  • asseurant que ie demeureray toute ma vie, de Vostre Reuerence,
  • Seruiteur tres-affectionné en N Seigneur
  • CHARLES L'ALLEMANT.
  • A Kebec ce 1.
  • d'Aoust 1626.
  • I have, perhaps, dwelt longer upon this than was necessary, but
  • I am so pleased to relate the special acts of God's providence,
  • as it seems to me every one must take pleasure in them; and in
  • fact, if he had gone back to France that year, we would have made
  • hardly any more progress than the Reverend Recolet Fathers did in
  • 10 years. May God be praised for all! In this way we passed the
  • greater part of the winter. Besides these occupations, I, in
  • my turn, have not failed to go, on holydays and Sundays, to say
  • Mass for the French, to whom I have made an exhortation every time
  • I have been there. Father Brebeuf did the same on his part; and,
  • by the grace of God, we have made such progress that we have won
  • the hearts of all the people of the settlement, and have induced
  • most of them to make general confessions, and have lived on good
  • terms with the Chief. About the middle of Lent, I ventured to
  • ask the Captain to give us the Carpenters of the settlement to
  • help us erect a little cabin at the place we had begun to clear
  • away, and he very courteously granted my request. The carpenters
  • asked for [13] nothing better than to work for us, and in fact
  • they had previously given us their promise; so they worked with
  • such good will, that, notwithstanding the unfavorableness of the
  • weather and of the season (for there was still a foot and a half
  • of snow), they had finished our cabin by Monday of Holy week; and
  • besides, they had sawed over 250 planks, both for the roof and for
  • the sides of the cabin, twenty rafters, and hewn over twenty-five
  • large pieces necessary for the erection of the cabin. These are
  • very happy beginnings, thank God; but, considering my imperfections
  • still continue, I do not know how much progress will be made.
  • Further, there is no security for our lives among these Savages.
  • If a Frenchman has in some way offended them, they take revenge
  • by killing the first one they meet, without any regard for favors
  • which they may have received from the one whom they attack. If
  • during the night they dream they must kill a Frenchman, woe to the
  • first one whom they meet alone. They attach great faith to their
  • dreams. Some of them will tell you two days before the coming of
  • a ship the hour of its arrival, and will give no other explanation
  • except that they have seen it while asleep. These are reputed
  • among them to have intercourse with the Devil. Their conversion
  • will give us no little trouble. Their licentious and lazy lives,
  • their rude and untutored minds, able to comprehend so little, the
  • scarcity of words they have to explain our mysteries, never having
  • had any form of divine worship, will tax our wits. And yet we do
  • not lose courage, thank God; trusting in this truth, that God will
  • not have so much regard to the fruits that we produce, as to our
  • good will and the trouble we take; and besides, the greater the
  • difficulty in their conversion, and the more distrust we have in
  • ourselves, so much the greater will be our trust in God. If I can,
  • I shall go among some of the other tribes; and, in that event, no
  • further news need be expected from me, because I shall be so far
  • away that it will be very hard to communicate with you; and if
  • that should happen, I say farewell to you and to every one until
  • we meet in Heaven. Do not forget the prayers for our souls, and
  • make them from time to time. In any case when you remember us
  • in your holy sacrifices, offer them up for such and such a one,
  • living or dead. The help which has reached us from France is a good
  • beginning for this Mission, but things [14] are not yet in such
  • a condition that God can be faithfully served here. The heretic
  • holds as complete dominion here as ever, and therefore I send back
  • Father Noiroit, according to the permission that I have received
  • from the Superiors, in order that he may finish what he has begun;
  • he is the most capable one for this affair. If our Fathers wish
  • the strengthening and the success of this Mission, it is by all
  • means proper that they should allow him to proceed.[32] He returns
  • very much against his inclination, principally on account of his
  • sufferings upon the sea. I send his companion[31] with Father
  • Brebeuf, 300 leagues from here, to one of those tribes which has a
  • permanent location. They will soon be there if they find Savages
  • to conduct them, otherwise they will be obliged to return here; I
  • am expecting news from them daily. I have just learned that they
  • have gone. The Devil, who feared their approach, tried to play
  • some of his tricks on them, for, when our Fathers had embarked,
  • the Savages tried two or three times to make them go ashore,
  • asserting that their canoes were too heavily loaded; but at last
  • God triumphed over him, and the Savages were won by means of
  • presents. If it please God to give success to this mission, it will
  • open a way, so to speak, to an infinite number of tribes which have
  • permanent settlements. I should have been very glad to be one of
  • the party; but our Fathers did not deem it expedient, considering
  • it well that I should remain here, both for the establishment of
  • our little home and for the welfare of the French. Your Reverence
  • will be astonished, perhaps, at my having sent Father Brebeuf, who
  • already had some knowledge of the language of this tribe; but the
  • talents that God has given him influenced me, the fruits which are
  • expected from those tribes being very different from those hoped
  • for here. If it please God to bless their labors, we shall have
  • great need of workers; the disposition on the part of the Savages
  • is such that something good may be looked for. When the interpreter
  • asked one of their Captains in my presence, if they would all
  • be glad if some one of us should go among them to teach them to
  • know God, he answered that it was not necessary to ask that, that
  • they desired nothing better; then, having examined the house of
  • the Recollets where we were, he added that they indeed could not
  • build us a stone house like that one; [15] "But ask them," said he
  • to the interpreter, "if they will be satisfied upon their arrival
  • to find a cabin made similar to ours." He could not manifest more
  • affection for us than he did. Moreover, there was a drought in
  • their country this year, and they attributed it to the fact that
  • they had no Religious among them; all this gives us strong hopes.
  • As to the people of this Tribe, I had them called together to say
  • whether they wanted to be instructed, and to give us their children
  • for the same purpose. They all answered that they did. They are
  • waiting for us to build; and it is for us, in the meantime, to
  • cultivate their affection and to learn their language. Meanwhile,
  • I would request those who are interested in this country not
  • to be disappointed if they do not promptly receive news of the
  • hoped-for converts. The conversion of the Savages takes time. The
  • first six or seven years will appear sterile to some; and, if I
  • should say ten or twelve, I would possibly not be far from the
  • truth. But is that any reason why all should be abandoned? Are
  • not beginnings necessary everywhere? Are not preparations needed
  • for the attainment of every object? For my part, I confess that,
  • if God shows me mercy, although I expect no fruits as long as it
  • will please him to preserve my life, provided that our labors are
  • acceptable to him, and that he may be pleased to make use of them
  • as a preparation for those who will come after us, I shall hold
  • myself only too happy to employ my life and my strength, and to
  • spare nothing in my power, not even my blood, for such a purpose.
  • However, if our Superiors do not think we should go farther, I
  • am ready to submit to their will and to follow their judgment. A
  • little Huron is going to see you; he longs to see France. He is
  • very fond of us and manifests a strong desire to be instructed;
  • nevertheless, his father and the Captain of the nation wishes to
  • see him next year, assuring us that, if he is satisfied, he will
  • give him to us for some years. It is of importance that he should
  • be thoroughly satisfied; for, if this child is once instructed,
  • it will open the way to many tribes where he will be very useful.
  • And the return of the interpreter of that tribe to France is very
  • opportune,--the Interpreter whom he loves so much, that he calls
  • him his father. I pray our Lord to be pleased to bless his voyage.
  • I also thank Your Reverence for the courage [16] you have given
  • me. I have read your letters four or five times, and I have not
  • been able to keep the tears from my eyes for several reasons;
  • but especially in reflecting upon my imperfections (_coram Deo
  • loquor_) which are far from the merit necessary for this vocation,
  • and inspire me with grave fears that I am opposing the purposes of
  • God's grace in the establishment of Christianity in this country.
  • After that, I fear nothing. I beseech you, in the name of all
  • you hold most dear in Heaven, not to become weary in appealing
  • to the divine goodness, either to do me the favor of removing me
  • from here, or, if my unworthiness is so great that I must yet be
  • chastened, let it not be to the disadvantage of our poor Savages;
  • let not my shortcomings prevent the effects of his mercy, nor my
  • weak will be a hindrance to the order that his goodness wishes
  • to establish in this country. Our sympathetic relations with Father
  • Joseph[26] are stronger than ever. He is the only Priest of his
  • Order here, one having gone with our Fathers to the Hurons, and the
  • other now returning to France; he has two good brothers with him.
  • Mr. Champlain is always very kind to us, and has chosen me as his
  • confessor. Gaumont has done the same, and I shall take special care
  • of him, according to the recommendations of your Reverence. The
  • advice which your Reverence gives me in regard to the dedication
  • of our first Church, is in thorough harmony with my views. If the
  • Superiors leave it to me, it will never be otherwise named than
  • "N. Dame des Anges." Therefore I beg Your Reverence to send us a
  • beautiful Picture surrounded by Angels. It is one of the great Fête
  • days of the Recolet Fathers, who have dedicated their Chapel to St.
  • Charles; the River upon which they and we live is called the river
  • St. Charles, so called some time before our arrival. As to sending
  • letters, I think I have not passed over any one, either of our
  • well-known benefactors or any of those who have written to me; and
  • I confess to you that I am a little tired; this is the 68th, and it
  • is not the last. May it please our good God that everything may be
  • done here for his glory. Our Reverend Father Assistant manifests a
  • great deal of affection for this Mission; I send him a map of this
  • country. With assurances that I will be, during my life, of Your
  • Reverence,
  • The very affectionate servant in Our Lord,
  • CHARLES L'ALLEMANT.
  • Kebec, this 1st of
  • August, 1626.
  • XIX
  • CHARLES LALEMANT'S
  • Lettre au R.P. Supérieur du Collége des Jésuites à Paris
  • BORDEAUX: Nouembre 22, 1629
  • SOURCE: The Title-page and Avant-Propos follow O'Callaghan's Reprint,
  • No. 3; but the Text has been compared with the original publication
  • in Champlain's _Voyages_ (Paris, 1632), part ii., pp. 275-279. The
  • bracketed pagination in the Text is that of Champlain.
  • LETTRE
  • du Reuerend
  • PÈRE L'ALLEMAND,
  • _Supérieur de la Mission des Pères Iésuites_,
  • en la
  • _NOUUELLE FRANCE_
  • Enuoyée de Bordeaux au R.P. Supérieur du Collége des Iésuites à PARIS,
  • et datée du 22 _Nouembre_, 1629.
  • [Illustration]
  • Imprimée d'après l'exemplaire que l'on trouve dans les Voyages du
  • Sieur Champlain.
  • A PARIS,
  • M. DC. XXXII.
  • LETTER
  • from the Reverend
  • FATHER L'ALLEMAND,
  • _Superior of the Mission of Jesuit Fathers_,
  • in
  • _NEW FRANCE_
  • Sent from Bordeaux to the Reverend Father Superior of the Jesuit
  • College at PARIS,
  • and dated 22nd _November_, 1629.
  • Reprinted from the copy to be found in the Voyages of
  • Sieur Champlain.
  • PARIS,
  • M. DC. XXXII.
  • Avant-Propos.
  • L_E R. Père CHARLES LALLEMANT, qui a écrit la Lettre suivante, entra
  • à l'âge de vingt ans dans la Compagnie de Jésus. En 1613, il avait
  • accompagné M. de la Saussaye, à Pentagouët. Argal s'étant emparé de
  • cet établissemement, le P. Lallemant s'en retourna en France, d'où il
  • partit pour le Canada en 1625. C'estoit la première fois que des Pères
  • Jésuites entrerent dans ce Pays. Quelques années aprés, il fût envoyé
  • avec le P. Philibert Noyrot, Procureur de la Mission, chercher en
  • France du secours pour la Colonie, et ayant trouvé de quoi fretter un
  • batiment avec des vivres, ils s'y étoient embarqués vers la fin du mois
  • de Juillet, 1629. Le vaisseau fit naufrage sur la côte de l'Acadie, et
  • c'est de cet naufrage et d'autres événements qui suivirent que traitte
  • la presente lettre._ [O'Callaghan.]
  • Preface.
  • T_HE Reverend Father CHARLES LALLEMANT, who wrote the following
  • Letter, entered the Society of Jesus at the age of twenty years.
  • In 1613, he accompanied M. de la Saussaye to Pentagoüet.[44] Argal
  • took possession of this settlement, and Father Lallemant returned
  • to France, whence he departed for Canada in 1625. This was the
  • first time that the Jesuit Fathers had entered that Country.
  • Several years later, he was sent with Father Philibert Noyrot,
  • Agent for the Mission, to France, to seek aid for the Colony;
  • and, having secured the means to load a ship with supplies,
  • they embarked upon it toward the end of July, 1629. The ship
  • was wrecked upon the Acadian coast; and it is this shipwreck
  • and other subsequent events that the present letter describes._
  • [O'Callaghan.]
  • Lettre du Reuerend P. l'Allemand, au R.P. Supérieur, à Paris.
  • [275] A_ÃYT sejourné deux iours à Dieppe ie m'acheminay à Rouën, où ie
  • m'arrestay deux autres iours, & appris comme le vaisseau des Reuerends
  • Peres l'Allemand & Noyrot s'estoient perdus vers les Isles de Canseau,
  • & me fit-on voir vne lettre dudit Reuerend Pere l'Allemand, Superieur
  • de la Mission des Peres Iesuites, en la nouuelle France, enuoyée de
  • Bordeaux au R.P. Superieur du College des Iesuites à Paris, & dattée du
  • 22. Nouembre 1629. comme il s'ensuit._ [Champlain.]
  • Letter from the Reverend Father l'Allemand to the Reverend Father
  • Superior, at Paris.
  • [275] A_FTER having sojourned two days at Dieppe, I journeyed to
  • Rouën, where I remained two more days, and learned how the ship of
  • the Reverend Fathers l'Allemand and Noyrot had been wrecked upon
  • the Canseau Islands; and I was shown a letter from the Reverend
  • Father l'Allemand, Superior of the Mission of the Jesuit Fathers
  • in new France, sent from Bordeaux to the Reverend Father Superior
  • of the Jesuit College at Paris, and dated November 22nd, 1629, as
  • follows._ [Champlain.]
  • [276] MON REVEREND PERE,
  • Pax Christi.
  • Castigans castigauit me Dominus & morti non tradidit me, _Chastiment
  • qui m'a esté d'autant plus sensible que le naufrage a estè accompagné
  • de la mort du R.P. Noyrot & de nostre frere Louys, deux hõmes qui
  • deuoient, ce me semble grandem[~e]t seruir à nostre Seminaire. Or
  • neantmoins puis que Dieu a disposé de la sorte, il nous faut chercher
  • nos contentements dans ses sainctes volontez, hors desquelles il n'y
  • eut iamais esprit solide ny content, & ie m'asseure que l'experience
  • aura fait voir à vostre reuerence que l'amertume de nos ressentiments
  • détrempée dans la douceur du bon plaisir de Dieu, auquel vne ame
  • s'attache inseparablement, perd (ou le tout) ou la meilleure partie
  • de son fiel; Si que s'il reste encore quelques souspirs pour les
  • souffrances, ou passées ou presentes, ce n'est que pour aspirer
  • dauantage vers le Ciel, & perfectionner auec merite ceste conformité
  • dans laquelle l'ame a pris resolution de passer le reste de ses iours;
  • De quatre des nostres que nous estions dans la barque, Dieu partageant
  • à l'esgal, en a pris deux, & a laissé les deux autres. Ces deux bons
  • Religieux tresbien disposez & resignez à la mort, seruiront de victime
  • pour appaiser la colere de Dieu iustement iettée contre nous pour nos
  • deffauts, & pour nous rendre deformais sa bonté fauorable au succeds du
  • dessein entrepris._
  • [276] MY REVEREND FATHER,
  • The peace of Christ be with you.
  • Castigans castigavit me Dominus & morti non tradidit me, _a
  • Chastisement all the more keenly felt by me, as the shipwreck was
  • accompanied by the death of the Reverend Father Noyrot and of our
  • brother Louys,[20] two men who were destined, it seems to me, to
  • be of great service to our Seminary. But nevertheless, since God
  • has so ordained, we must seek our consolation in his holy will,
  • outside of which there never was a peaceful or contented mind; and
  • I feel sure that experience will have shown your reverence that the
  • bitterness of our grief, tempered with the sweetness of doing the
  • will of God, to whom a soul is inseparably attached, loses (either
  • all) or the greater part of its sting. And yet, if there still
  • remain some sighs for the sufferings either of the past or of the
  • present, it is only to make us aspire more earnestly to Heaven, and
  • to perfect with merit this harmony in which the soul is determined
  • to pass the rest of its days. Of the four of us who were in the
  • barque, God equally divided them, taking two and leaving two. These
  • two good Religious, who were thoroughly prepared and resigned to
  • die, will serve as victims to appease the wrath of God, justly
  • provoked against us for our shortcomings, and to cause him to grant
  • in the future his goodness, that it may be favorable to the success
  • of the project undertaken._
  • _Ce qui nous perdit fut vn grand coup de vent de Suest, qui s'efleua
  • lors que nous estions à la riue des terres, vent si impetueux que
  • quelque soin & diligence que peust apporter nostre Pilote auec ses
  • Matelots, Quelques voeux & prieres que nous peussions faire pour
  • destourner ce coup, iamais nous ne peusmes faire en sorte que nous
  • n'allassions heurter contre les rochers: ce fut le 26. iour d'apres
  • nostre depart, iour de sainct Barthelemy, enuiron sur les neuf heures
  • du soir; De 24. que nous estions dans la barque, dix seulement
  • eschapperent, les autres furent estouffez dans les eaux. Les deux
  • nepueux du Pere Noyrot tindrent compagnie à leur oncle, leurs corps
  • ont esté enterrez,_ [277] _entre autres celuy du P. Noyrot & de
  • nostre frere, des sept autres nous n'en auons eu aucune nouuelles,
  • quelque recherche que nous en ayons peu faire. De vous dire comment
  • le Pere de Vieuxpont & moy auons eschappé du naufrage, il me seroit
  • bien difficille, & croy que Dieu seul en a cognoissance, qui suiuans
  • les desseins de sa diuine prouid[~e]ce nous a preseruez, car pour
  • mon regard ne iugeant pas dans les apparences humaines qu'il me fust
  • possible d'éuiter ce danger, i'auois pris resolution de me tenir dans
  • la chambre du nauire auec nostre frere Louys, nous disposans tous
  • deux à receuoir le coup de la mort, qui ne pouuoit tarder plus de
  • trois_ Miserere, _lors que i'entendis qu'on m'appelloit sur le haut
  • du nauire, ie croyois que c'estoit quelqu'vn qui auoit affaire de mon
  • secours, ie montay en haut, & trouuay que c'estoit le P. Noyrot qui
  • me demandoit derechef l'absolution: Apres luy auoir donnée, & chanté
  • tous ensemble le_ Salue Regina, _ie fus contrainct de demeurer en
  • haut; car de descendre il n'y auoit plus de moyen, la mer estoit si
  • haute, & le vent si furieux, qu'en moins de rien le costé qui panchoit
  • sur le rocher fut mis en pieces, i'estois proche du P. Noirot lors
  • qu'vn coup de mer vint si impetueusement donner contre le costé sur
  • lequel nous estions qui rompit tout, & me separa du P. Noyrot, de la
  • bouche duquel i'entendis ces dernieres paroles_, In manus tuas Domine,
  • &c. _Pour moy de ce coup ie me trouuay engagé entre quatre pieces de
  • bois, deux desquelles me donnerent si rudement contre la poictrine,
  • & les deux autres me briserent si fort le dos que ie croyois mourir
  • auparauant que d'estre enueloppé des flots, mais voicy vn autre coup
  • de mer qui me desengageant de ces bois m'enleua, & mon bonnet & mes
  • pantoufles, & mist le reste du nauire tout à plat dans la mer: Ie
  • tombay heureusement sur vne planche que ie n'abandonnay point, de
  • rencontre elle estoit liée auec le reste du coste de ce nauire. Nous
  • voilà doncques à la mercy des flots, qui ne nous espargnoient point;
  • ains s'esleuans ie ne sçay combien de couldées au dessus de nous,
  • tomboient par apres sur nos testes. Apres auoir flotté longtemps de
  • la sorte dans l'obscurité de la nuict, qui estoit desia commencée,
  • regardant à l'entour de moy ie m'apperceus que nous estions enfermez
  • d'espines & sur tout enuironnez & prest du costau qui sembloit vne
  • isle, puis regardant vn peu plus attentiuement ie contay six personnes
  • qui n'estoient pas fort esloignées de moy, deux desquels m'apperceuans
  • m'exciterent à faire tous mes efforts pour m'approcher, ce ne_ [278]
  • _fut pas sans peine, car les coups que i'auois receus dans le debris
  • du vaisseau m'auoient fort affoiblis: Ie fis tant neantmoins, qu'auec
  • mes planches i'arriuay au lieu où ils estoient, & auec leur secours
  • ie me trouuay assis sur le grand mast, qui tenait encore ferme auec
  • vne partie du vaisseau, ie n'y fus pas long-temps car comme nous
  • approchions plus prés de cette isle, nos Matelots se lancerent
  • bien-tost à terre, & auec leur assistance tous ceux qui estoient sur
  • le costé du nauire y furent bien tost apres. Nous voilà donc sept de
  • compagnie, ie n'auois bonnet ny souliers, ma soutane & habits estoient
  • tous deschirez, & si moulus de coups que ie ne pouuois me soustenir, &
  • de faict il fallut qu'on me soustint pour aller iusques dans le bois,
  • aussi auois-ie receu deux rudes coups aux deux jambes, mais sur tout à
  • la dextre, dont ie me ressens encore, les mains fenduës auec quelque
  • contusion, la hanche escorchée, la poitrine sur tout fort offencée,
  • nous nous retirasmes donc tous sept dans le bois, moüillez comme ceux
  • qui venoient d'estre trempez dans la mer: la premiere chose que nous
  • fismes fut de remercier Dieu de ce qu'il nous auoit preseruez, & puis
  • le prier pour ceux qui pourroi[~e]t estre morts. Cela faict pour nous
  • eschauffer nous nous couchasmes les vns proches des autres, la terre
  • & l'herbe qui auoient esté moüillez de la pluye du iour n'estoient
  • encore propre pour nous seicher, nous passasmes ainsi le reste de la
  • nuict, pendant laquelle le P. de Vieuxpont (qui graces à Dieu n'estoit
  • point offencé) dormit fort bien. Le l'endemain si tost qu'il fut iour
  • nous allasmes recognoistre le lieu où nous estions, & trouuasmes que
  • c'estoit vne isle de laquelle nous pouuions passer à la terre ferme,
  • sur le riuage nous trouuasmes force choses que la mer y auoit ietté,
  • i'y trouuay deux pantoufles, vn bonnet, vn chappeau, vne soutanne, &
  • plusieurs autres choses necessaires. Sur tout Dieu nous y enuoya pour
  • viures cinq bariques de vin, quelques dix pieces de lard, de l'huile,
  • du pain, des fromages, & vne harquebuse, & de la pouldre tout à propos
  • pour faire du feu. Apres qu'on eut ainsi tout retiré, le iour de sainct
  • Louys tous s'employerent à faire le possible pour bastir vne chalouppe
  • du desbris du vaisseau, auec laquelle nous irions rangeant la coste
  • chercher quelque nauire de pescheurs: On se mit doncques à trauailler
  • auec meschans ferremens que l'on trouua, elle estoit bien aduancée le
  • quatriesme iour, lors que nous eusmes cognoissance d'vne chalouppe qui
  • estoit sous voile venant vers le lieu où nous estions, ils receurent
  • dedans vn de nos matelots qui alla tout seul plus proche du lieu_ [279]
  • _où elle deuoit passer, ils le menerent dans leur vaisseau parler au
  • Maistre, auquel il racõta nostre disgrace, le maistre tout aussi-tost
  • s'embarqua dans vne chalouppe & nous vint trouuer, nous offrit à tous
  • le passage: Nous voila en asseurance, car le lendemain tous les hommes
  • coucherent dans son vaisseau: C'estoit vn vaisseau Basque qui faisoit
  • pesche â vne lieuë & demie du rocher, où nous fismes naufrage, & pour
  • autãt qu'il restoit encores bien du temps pour acheuer leur pesche,
  • nous demeurasmes auec eux ce qui restoit du mois d'Aoust, & tout le
  • mois de Septembre. Le premier d' Octobre arriua vn Sauuage qui dist au
  • Maistre que s'il ne s'en alloit il y auroit danger que les Anglois ne
  • le surprissent. Cette nouvelle le disposa au depart: Le mesme Sauuage
  • nous dist que le Capitaine Daniel estoit â vingt-cinq lieuës de là qui
  • bastissoit vne maison, & y laissoit des François auec vn de nos Peres:
  • Cela me donna occasion de dire au P. de Vieuxpont qui me pressoit fort
  • que ie luy accordasse de demeurer auec ce Sauuage dans ceste coste,
  • qui estoit bien l'vn des meilleurs Sauuages qui se puisse rencontrer,
  • Mon Pere voicy le moyen de contenter vostre reuerence, le Pere Vimond
  • fera bien aise d'auoir vn compagnon. Ce Sauuage s'offre de mener
  • vostre Reuerence iusques au lieu où est Monsieur Daniel, si elle veut
  • demeurer là elle y demeurera, si elle veut aller quelque mois auec les
  • Sauuages, pour apprendre la langue elle le pourra faire, & ainsi le R.
  • Pere Vimond & vostre Reuerence auront leur contentement: le bon Pere
  • fut extresmement ioyeux de ceste occasion qui se presentoit, ainsi il
  • s'embarque dans la chalouppe du Sauuage, ie luy laissay tout ce que
  • nous auions sauué, horsmis le grand Tableau duquel le matelot Basque
  • s'estoit saisi, mais i'auois bien pensé au retour de luy faire rendre,
  • si vne autre disgrace ne nous fut arriuée. Nous partismes donc de la
  • coste le 6. Octobre, & apres auoir enduré de si furieuses tempestes
  • que nous n'auions encores experim[~e]tées, le quarantiesme iour de
  • nostre depart entrãt dãs vn port proche de S. Sebasti[~e], nous fismes
  • de rechef vn second naufrage, le Nauire rompu en mille piéces, toute
  • la moluë perduë, ce que ie peus faire ce fut de me sauuer dans vne
  • chalouppe, dans laquelle ie me iettay auec des pantoufles aux pieds, &
  • vn bonnet de nuict en teste, & en ceste esquippage m'en aller trouuer
  • nos Peres à S. Sebastien, d'où ie partis il y a huict iours, & suis
  • arriué à Bourdeuac proche de Bordeaux le 20. de ce mois. Voila le
  • succeds de nostre voyage, par lequel vostre Reuerence peut iuger des
  • obligations que i'ay à D I E V._
  • _Our wreck was caused by a heavy gust of wind from the Southeast,
  • which arose when we were near the shore,--a wind so strong that
  • in spite of all the diligence of our Pilot and his Sailors, and
  • the vows and prayers which we made to avert the disaster, we could
  • not avoid striking upon the rocks. This was on the 26th day after
  • our departure, saint Barthelemy's day, about nine o'clock in the
  • evening. Of the 24 who were in the barque, ten only escaped, the
  • others being suffocated in the water. The two nephews of Father
  • Noyrot kept company with their uncle, and there the bodies were
  • buried,_ [277] _among others that of Father Noyrot and our brother;
  • of the seven others we have no tidings, notwithstanding the search
  • that has been made. It would be difficult for me to tell you how
  • Father de Vieuxpont[45] and I escaped shipwreck, and I believe it
  • is known only to God, who, in harmony with the purposes of his
  • divine providence, has preserved us; for in regard to myself, not
  • thinking it within the bounds of human possibility that I could
  • escape this danger, I had resolved to remain in the ship's cabin
  • with our brother Louys. We were preparing ourselves to meet death,
  • which could not be farther away than three_ Miserere's, _when I
  • heard some one call me on the deck of the ship. I thought it might
  • be some one who was planning my rescue. I went up and found it
  • was Father Noyrot, who asked me to again give him absolution. After
  • having given it to him, and having all sung together the_ Salve
  • Regina, _I was obliged to remain above, for there was no means of
  • descending; the sea being so high and the wind so furious, that,
  • in less than no time, the side which leaned toward the rocks was
  • broken in pieces. I was near Father Noyrot, when a wave struck the
  • ship so hard on the side where we were that it broke everything,
  • separating me from Father Noyrot, from whose lips I heard these
  • last words_: In manus tuas Domine, &c. _I found myself after this
  • blow entangled in four pieces of wood, two of which struck me so
  • hard on the chest and the other two hit me so heavily upon the
  • back, that I thought I should die before being engulfed in the
  • waves; but then came another sea, which, freeing me from these
  • pieces of wood, carried me off, and my cap and slippers, and
  • scattered the rest of the ship over the sea. Fortunately, I fell
  • upon a plank to which I clung, and which happened to be attached
  • to the rest of the side of the ship. We were then at the mercy
  • of the waves, which did not spare us, but which rose, I know not
  • how many cubits above us, and then fell forward over our heads.
  • After having floated about a long time in this manner, in the
  • darkness of the night, which had already set in, looking around
  • me I saw that we were surrounded on all sides by pine trees, and
  • everywhere environed by, and near the shores of what seemed to
  • be an island; then examining a little more closely I counted six
  • persons who were not far from me, two of whom noticed me, and
  • motioned for me to try and come near them. This_ [278] _was not
  • without difficulty, for the blows I had received from the debris
  • of the ship had weakened me. I did so well, however, that with
  • the aid of my planks, I reached the place where they were, and,
  • with their assistance, I found myself sitting upon the mainmast,
  • which was still firmly fastened to a part of the ship. I did not
  • remain there long, for as we neared the island our Sailors soon
  • leaped to the land; and, with their assistance, all those who were
  • on the side of the ship were soon brought to the shore. There
  • were then seven of us together; I had neither cap nor shoes, my
  • cassock and clothes were all torn, and I was so bruised by blows
  • from the wreck, that I could not stand up; and, in fact, some one
  • had to support me while I was trying to reach the woods; for I
  • had received two hard blows upon both legs, but especially upon
  • the right one, which I still feel; my hands were cut and bruised,
  • the flesh torn from my hips; above all I was badly wounded in the
  • chest. All seven of us withdrew into the woods, as wet as those who
  • have just been soaked in the sea. The first thing we did was to
  • thank God for having preserved us, and then we prayed to him for
  • those who might be dead. This done, we lay down very near to each
  • other to keep warm; the ground and the grass, which had been wet
  • by the rain of the previous day, were not yet in a condition to
  • dry us; thus we spent the rest of the night, during which Father
  • de Vieuxpont (who, thank God, was unharmed) slept well. The next
  • morning, at day-break, we reconnoitered the place where we were,
  • and discovered that it was an island, from which we could go to the
  • mainland. We found many things upon the shore that had been thrown
  • up by the sea; I found there two slippers, a cap, a hat, a cassock,
  • and several other necessary articles. Best of all, God sent us as
  • food, five barrels of wine, about ten pieces of lard; oil, bread,
  • and cheese; also an arquebuse, powder, and everything necessary
  • to make a fire. After having drawn all these upon the shore, on
  • saint Louis's day, everybody went to work in earnest to build a
  • boat out of the wreck of the ship, in which we might sail along
  • the coast in search of some fishing boat. So we began to work with
  • the poor tools at our disposal, and considerable progress was made
  • by the fourth day, when we learned of a boat under sail, coming
  • towards the place where we were. They received on board one of our
  • sailors, who went alone to the place_ [279] _near which it was to
  • pass. They took him into their ship to speak with their Captain,
  • to whom he related our misfortune. The captain immediately entered
  • a boat and came in search of us, offering a passage to all of us.
  • Behold us then in safety, for the next night we all slept in his
  • ship. It was a Basque, which was fishing a league and a half from
  • the rock where we were wrecked; and, as they would not finish their
  • fishing for some time, we stayed with them during the remainder of
  • the month of August and the entire month of September. On the first
  • of October a Savage arrived, and told the Master that if he did not
  • leave he would be in danger of being surprised by the English. This
  • news decided his departure. The same Savage told us that Captain
  • Daniel[46] was twenty-five leagues away, and was building a house,
  • and that he had left the French with one of our Fathers there.
  • This led me to say to Father de Vieuxpont, who urged me earnestly
  • to permit him to remain with this Savage upon this coast, for he
  • was one of the best Savages that could be found; "My Father, here
  • is the way we can satisfy your reverence; Father Vimond[47] will
  • be very happy to have a companion. This Savage offers to conduct
  • your Reverence to the place where Monsieur Daniel is; if you wish
  • to remain there, you may do so; if you wish to go to spend a
  • few months with the Savages to learn their language, you may do
  • so; and so the Reverend Father Vimond and your Reverence will
  • be satisfied." The good Father was very happy at this opportunity
  • which offered itself, so he embarked in the Savage's boat. I gave
  • him all that we had saved, except the large Painting, which the
  • Basque sailor had taken possession of; but I had intended to make
  • him surrender it upon our return, if another misfortune had not
  • overtaken us. So we left the coast on the 6th of October; and
  • after having suffered the most furious tempests that we had yet
  • experienced, we entered, the fortieth day after our departure, the
  • port near St. Sebastien, where we were wrecked a second time, the
  • Ship being broken into a thousand pieces and all the codfish being
  • lost. All I could do was to escape in a shallop into which I threw
  • myself, in my slippers and nightcap, and in this outfit I went to
  • find our Fathers at St. Sebastien, whence I departed eight days
  • later, and arrived at Bourdevac, near Bordeaux, the 20th of this
  • month. This is the result of our voyage, from which your Reverence
  • can judge of my obligations to G O D._
  • BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA: VOL IV
  • XIV
  • Chapters xxvi.-xxxvii., completing the document, are given in the
  • present volume. The preceding chapters, with Bibliographical Data, are
  • found in our Volume III.
  • XV-XVII
  • Documents XV. and XVI. are letters from Charles Lalemant to Sieur de
  • Champlain and the provincial of the Récollets, respectively, dated
  • at Quebec, July 28, 1625. They are taken from Sagard's _Histoire du
  • Canada_ (Paris, 1636), pp. 868, 869, 870; in the Tross reprint of
  • Sagard (Paris, 1865), they are in vol. iii., pp. 789, 790.[48]
  • Document XVII. is a letter from Lalemant to his general, at Rome, dated
  • New France, August 1, (presumably 1626). It was written in Latin, the
  • original being preserved in the Archives of the Gesù at Rome. This
  • is one of the letters copied for Carayon, by Father Martin, in 1858,
  • and translated by the latter into French, for the _Première Mission_,
  • where it appears on pp. 117-121,--see Bibliographical Data for Document
  • XIII., in our Volume III. We follow the Martin apograph, in Latin
  • (preserved at St. Mary's College, Montreal), and our translation into
  • English is made therefrom.[49]
  • The above three letters by Lalemant were selected by O'Callaghan from
  • Sagard and Carayon,--the third being, of course, Martin's French
  • translation,--and published at Albany in 1870, with a brief "Avis"
  • giving the sources of the documents. This publication, known in the
  • Lenox Catalogue as "O'Callaghan Reprint No. 2," bears the following
  • title-page:
  • Copie de Trois | Lettres | escrittes ès années 1625. et 1626. | Par
  • le P. Charles Lallemant | Superieur des Missions de la Compagnie | de
  • Iesvs en la | Novvelle France. | A Albanie | De l'Imprimerie de J.
  • Munsell | M.DCCC.LXX.
  • _Collation of O'Callaghan's Reprint._ Title, 1 p.; reverse of title,
  • with inscription: "Edition tirée à vingt cinq exemplaires. O'C.," 1 p.;
  • "Avis" (by O'Callaghan), 1 p.; text, pp. 5-14.
  • For further references, see Brown, vol. ii., no. 316 and p. 166;
  • Harrisse, nos. 426, 427, 429; Sabin, vol. x., no. 38679; O'Callaghan,
  • nos. 1209, 1250; Winsor, p. 301; Lenox, p. 18.
  • XVIII
  • We follow the original publication (Paris, 1627), now in the Lenox
  • Library, of Lalemant's letter to his brother, Jerome; it is described
  • in the Lenox Catalogue, p. 4, under "H. 41."
  • There are extant, four different reprints of this document, as follows:
  • 1. It appears to have first been reprinted in _Mercure François_, tome
  • xiii., pp. 12-34; the portion of the journal wherein this is found, is
  • devoted to the events of the year 1626, but the royal Privilege for
  • the volume was "Donné au camp de la Rochelle le 28. de Septembre, l'an
  • de grace 1628." The original publication appeared without statement of
  • Privilege; it is, therefore, impossible to say when in 1627 permission
  • to print was granted. In the Quebec edition of the _Relations_ (1858),
  • it is inadvertently stated (vol. i.) that this letter commences on p.
  • 1 (instead of p. 12) of tome xiii. of _Mercure_, an error which Sabin,
  • Harrisse, and others have repeated. As will be seen by a comparison
  • of our text with that of issues which follow the _Mercure_, the
  • differences between the original and this first reprint are slight.
  • 2. The next reprint appears in Danjou's _Archives Curieuses_, 2nd
  • series, tome iii. (Paris, 1838), pp. (405-426). This follows the text
  • of the original, and not that of the _Mercure_. The following clause in
  • the Lenox Catalogue, p. 19,--the final sentence of note under "7(b)" in
  • list of O'Callaghan's Reprints,--is misleading: "The copy in the Astor
  • Library of that work is printed from the original letter of 1627." The
  • "copy in the Astor" is simply this reprint in _Archives Curieuses_, of
  • which rare collection the Astor has a set.
  • 3. The third reprint, but the first in separate form, was issued by
  • O'Callaghan at Albany, 1870, and is the one designated in the Lenox
  • Catalogue (p. 19) as "7(b)." The text of the _Mercure_ reprint is
  • followed, with a made-up title-page, as follows:
  • Relation | de ce qvi s'est passé | en la | Novvelle France | en l'annee
  • M.DC.XXVI. | Enuoyée au Père Hierosme L'Allemant | par le P. Charles
  • L'Allemant Superievr de | la Mission de la Compagnie de Iesvs | en |
  • Canada. | D'après la Copie dans le Mercure François | Tome 13. | A
  • Paris | Chez Estienne Richer ruë S. Iean de Latran | M.DC.XXIX.
  • _Collation of same._ Title, 1 p.; reverse of title, with inscription:
  • "Edition tirée a vingt-cinq exemplaires, O'C.," 1 p.; Tables des
  • Matieres, 2 pp.; text, pp. 1-51; Table, pp. 53-59.
  • 4. A second separate reprint was issued by O'Callaghan in 1871, and is
  • that referred to in the Lenox Catalogue (p. 19) as "7(a)." This follows
  • the original text, and not that of the _Mercure_; it is set in small
  • type in imitation of the original (Paris, 1627), and comes into the
  • same number of pages. Upon the otherwise blank page facing the last
  • page of the text, is the inscription: "Calqué sur l'exemplaire dans
  • la collection | de Mr. James Lenox, de New York." The title-page is
  • apparently photo-lithographed from the original.
  • For further references to this document, which has had a curious
  • bibliographical history, see Harrisse, no. 41; Sabin, vol. x., no.
  • 38680 (original), and no. 38682 (reprint); Carayon, nos. 1254, 1255,
  • and p. 1179; Ternaux, no. 496; Winsor, pp. 300, 301; _Historical
  • Magazine_, vol. iii., p. 19; Brown, vol. ii., p. 166; Lenox, p. 4 (H.
  • 41), 19; and the Barlow (no. 1272), Murphy (no. 1480), and O'Callaghan
  • (nos. 1250, 1982) sale catalogues.
  • _Title-page._ We give a photographic facsimile of original.
  • _Collation of Original._ Title, 1 p.; text, pp. 1-16.
  • XIX
  • Charles Lalemant's letter of Nov. 22, 1629, to the superior of
  • the Jesuit College at Paris, originally appeared without title or
  • headlines, in _Les voyages du Sieur de Champlain_ (Paris, 1632), 2nd
  • part, pp. 275-279. O'Callaghan reprinted it in what is known in the
  • Lenox list as "No. 3," of which,--as with others of the O'Callaghan
  • series,--but twenty-five copies were published. He omitted the
  • preliminary editorial note, on p. 275, made up a title-page of his
  • own, and furnished the Avant-Propos. In the present issue, we
  • reproduce the O'Callaghan title-page and Avant-Propos, but in all
  • other respects strictly follow the original publication. See further
  • references in Winsor, p. 301; Sabin, vol. x., no. 38681; Lenox, p. 18.
  • _Title-page._ We imitate O'Callaghan's Reprint.
  • _Collation of O'Callaghan's Reprint._ Title, 1 p.; reverse of title,
  • with inscription: "Tirée à vingt cinq exemplaires, lesquels ne font |
  • pas à vendre. O'C.," 1 p.; Avant-Propos (by O'Callaghan), 1 p.; blank,
  • 1 p.; text, pp. 5-15; colophon, 1 p.: "Achevé d'Imprimer à Albany, N.
  • Y., par | J. Munsell, çe 14 Juin, 1870."
  • NOTES TO VOL. IV
  • (_Figures in parentheses, following number of note, refer to pages of
  • English text._)
  • 1 (p. 15).--_The pilot_: see vol. ii., _note_ 88.
  • 2 (p. 15).--_Pretended Religion_: see vol. iii., _note_ 31.
  • 3 (p. 21).--On Turnell, see vol. i, _note_ 66.
  • 4 (p. 33).--_The Marshal_: Sir Thomas Dale (spelled Deel, by Biard).
  • See vol. i, _note_ 64.
  • 5 (p. 33).--_The General_: this was Sir Thomas Gates, one of the
  • prominent men of his time in both military and civil service. He was of
  • Devonshire, and probably at this time a little over 50 years of age;
  • had been an officer in the Drake-Sidney expedition to America (1585-86)
  • and published an account of it in 1589; later, had military commands in
  • Spain and Holland; was commander of the English expedition to Virginia
  • in 1608, and appointed the first sole and absolute governor to the
  • colony there; returned to England in April, 1614. He lived about six
  • years longer, and took much interest in the affairs of Virginia. Both
  • he and Dale were men of energy and executive ability; to their efforts
  • are mainly ascribed the establishment and continuance of the Jamestown
  • colony.
  • 6 (p. 69).--The French name for the English Channel; given on account
  • of its shape, resembling a sleeve (Fr. _manche_). It gives its name to
  • the maritime department of France in which are situated Cherbourg and
  • St. Lô.
  • 7 (p. 75).--_The ambassador_: see vol. ii., _note_ 94.
  • 8 (p. 85).--On Betsabes, see vol. iii., _note_ 16.
  • 9 (p. 91).--_River of smelts_: the Liesse River of Lescarbot (see vol.
  • ii., _note_ 37).
  • 10 (p. 95).--On this point, cf. Maurault (_Hist. Abenakis_, p. 95,
  • _note_ 4): "The Abnakis always exhibited profound grief at the death of
  • a child; the parents were inconsolable. The cause of this great sorrow
  • was the belief of the savages that a child was wretched in the other
  • world, because it was too young and weak to procure for itself the
  • necessities of life there."
  • 11 (p. 101).--The letters patent here referred to were those issued
  • to Sir Thomas Gates and others, for the establishment of colonies in
  • Virginia, and constituted the colonial charter. This document, dated
  • April 10, 1606, granted some 20,000 square miles to the two companies,
  • but claimed for the crown all of North America between 34° and 45°
  • north latitude, presumably amounting to some 2,000,000 square miles, as
  • the width of the continent was then understood. The text is given, with
  • collateral and illustrative papers, in Brown's _Genesis_, pp. 52 _et
  • seq._
  • 12 (p. 105).--For a graphic account of the colonial enterprises of Jean
  • Ribaut and René de Laudonnière in Florida (1562-65), consult Parkman's
  • _Pioneers_, pp. 33-150. Cf. Laudonnière's own narrative, and Ribaut's
  • journal, as given in Goldsmid's _Hakluyt_, vol. xiii., pp. 407-507;
  • also Guérin's _Navigateurs Français_, (Paris, 1846), pp. 180-204.
  • 13 (p. 105).--Concerning these early discoveries by the French, see
  • vol. ii., _notes_ 49, 72; and vol. iii., _notes_ 5, 9.
  • 14 (p. 107).--Biard here refers to the colony established in 1610
  • by John Guy and others at Cupids Harbor (opening into Conception
  • Bay), N. F. Lord Bacon was prominent in this enterprise, and it was
  • his influence that secured the charter and subsidies granted to the
  • Newfoundland Colonization Company, as it was called. The company seems
  • to have existed till at least 1628. For Guy's charter, and letters
  • written by him, with an account of his enterprise and of other early
  • colonies in that region, see Prowse's _Hist. N.F._, pp. 92-133.
  • 15 (p. 107).--The map of Ortelius (1570) shows New France as extending
  • southward to 40°. Van der Aa's "Canada" (1619, _ca._) and Blaeu's
  • "Extrema Americæ" (1620), give the Kennebec river as the dividing line
  • between New England and New France; the latter region is extended
  • by Van der Aa to the south of the Great Lakes, and as far as the
  • Mississippi river. Winsor gives (_Cartier to Frontenac_, p. 9), a
  • sketch reduced from a tracing of the alleged map of Denis (1506),
  • mentioned in vol. iii, of the present series, _note_ 4.
  • 16 (p. 109).--Reference is here made to the "Pandects," or _Corpus
  • Juris Civilis_, a collection of the Roman civil law, made in the
  • sixth century by Emperor Justinian. The "law of Alluvions" has
  • two branches,--the law of abandonment, and that of accretion
  • (_acquirendo_). Biard's reference is to the _Corpus Juris Civilis_,
  • Digest, book 41 ("_De adquirendo rerum dominio_"), 29 and 30. The sign
  • ff, used in our text, was employed by early jurisconsults to signify
  • the Digest, and even the Pandects as a whole; it is supposed to be
  • a corruption of the Greek character [^p] (or perhaps of [th]).--See
  • Hermann Hugo's _De Prima Scribendi Origine_ (Antwerp, 1617), p. 153.
  • 17 (p. 109).--Regarding the Count de Soissons, see vol. ii., _note_ 24.
  • 18 (p. 109).--Cf. with these arguments of Biard, Champlain's "_Abregé
  • des decovvertvres de la Nouuelle France_," in his _Voyages_ (ed. 1632),
  • part 2, pp. 290-296; and Hinsdale's "Right of Discovery," in _Ohio
  • Archæol. and Hist. Quarterly_, Dec., 1888.
  • 19 (p. 113).--Concerning the French fisheries in Newfoundland, which,
  • with the neighboring Banks, furnished the greater part of the Canadian
  • product, see Prowse's _Hist. N.F._, pp. 49-50; and Dionne's _Nouv.
  • France_, chaps. viii., ix. For a detailed account of the Canadian
  • fisheries at the present time, see Joncas's "Fisheries of Canada," in
  • _Canadian Economics_ (Montreal, 1884), pp. 41-73.
  • Lalemant says (doc. no. xviii., _post_) that the usual exportation
  • of beaver skins from New France was 12,000 to 15,000 annually; and
  • that it had, in one year, been 22,000. These skins were sold in
  • France at a pistole each, or ten livres. The Company of Merchants
  • is said to have realized an annual dividend of 40 per cent on its
  • investment. Garneau cites De Caen as saying, when Quebec was restored
  • to him by Kirk, in 1632: "But as for our settlement, my people have
  • found it utterly consumed, along with 9,000 beaver skins, valued at
  • 40,000 livres."--_Histoire du Canada_ (4th ed., Montreal, 1882),
  • vol. i., p. 127, _note_ *. See, also, chapter on "New France and the
  • Fur-trade," in H. H. Bancroft's _N.W. Coast_, vol. i., pp. 378-403; and
  • Dionne's _Nouv. France_, chap. xiii. Gagnon's _Essai de bibliographie
  • canadienne_ (Quebec, 1895), p. 128, mentions Bruslons's _Dictionnaire
  • universel de commerce_ (Savary's ed., Paris, 1723) as "an immense
  • compilation, containing highly valuable information in regard to
  • Canadian commerce in the seventeenth century."
  • 20 (p. 171).--Charles Lalemant (also written L'Alemand, L'Almand,
  • Lallemant, and Allemand) was born at Paris Nov. 17, 1587, and became a
  • novice of the Jesuits July 29, 1607, at Rouen. He studied philosophy
  • at La Flèche, 1609-12; during the following three years, he was an
  • instructor in the college of Nevers; four years more he devoted to
  • the study of theology at La Flèche, and one year at Paris. He was a
  • professor in the college at Bourges, 1620-22; and, for three years
  • more, principal of the boarding school of Clermont, Paris. In March,
  • 1625, he was appointed superior of the mission at Quebec, whither he
  • went with his brethren Massé and Brébeuf, and the Récollet missionary
  • Joseph La Roche-Daillon, arriving in June of that year. Here Lalemant
  • remained till November, 1627, when he went to France to procure
  • supplies. Returning in the following May, the ship was captured by
  • Admiral Kirk, the Jesuits being sent to England, and later to France.
  • In June, 1629, Lalemant, with several other Jesuits, made a second
  • attempt to return to Canada; but they were shipwrecked on the rocks
  • near Canso. Noyrot and Malot perished in the waves, Vieuxpont joined
  • Father Vimont at Grand Cibou, and Lalemant was taken back to France by
  • a Basque fishing vessel, arriving at St. Sebastien after still another
  • shipwreck. Quebec having been meanwhile captured by the English, the
  • Canadian missions were interrupted until 1632, when the region was
  • restored to France. Lalemant, upon his return to France, in 1629, was
  • appointed rector of the college at Eu; and, later, of that at Rouen.
  • In April, 1634, his superiors granted his earnest request that he
  • might again go to Canada. He was placed in charge, with Massé and De
  • Nouë, of the chapel "Notre-Dame de Récouvrance" (built by Champlain on
  • his return to New France), and was the latter's friend and spiritual
  • director, attending him at his death. Lalemant returned to France in
  • 1639, and there, during several years, acted as agent for the Canadian
  • missions; he was afterwards successively rector of the colleges at
  • Rouen, La Flèche, and Paris, and at the last place superior of the
  • Maison Professe. There he died, Nov. 18, 1674.
  • 21 (p. 171).--_The General._ This was Emery de Caen, who, with his
  • uncle, Guillaume de Caen, was placed by Montmorency in charge of
  • commercial affairs in New France; both were Huguenots--the latter a
  • merchant, the former a naval captain.
  • It is necessary, in this connection, to outline the commercial
  • monopolies that successively dominated New France in its infancy. For
  • an account of the first of these, granted to De Monts, see vol. i.,
  • _note_ 2. His patent was finally canceled in 1609; and in January,
  • 1611, he gave up his claims in America to Madame de Guercheville.
  • Meanwhile, Champlain (see vol. ii., _note_ 42) was continued as
  • lieutenant of the King in New France, with personal command over the
  • Quebec colony, which was sustained mainly through his efforts, with the
  • aid of the Rouen merchants who had been associated with De Monts.
  • _Company of Associates._--The Rouen associates withdrew from the
  • enterprise, toward the close of 1611; and, in the following year,
  • Champlain undertook the formation of a new company, to be composed of
  • merchants from Rouen, Havre, St. Malo and La Rochelle. It was open to
  • all who were willing to share both the profits and the losses, thus
  • avoiding the jealousies that had been aroused against the limited
  • membership of De Monts's company. The Rochelle men finally declined
  • to enter the company, which afterwards lost heavily by the illicit
  • trade in which the former engaged with the savages. Champlain also
  • accuses these merchants of selling arms and ammunition to the natives,
  • and exciting their hostility against the Quebec colonists.--See his
  • _Voyages_ (1632), part 2, pp. 2, 3. The Count de Soissons (vol. ii,
  • of this series, _note_ 24) was appointed governor of New France, with
  • Champlain as his lieutenant. After considerable delay, the Company of
  • Associates was organized (1613-14); among its members were, besides De
  • Monts and Champlain, Thomas Porée, Lucas Legendre, Mathieu Dusterlo,
  • and Daniel Boyer. Quarrels arose among the associates, caused by
  • commercial and even religious differences of opinion; and some of
  • them tried to eject Champlain from his command. Although this attempt
  • failed, his work was greatly hindered and embarrassed, until the Duke
  • of Montmorency, Condé's successor as viceroy, came to his aid (1620).
  • _Company of De Caen._--Dissensions and complaints still arising,
  • the Company of Associates was summarily dissolved by Montmorency,
  • in November, 1620, and a new company formed. At its head were the
  • De Caens; there were, also, Guillaume Robin, Jacques de Troyes, and
  • François Hervé, merchants; François de Troyes, chief of royal finance
  • at Orléans; Claude Le Ragois, receiver-general of finance at Limoges;
  • Pierre de Verton, counselor and secretary of the King; and others. The
  • old company had resented Montmorency's order of dissolution; but within
  • a year its membership and interests were consolidated with those of
  • the new association. The latter received a monopoly for eleven years,
  • to which the King added eleven more; but it also was dissolved by
  • Richelieu, early in 1627, to make room for his "Company of New France,"
  • also known as the "Company of the Hundred Associates."
  • _Company of New France._--This association was personally controlled
  • and managed by Richelieu; and had members in official positions about
  • the court, and in Paris, Rouen, and other cities of France. Among
  • these were Marquis Deffiat, superintendent of finance; Champlain;
  • Claude de Roquemont; the Commander de Razilly; Sebastian Cramoisy, the
  • Parisian publisher; Jean de Lauson, long the president of the company,
  • and intendant of Canada; Louis Houel, secretary of the King, and
  • controller of the salt works at Brouage; and several leading merchants
  • of Paris, Rouen, Dieppe, and Bordeaux. The reasons for the formation
  • of this company, the royal charter granted to it, and its articles of
  • association, are given in _Mercure François_, vol. xiv. (1628), pp.
  • 232-267. For a complete list of the (107) members, see Creuxius' _Hist.
  • Canad._; for a copy of the list, with the company's charter, and other
  • interesting particulars, see Sulte's _Histoire des Canadiens-Français_
  • (Montreal, 1882-84), vol. ii., pp. 27-33. The company was granted
  • jurisdiction over the territory extending from Florida to the Arctic
  • Circle, and from Newfoundland to the "great fresh lake" (Huron). Only
  • Catholics were permitted to join this association, or to settle in its
  • colonies; and no Huguenot or foreigner might enter Canada. The capture
  • of Quebec by the English (1629) temporarily broke up this monopoly; but
  • it resumed operations when that region was retroceded to France (vol.
  • ii., _note_ 42). The charter of the company obliged it to send 4,000
  • colonists thither before 1643; to lodge and support them during three
  • years; and then to give them cleared lands for their maintenance. The
  • vast expense attending this undertaking was beyond the ability of the
  • Associates; therefore, in 1645, they transferred to the inhabitants
  • of Quebec their monopoly of the fur trade, with their debts and other
  • obligations,--retaining, however, their seigniorial rights. Finally
  • (Feb. 24, 1663), the Hundred Associates abandoned their charter, and
  • New France again became the property of the crown.
  • All these monopolies appear to have sought mainly their own financial
  • interests. They sustained the Quebec settlement, but in penurious
  • fashion, and only so far as it aided their trade with the natives; but
  • they did nothing to make it an agricultural community, or to forward
  • Champlain's schemes for the permanent colonization of Canada,--neither
  • of which objects could well be attained under the feudal tenure by
  • which the colonists held land under the companies.
  • For more extended accounts of these enterprises, see Parkman's
  • _Pioneers_, pp. 364-366, 419-432; his _Jesuits_, pp. 155-157, 194, 195,
  • 331; Ferland's _Cours d'Histoire_, vol. i, pp. 161, 162, 167, 185, 189,
  • 197-201, 215, 217, 220, 226, 338-340; Rochemonteix's _Jésuites_, vol.
  • i., pp. 128-135, 159, 163, 164, and vol. ii., pp. 65-66; Slafter's
  • "Memoir of Champlain," in _Voyages_ (Prince Soc.), vol. i., pp.
  • 110-114, 122, 144-158, 187; Faillon's _Colon. Fr._, vol. i., pp.
  • 132-136, 150, 160-175, 189-232, 268-272, 333-352; Winsor's _Cartier to
  • Frontenac_, pp. 130, 131, 167, 168; Garneau's _Canada_, vol. i., pp.
  • 63-75; and Margry's _Collection de manuscrits relatifs à la Nouvelle
  • France_ (Quebec, 1883), vol. i., pp. 62-85.
  • The losses of the De Caens at the capture of Quebec (referred to _note
  • ante_, 19) were heavy; and, as some compensation therefor, they were
  • granted a monopoly of the fur trade in the Gulf of St. Lawrence for
  • one year. Emery De Caen was therefore appointed provisional governor
  • of Canada for that period, upon the restitution of the province by the
  • English; and on July 13, 1632, he took formal possession of Quebec in
  • the name of his King. Laverdière gives (_Champlain_, close of vol. ii.)
  • numerous "Pièces justificatives;" see pp. 6-31 of these, for documents
  • showing De Caen's losses through Kirk's attack, and his attempts to
  • secure redress from the latter through the English government. L'Abbé
  • H. A. B. Verreau, in _Report on Canadian Archives_ (1874), p. 197,
  • mentions that in Paris he found documents granting islands in the West
  • Indies to De Caen, in 1633 and 1640.
  • 22 (p. 171).--Champlain, in thorough accord with the policy then
  • dominant at the court of France, was fully as desirous of establishing
  • the Christian religion among the savages of America as of gaining
  • new possessions for France. He had tried, in 1612, to induce Madame
  • de Guercheville to send the Jesuits to Quebec, and to aid De Monts in
  • establishing a colony there; see his _Voyages_ (1632), pt. i., pp. 112,
  • 113. This proposal was rejected, on account of De Monts's Calvinistic
  • faith. But when the Company of Merchants was formed, two years later,
  • Champlain at once made plans for the establishment of missions in New
  • France. Consulting Louis Houel, of Brouage, the latter advised him to
  • apply to the Récollets (vol. ii., of the present series, _note_ 41),
  • who had already won renown from their successful missions in Spanish
  • America.
  • That Order gladly responded to the appeal; and, having secured the
  • consent of the King of France and of the Pope, and assurances of
  • aid from the Company of Merchants, the first Récollet missionaries
  • to Canada departed from France, April 24, 1615.--See Introduction,
  • vol. i., pp. xx., xxi. Other Récollets were sent over, from time to
  • time; and, in 1620-21, they built a convent and chapel (the first in
  • Canada) on St. Charles River, about half a French league from the
  • fort of Quebec. This they named Notre-Dame des Anges; it was situated
  • (according to Laverdière) on the spot where now stands the General
  • Hospital.
  • By 1624, five Récollet missions had been established--at Tadoussac,
  • Quebec, and Three Rivers; at Carhagouha, in the Huron country; and
  • among the Nipissings. There was another, in Acadia, on St. John River,
  • founded in 1619, conducted by three Récollets from Aquitaine, and
  • supported by certain commercial companies at Bordeaux. This mission was
  • closed in July, 1624; and, immediately thereafter, its priests joined
  • their brethren at Quebec.
  • Just before their arrival, a conference of the Récollet missionaries
  • was held at Quebec, at which they resolved to ask the coöperation of
  • the Jesuits (also noted for the success of their foreign missions)
  • in the Canadian field, which was far too large and arduous for their
  • limited resources, hoping that the latter order would send some
  • missionaries at its own expense. The Récollets, even more austere
  • than the other Franciscan orders, were forbidden by their rules to
  • own property; hence their missionaries could not look to their own
  • order for aid. The Company of Merchants had agreed with Champlain
  • to support six of the Récollets; but, as many of its members were
  • Protestants, this outlay was probably an unwelcome burden to them.
  • Moreover, the religious dissensions constantly arising between the
  • Huguenots and the Catholics were felt to be a hindrance to the labors
  • of the missionaries, who would have preferred that Protestants should
  • be entirely excluded from the management of affairs. Sagard says
  • (_Canada_, pp. 860, 861) that he complained to Montmorency of the
  • disorders in Canada, for which he blamed the Huguenots; and that
  • the Récollet provincial at Paris, with Father Irenæus Piat (envoy
  • from the Canadian missionaries, to negotiate with the Jesuits), made
  • formal charges against them in the council, to the same effect. The
  • viceroy (in Rochemonteix's phrase, "a man of the world, who loved
  • pleasures quite as well as honors") had meanwhile gladly disposed
  • of his troublesome Canadian dignities (January, 1625) to his nephew
  • Henri de Lévis, duke of Ventadour, a pious man who cared not for trade
  • or conquest, but only for the conversion of the savages. De Lévis's
  • spiritual director was a Jesuit; the application of the Récollets
  • for aid from the Society of Jesus came at an opportune time for both
  • orders. It is also probable that the influences of the court, at that
  • time strongly inclined toward the Jesuits, helped to bring about
  • the arrangement. There was, however, considerable opposition to its
  • consummation, especially from the Company of Merchants; but, according
  • to Faillon, the new viceroy asserted his authority over them, and
  • obliged them to yield. In accordance with the agreement, the Jesuit
  • fathers Lalemant, Massé, and Brébeuf, with the coadjutors François
  • Charreton, Jean Goffestre, and Gilbert Burel, were sent to New France
  • in April, 1625. There they pursued their missionary labors until the
  • capture of Quebec by the English, four years later. After that event,
  • Kirk sent all the missionaries back to France, by way of England. When
  • the French returned (1632), they were accompanied solely by Jesuit
  • priests, for Richelieu would not allow the Récollets to resume their
  • Canadian missions.
  • For accounts of this transaction, from a Récollet standpoint, see
  • Shea's _Le Clercq_, pp. 224-233; and Sagard's _Canada_, pp. 860-865.
  • The Jesuit view is given in Rochemonteix's _Jésuites_, vol. i., pp.
  • 137-153. Cf. Faillon's _Colon. Fr._, vol. i., pp. 206-212.
  • 23 (p. 171).--This was Joseph de la Roche-Daillon (written also
  • d'Allion), a Récollet priest of the province of St. Denis, allied to
  • the house of the counts du Lud (or Lude). He accompanied the Jesuit
  • missionaries to Canada, and, after remaining at Quebec for a year, went
  • to the Huron country with Brébeuf and De Nouë. In October, 1626, he
  • visited the Neutral Nation, and spent the winter there. In the summer
  • of 1628, he returned from the Huron mission to Quebec, remaining there
  • until its capture; Champlain mentions his visit to "Father la Roche,"
  • just before that event, to ask if the Récollets could supply any grain
  • to the colony. Sagard gives (_Canada_, pp. 880-892) a letter written
  • to a friend by Daillon, describing his visit to the Neutrals; it is
  • reproduced by Le Clercq (Shea's ed., vol. i., pp. 263-272). Harris
  • (citing Noiseux's _Liste chronologique_) gives the date of Daillon's
  • death as July 16, 1656.--_Early Missions in Western Canada_ (Toronto,
  • 1893), p. 56, _note_.
  • 24 (p. 171).--_The trading station_: Three Rivers (see vol. ii.,
  • _note_ 52). This point was long a favorite fur-trade rendezvous for
  • the Indians. The Récollet missionaries established a residence here
  • in June, 1615, which was maintained until 1628. The fortified French
  • settlement at Three Rivers was established by Champlain in July, 1634,
  • to protect the Huron and Algonkin fur trade from the incursions of
  • the Iroquois, and to serve as an outpost of defence for Quebec. The
  • first colonist was Jacques Hertel, who in 1633 had obtained a grant of
  • land there. The Jesuit missionaries were also among the proprietors
  • of the new town, having obtained from the Company of New France (see
  • _note_ 21, _ante_), by a grant dated Feb. 15, 1634, six arpents of
  • land at Three Rivers; but they did not secure possession of this till
  • Montmagny delivered it to them (1637). However, within two months
  • after La Violette, Champlain's lieutenant, had erected his stockade at
  • Three Rivers, two of the Jesuit fathers,--Le Jeune and Buteux,--had
  • established a residence there, which was for many years an important
  • center of missionary work.--See Sulte's _Can.-Français_, vol. ii., pp.
  • 48-54: he gives a list; containing also much genealogical information,
  • of the early inhabitants of Three Rivers; and the document granting
  • land there to the Society of Jesus, copied from _Titres seigneuriaux_
  • (Quebec, 1852), p. 70. Cf. Ferland's _Cours d'Histoire_, vol. i., p.
  • 270; he states that the church registers of Three Rivers are continuous
  • since February, 1635; and that these records are the oldest existing in
  • Canada. The first entry gives the exact date on which the settlement
  • was begun--July 4, 1634.
  • Sulte has published, at Montreal, several works concerning this
  • town: _Histoire de la ville des Trois-Rivières_ (1870), _Chronique
  • trifluvienne_ (1879), and _Album de l'Histoire des Trois-Rivières_
  • (1881).
  • 25 (p. 171).--Father Nicholas Viel, then stationed at Montargis,
  • France, was sent to the Canadian mission of the Récollets, with Brother
  • Gabriel Sagard (see _note_ 48, _post_), in 1623. Arriving at Quebec,
  • June 28 of that year, they at once accompanied Father Joseph Le Caron
  • to the Huron country, which they reached in August, and settled at
  • the residence already established at Quieunonascaran. At the end of
  • ten months, Le Caron and Sagard returned to Quebec, leaving Viel in
  • charge of the mission. In the summer of 1625, he went with the Hurons
  • on their annual trading voyage to Quebec, taking with him an Indian lad
  • named Ahautsic, whom he had baptized and confirmed. A storm scattering
  • the fleet, the three Hurons in his canoe viciously threw him and his
  • disciple into the water, at the last rapid above Montreal, which from
  • that time has borne the name of Sault au Récollet. Sagard and Le Clercq
  • give full accounts of Father Viel's missionary work, and of his tragic
  • death. The latter states that Viel left a dictionary of the Huron
  • language, with other memoirs, in the hands of certain Frenchmen then
  • living in the Huron country, who, later, conveyed the MSS. to Father Le
  • Caron, at Quebec.
  • 26 (p. 171).--Joseph Le Caron was one of the four Récollets who began
  • the mission of that order in Canada (see _note_ 22, _ante_). Verbal
  • permission to engage in this work was given them by the papal nuncio
  • at Paris, that their departure might not be delayed by waiting for
  • the usual brief; for some unknown reason the issue of this paper was
  • delayed until March 20, 1618. The original document is now in the
  • departmental archives of France, according to Faillon (_Col. Fr._, vol.
  • i., p. 146). It is addressed to Father Le Caron and other Récollet
  • brothers and priests: Sagard copies it in his _Canada_, pp. 12-17.
  • Upon arriving at Tadoussac, May 25, 1615, Jamay (the superior) went
  • with Le Caron to Three Rivers, where they at once proceeded to
  • establish a sedentary mission for the Indians. Leaving this in the care
  • of Jamay (whose headquarters were at Quebec), Le Caron departed for
  • the Huron country, living with the savages at their town of Carhagouha
  • (near Thunder Bay; later known as Toanché). Here he remained until the
  • following May, meanwhile visiting with Champlain the Tobacco Nation
  • and adjoining tribes. By these Indians he was cruelly treated, at the
  • instigation of the medicine men (whom the French missionaries styled
  • "sorcerers").
  • In July, 1616, the Récollet missionaries held at Quebec a conference
  • with Champlain and other friends of their work, at which it was
  • decided that they needed more missionaries, more French colonists,
  • and a seminary for the education of Indian children. To obtain aid
  • in these directions, Jamay and Le Caron soon afterwards went with
  • Champlain to France, where at first they received but little help or
  • encouragement. Jamay remained to forward the interests of the mission;
  • while Le Caron, now appointed its superior, returned to Canada in the
  • spring of 1617, accompanied by Father Paul Huet. A year later, desiring
  • to work personally among the savages, Le Caron delegated to Father
  • d'Olbeau his authority as superior, and spent a year at Tadoussac,
  • with the Montagnais. During 1619-22, he labored at Quebec, then again
  • wintered with the Montagnais; and in July, 1623, returned to the Huron
  • mission, accompanied by Viel and Sagard (see _notes_ 25, 48). During
  • his year's stay there, he did much to aid Champlain in securing the
  • temporary treaty of peace which, in July, 1624, was concluded between
  • the Iroquois, on one part, and the French and their savage allies on
  • the other.
  • In August, 1625, Le Caron went to France on the affairs of the
  • mission, and returned the following year with Brother Gervase Mohier
  • and a reinforcement of Jesuit missionaries. He remained at Quebec, as
  • superior of his mission, until 1629, when all the priests were sent
  • back to France by Kirk. As the Récollets expected to resume work on the
  • Canadian mission, Le Caron was appointed its procurator in France; but
  • he died on March 29, 1632,--according to Le Clercq--through grief at
  • the exclusion of his order from Canada.
  • Upon the invasion of Canada by the English, the Récollet missionaries
  • had been urged by their savage disciples to take refuge with them in
  • their towns, where they would be safe from attack, and could minister
  • to the religious wants of the natives until the French should return.
  • The fathers wished to accept this proposal; but as it was opposed by
  • the council of Quebec, Le Caron felt obliged to decline it, for which
  • he was afterwards blamed by some of his brethren in France.
  • Full details of his work are given by Le Clercq and Sagard: the
  • former copies a letter written by La Caron to his provincial at
  • Paris, Aug. 7, 1618; also fragments of memoirs sent by him to that
  • officer in 1624.--See Shea's _Le Clercq_, vol. i., pp. 134-137,
  • and 213-224. He is said to have prepared a dictionary of the Huron
  • language (_Ibid._, p. 249). Other MSS. of his were burned in March,
  • 1631, as a result of sanitary measures then taken against a contagious
  • disease in the convent of St. Margaret, near Gisors, Normandy, of
  • which he was superior.--See "Memorial of the Récollets, 1637," in
  • Margry's _Découvertes et établissements des Français dans l'Amérique
  • septentrionale_ (Paris, 1876-86), vol. i., p. 11.
  • 27 (p. 173).--_The purpose of his voyage._ Sagard tells us (_Canada_,
  • p. 871) that this was to improve the condition of Canada, and to ask
  • the King for funds to support the children and new converts in the
  • seminary planned by the Récollets. Le Clercq asserts that it was
  • through Le Caron's influence that Emery de Caen was recalled from
  • Canada, and replaced by a Catholic, Raymond de la Ralde (who had been
  • De Caen's lieutenant); also that the same influence had much to do
  • with the formation of Richelieu's Company of New France.--See Shea's
  • _Le Clercq_, vol. i., pp. 253-259. Rochemonteix, however, claims
  • (_Jésuites_, vol. i., p. 165) that Richelieu's determination to replace
  • Montmorency's company by that of the Hundred Associates was due mainly
  • to Father Noyrot's influence, and to his representations of the state
  • of affairs in Canada.
  • 28 (p. 177).--Mutio Vitelleschi was born at Rome, in 1565; on Nov.
  • 15, 1615, he became Aquaviva's successor as general of the Society
  • of Jesus; his death occurred Feb. 9, 1645. Ranke, in _History of
  • the Popes_ (Foster's tr., London, 1871), vol. ii., p. 388, says:
  • "Vitelleschi was by nature mild, indulgent, and conciliatory; his
  • intimates called him the angel of peace; and he found consolation
  • on his deathbed from the conviction that he had never injured any
  • one. These were admirable qualities of a most amiable man, but did
  • not suffice to fit him for the government of an order so widely
  • extended, active, and powerful. He was unable to enforce strictness of
  • discipline, even with regard to dress; still less could he oppose an
  • effectual resistance to the demands of determined ambition." Daurignac,
  • in _History of the Society of Jesus_ (Clements's tr., Baltimore,
  • 1878), vol. i., p. 398, says that he was designated "the Angel" by
  • Pope Urban VIII., on account of his docility and humility. It was
  • under his generalship (Feb. 12, 1622) that Loyola, the founder of the
  • Jesuit order, and Francis Xavier, were canonized by Gregory XV.; that
  • the first centenary of the society was held (Sept. 25, 1639), when its
  • reports showed that it occupied 36 provinces, and had 800 houses and
  • 15,000 members; and that the great controversy between the Jansenists
  • and Jesuits began. Even more important, according to Ranke, was the
  • change which occurred, during this administration, in the government
  • and discipline of the society, by which the "professed" members
  • attained supremacy, and occupied positions in business, administration,
  • and other affairs of the world, which before had belonged mainly to the
  • coadjutors,--those of provincials, rectors, and superiors of colleges.
  • The former ascetic strictness of discipline was relaxed; and the
  • society became less ardent in its devotion to the interests of the Holy
  • See. Vitelleschi and his immediate successors strove, but with little
  • success, to correct these tendencies.--See Ranke, _ut supra_, pp.
  • 387-393; he obtains most of his information from a MS. in the Corsini
  • library at Rome, entitled _Discorso sopra la religione de' padri
  • Gesuiti, e loro modo di governare_ (1681-86, _circa_). Cf. Daurignac's
  • account (_ut supra_, pp. 324-398) of the order under Vitelleschi's
  • administration.
  • 29 (p. 177).--During the seventeenth century, all navigated seas were
  • infested with pirates. Lescarbot mentions (vol. ii. of the present
  • series, p. 131) that Poutrincourt met, in the English Channel, a ship
  • of "Forbans" or pirates; the word "forban" means, literally, one
  • banished, an outlaw, and characterizes most of the European pirates
  • of the time. Sagard (_Canada_, 115, 120, 121), relates that, on his
  • journey to New France, his ship was threatened by a Dutch pirate, in
  • the very harbor of Rochelle. Sulte (_Can.-Français_, vol. ii., p. 20,
  • _note_) cites the case of one of De Caen's vessels, which was captured
  • (September, 1624) while en route from Gaspé to Bordeaux, by Turks, near
  • the coast of Brittany; the Frenchmen were carried away as slaves.
  • Brown (_Cape Breton_, p. 110), who says he obtained his information
  • from original documents in the Public Record office at London, writes:
  • "The fishermen of Newfoundland were cruelly harassed by pirates. In
  • eight years (1612-20), the damage done by the pirates was estimated
  • at 40,800 _l._; besides the loss of 180 pieces of ordnance, and 1,080
  • fishermen and mechanics carried off by force. On August 8, 1625,
  • the Mayor of Poole wrote to the Privy Council, saying that, unless
  • protection were afforded to the Newfoundland fleet of 250 sail, 'of the
  • Western Ports,' they would be surprised by the Turkish pirates; and, on
  • the 12th of the same month, the Mayor of Plymouth informed the Council
  • that twenty-seven ships and 200 men had been taken by pirates in ten
  • days." Brown also cites _Discourse and Discovery of Newfoundland_
  • (London, 1623), written by one Captain Whitbourne, who was sent out in
  • 1615, to hold a court of admiralty for inquiry into certain abuses; and
  • who says that Peter Easton, a pirate, had ten sail of well-appointed
  • ships, that he was master of the seas, and levied a regular tax on
  • fishing vessels.
  • As early as 1620, John Mason, then governor of Newfoundland, received
  • a commission from the English admiralty to suppress pirates; and he
  • captured, among others, a Sallee (or Moorish) pirate in the Irish
  • harbor of Crookhaven (1625). Prowse (_Hist. N.F._, pp. 108, 174, 182),
  • gives the text of this commission; he also states that Placentia
  • was raided five times previous to 1685, by English buccaneers, who
  • plundered the town of all movable property.
  • 30 (p. 177).--Jean de Brébeuf was born March 25, 1593, at
  • Condé-sur-Vire, Normandy. He belonged to a noble family, from which,
  • according to the _Biographie Universelle_ (Paris, 1843-66), the English
  • family of Arundel had its descent. Entering the Society of Jesus Nov.
  • 8, 1617, at Rouen, he was ordained five years later; and in 1625 was
  • sent to Canada as one of the first Jesuit missionaries (_note_ 22,
  • _ante_). The first year he spent among the Montagnais; but in 1626
  • went, with De Nouë, to the Huron country, where they settled at Toanché
  • (known to the Récollets as Carhagouha; see _note_ 26, _ante_), in
  • the bark cabin which Le Caron had erected eleven years before. Here
  • Brébeuf remained (alone, after the first year) until the capture of
  • Quebec. Returning to Canada with Champlain (1633), he at once resumed
  • work in the Huron country, where he labored until his death (excepting
  • 1641-44, when at Quebec). During the winter of 1640-41, he endeavored
  • (but without success) to establish a mission in the Neutral Nation.
  • He lived successively at Ihonatiria, a new village built not far from
  • the deserted Toanché; Teanaustayé, called by the missionaries St.
  • Joseph, in the present township of Médonte, Simcoe county, Ontario;
  • and St. Ignace and St. Louis, about half-way between the former towns.
  • In March, 1649, a thousand Iroquois attacked and destroyed the two
  • last-named villages capturing there Brébeuf and Gabriel Lalemant,
  • both of whom were put to death with cruel tortures,--the former dying
  • March 16, the latter on the day following. Their bodies were rescued
  • by their brethren and their bones afterwards taken to Quebec,--where,
  • in the Hôtel Dieu, Brébeuf's head is still preserved, inclosed in a
  • silver bust sent from France by his family. A minute account of this
  • martyrdom is given by one of the lay brothers of the Huron mission,
  • Christophe Regnaut (Regnault), in a MS. written at Caen in 1678. A copy
  • of this document, with an English translation, is given by Brymner, in
  • _Canadian Archives_, 1884, pp. lxiii.-lxvii., and will in due course be
  • reproduced in the present series.
  • Harris (_Miss. West. Canada._, p. 212, _note_) states that he has seen
  • in St. Martin's church (Ritualist), Brighton, England, a figured window
  • in memory of Father Brébeuf. A memorial church, in honor of all the
  • Jesuit martyrs in the Huron country, is now (January, 1897) approaching
  • completion at Penetanguishene, Ontario; an illustration thereof will
  • appear in vol. v. of this series.
  • Brébeuf's _Relations_ of the Huron mission will appear in succeeding
  • volumes of our series; that for 1636 contains an elaborate account
  • of the social condition, manners, and customs of that nation, and a
  • treatise on their language--this last being reproduced, in an English
  • translation, by Albert Gallatin in _Transactions of Amer. Antiquarian
  • Society_, vol. ii., (Cambridge, 1836), pp. 236-238. At the close
  • of Champlain's _Voyages_ (ed. 1632) may be found translations into
  • Montagnais of Ledesma's "_Christian Doctrine_," by Brébeuf; and of the
  • Lord's Prayer, Apostles' Creed, etc., by Massé.
  • 31 (p. 181).--Anne de Nouë was born Aug. 7, 1587; his father was the
  • seigneur of Prières and of Villers, near Rheims, France. Anne's early
  • years were spent at court, first as a page, then as an officer of the
  • King's bedchamber; but at the age of twenty-five he devoted himself to
  • a religious life, and entered the Jesuit novitiate (Sept. 20, 1612).
  • He spent ten years in the study of philosophy and theology, at the
  • Jesuit colleges of Paris, La Flèche, and Nevers; then became acting
  • rector at Bourges, where he remained until sent to Canada (1626).
  • Accompanying Brébeuf to the Huron country, he came back to Quebec in
  • the following spring, apparently remaining there until the English
  • invasion. During this time he essayed to spend a winter with the
  • Montagnais, but suffered so greatly from cold and hunger that he was
  • obliged to leave them. Returning to Canada with De Caen (1632), his
  • first care was to repair the convent and other buildings destroyed
  • by the English. Unable, after repeated efforts, either to learn the
  • native languages, or to endure the hardships of life among the savages,
  • he spent the remainder of his life in the French settlements on the
  • St. Lawrence,--ministering to the sick and dying, instructing the
  • colonists, supplying the temporal needs of his brethren, directing
  • workmen who repaired buildings or cultivated the ground,--as
  • Rochemonteix says, "he became, in the mission, the servant of all." His
  • disposition was enthusiastic and impetuous, yet gentle, lovable, and
  • self-sacrificing. On a journey to Fort Richelieu, to administer the
  • sacraments to the garrison there, he was frozen to death on the St.
  • Lawrence river, Feb. 1, 1646.
  • 32 (p. 181).--Philibert Noyrot was born October, 1592, in the diocese
  • of Autun; he entered the Jesuit order Oct. 16, 1617, and spent four
  • years in study at Paris and Bourges. Four years later, having been
  • ordained as a priest, he was appointed procuror of the latter college,
  • retaining this office until his death. It was by his advice, according
  • to Rochemonteix, that Ventadour (whose confessor he was) bought the
  • viceroyalty of Canada from Montmorency. In 1626, Noyrot went to Quebec,
  • taking with him twenty workmen to build a residence for the Jesuit
  • missionaries there. Lalemant immediately sent him back to France, to
  • report to Richelieu on the affairs of Canada, and to secure the removal
  • of the Huguenots from the direction of the mercantile company. This
  • resulted in the formation of the Company of New France (see _note_ 27,
  • _ante_). In order to relieve the scarcity at Quebec, Noyrot loaded a
  • ship with a year's supply of provisions for the missionaries and their
  • workmen; but, according to Le Clercq, these supplies were stopped
  • at Honfleur by De Caen and La Ralde, from resentment at Noyrot's
  • complaints about their conduct. In consequence of this disappointment,
  • the workmen of the mission were taken back to France by Lalemant. Twice
  • again did Noyrot seek to convey supplies to his brethren at Quebec:
  • the first time (July, 1628), he was driven back by Admiral Kirk; the
  • second (June, 1629), he perished by shipwreck near Canso (see _note_
  • 20, _ante_).
  • 33 (p. 181).--Regarding Cotton, (Coton) see vol. ii., _note_ 68.
  • 34 (p. 183).--For sketch of Massé, see vol. i., _note_ 39.
  • 35 (p. 191).--Le Clercq, apparently without good reason, mentions
  • this letter as "falsely attributed to Lalemant."--See Rochemonteix's
  • _Jésuites_, vol. i., p. 155, _note_.
  • 36 (p. 191).--A younger brother of Charles Lalemant; a sketch of his
  • life will be given in a later volume.
  • 37 (p. 193).--_Meslin_ (or _maslin_; derived from Latin _miscere_):
  • mixed grain, especially a mixture of rye and wheat.
  • 38 (p. 195).--Champlain wished to make Quebec an agricultural colony,
  • but his efforts were thwarted by the narrow and selfish policy of the
  • mercantile companies, who cared only to develop the fur trade. They
  • gave the colonists no means for cultivating the soil, and, according to
  • Champlain, "had not themselves cleared an arpent and a half of land
  • in the 22 years during which they were, according to his Majesty's
  • intention, to have peopled and cultivated the colony of Quebec."
  • Sagard says (_Canada_, p. 168) that the space cleared was not even
  • one arpent. The merchants even oppressed Hébert (vol. ii., _note_
  • 80),--"the only colonist who supported his family from the produce of
  • his land, making many illegal claims upon him for his yearly harvests,
  • and compelling him to sell only to the company, and that at a specified
  • rate."--Champlain's _Voyages_ (1632), part 2, pp. 144, 183, 184. Cf.
  • _Mercure François_, vol. xiv. (1628), p. 234. The Récollet missionaries
  • were cultivators, and, desirous of leading the savages from a nomadic
  • to a sedentary life, even induced a few of the latter to imitate their
  • example. The Jesuits also paid much attention to agriculture.--See
  • Faillon's _Col. Fr._, vol. i., pp. 161-164; Rochemonteix's _Jésuites_,
  • vol. i., pp. 154-157; and Sulte's _Can.-Français_, vol. ii., p. 18.
  • Champlain says (Laverdière's ed., pp. 1144, 1155) that the plow was
  • first used in Canada, April 27, 1628; this was doubtless by Couillard,
  • Hébert's son-in-law.
  • _Arpent_: a word of Celtic derivation, according to Columelle and
  • Littré; it occurs as early as the eleventh century (e.g., _Chanson de
  • Roland_). An old French land measure, containing 100 square perches,
  • but varying in different provinces. The linear arpent of Paris was 180
  • French feet (variously computed at from 191.83 to 192.3 English feet),
  • the common arpent 200, and the standard arpent 220. The first of these
  • was the one used in New France, under the _Coutume de Paris_, and it
  • still remains the legal measure in all the seigniories of Quebec.
  • The Quebec Department of Crown Lands, which we adopt as preferable
  • authority, translates the arpent into 191.85 English feet.
  • Bourdon's map of the settlements on the St. Lawrence, from Quebec to
  • Cape Tourmente (1641; reproduced at end of Tanguay's _Dict. Généal._,
  • vol. i.), indicates that each lot had seven arpents of river frontage,
  • and a depth of a French league or more (84 arpents to the league).
  • Giffard's concession at Beauport (the first of the seigniories)
  • was 1½ leagues along the river, and the same in depth.--Sulte's
  • _Can.-Français_, vol. ii., pp. 47-48. Duralde's survey of the Illinois
  • country (1770) assigned to each inhabitant a lot, measuring from one
  • to four arpents wide, and forty arpents deep.--See H. W. Williams's
  • chapter on "St. Louis Land Titles," in Scharf's _History of St. Louis_
  • (Phila., 1883), vol. i., pp. 316-329. Williams, whom Scharf indorses as
  • an authority, computes the arpent at 192 feet 6 inches, English measure.
  • The assignment of lands throughout New France in long, narrow strips,
  • was obviously made to secure for each settler a frontage on the river,
  • then the main highway; and to bring the inhabitants of each settlement
  • into close neighborhood, for social and defensive purposes. The same
  • reasons, of course, governed the allotment of lands in Roger Williams's
  • colony at Providence (1640),--an interesting similarity to French
  • Canadian custom. The "home-lots" at Providence had an (estimated) river
  • frontage of 105 to 120 English feet, all running up to a common highway
  • along the crest of the back-lying ridge; each lot contained from 4½ to
  • 5½ acres. For description and plats, see Charles W. Hopkins's _Home
  • Lots of the Early Settlers of Providence Plantations_ (Providence,
  • 1886).
  • 39 (p. 201).--Cf. vol. iii., _note_ 22.
  • 40 (p. 201).--See vol. ii., _note_ 21.
  • 41 (p. 205).--Cf. vol. iii., _note_ 19.
  • 42 (p. 209).--For value of écu, see vol. i., _note_ 34. The livre was a
  • money of account, in value somewhat less than the modern franc; but in
  • ordinary speech, both terms signified the same value; six livres = one
  • crown. The livre of Tours was worth 20 sous; that of Paris, 25 sous.
  • The pistole was a money of account, equal to ten livres tournois, and
  • worth ten francs of the present currency.
  • 43 (p. 211) _Anti-Coton_: a sarcastic pamphlet, published in September,
  • 1610; it attacked the Jesuits, and especially Father Coton, the
  • confessor of Henry IV., of whose murder the Jesuits had been accused
  • by their enemies. Daurignac says (_Hist. Soc. Jesus_, vol. i., p. 205)
  • that this pamphlet was attributed to Pierre Dumoulin, a Protestant
  • minister of Charenton. This and other like attacks on the Jesuits had
  • been circulated in Canada, and had prejudiced against them even many
  • Catholics.
  • 44 (p. 233).--This mention of Lalemant being at Pentegoët in 1613, has
  • been copied by some later writers; but it is apparently an oversight.
  • Biard would certainly have included Lalemant in his account of the
  • Acadian missions, if the latter had been there.
  • 45 (p. 237).--Alexander Vieuxpont was born Dec. 25, 1599, at Auxeville,
  • Normandy. He became a Jesuit novice Sept. 13, 1620, at Rouen, and for
  • seven years pursued his studies there, at Rennes, and at La Flèche.
  • Thence he was sent to Alençon, and two years later (June, 1629), he
  • went with Noyrot to Canada. Cast ashore near Canso, in the shipwreck
  • wherein the latter perished, Vieuxpont went to Grand Cibou, to join
  • Father Vimont, then laboring among the savages of Cape Breton. In 1630,
  • recalled to France by his superiors, he became a traveling preacher in
  • the rural districts near Rouen; he did not return to Canada.
  • 46 (p. 243).--After the destruction of Port Royal (1613), the English
  • took no immediate steps to secure possession of Acadia. Eight years
  • later, Sir William Alexander (afterwards secretary of state for
  • Scotland) obtained from James I. a grant of all the lands from the St.
  • Croix River to the St. Lawrence, under the title of "Nova Scotia;" thus
  • were ignored all French rights in that region. In 1625, this grant
  • was renewed by Charles I., with considerable additions. Alexander,
  • not having the necessary funds, was unable to establish any colonies
  • there until 1627; when (having associated with himself Gervase Kirk
  • and his sons, William Berkley, John Love, and others, under the title
  • of "Merchant Adventurers of Canada"), he sent his son, as governor of
  • Nova Scotia, with a few Scotch emigrants, to form a settlement at Port
  • Royal. David Kirk, whose vessel had conveyed them, returned to England
  • for reinforcements; and, in the following year, he seized Miscou, and
  • all the French fishing vessels in the Gulf; threatened Quebec; and
  • captured De Roquemont's squadron, sent by the Hundred Associates with
  • supplies and artillery for Champlain's succor. In 1629, he captured
  • Quebec. Early in that year, Sir James Stewart, who had purchased a
  • tract of land from Alexander, brought a colony to Port Baleines, Cape
  • Breton (near the present Louisburg); he also began to seize the French
  • vessels fishing on that coast. This excited the anger of Captain
  • Charles Daniel (one of the Hundred Associates, and a brother of the
  • Jesuit Antoine Daniel), who had recently come from France; he seized
  • and demolished Stewart's fort, and proceeded to erect another at Grand
  • Cibou. (This name, meaning "the great river," was doubtless applied by
  • the natives to the estuary now known as Great Bras d'Or; but Daniel's
  • colony was planted at St. Anne's Bay,--thus named by him,--just north
  • of the Bras d'Or). Charles Leigh, who made a voyage to Cape Breton
  • in 1597, mentions "the harborow of Cibo;" see Goldsmid's _Hakluyt_,
  • vol. xiii., p. 69. Here he left a garrison of forty men, with the two
  • Jesuits Vimond and Vieuxpont, and took the English colonists back
  • to their own country (except a few, whom he carried to France as
  • prisoners). Champlain, arriving in Dieppe Dec. 31, 1629, met Daniel
  • there, and obtained from him his "Relation" of the above enterprise,
  • which is given in Champlain's _Voyages_ (1632), part 2, pp. 271-275.
  • In the following year, Daniel returned to this fort, and settled
  • certain disorders that had arisen during his absence. It is not
  • definitely known how long the garrison was kept here; but, when De Caen
  • took possession of Canada (1632), the Jesuits Davost and Antoine Daniel
  • also came to Cape Breton (probably with Charles, the latter's brother),
  • and carried on the mission begun by Vimont. Denys, a few years later,
  • had an important settlement at St. Anne's.
  • 47 (p. 243).--Vimont remained at Cape Breton but a year, and did
  • not return to Canada until 1639. A sketch of his life will appear
  • hereafter.
  • 48 (p. 247).--Gabriel Sagard Theodat, a lay brother, was one of the
  • Récollet missionaries to Canada, where he arrived June 24, 1623, in
  • company with Father Nicholas Viel. He states, in his _Canada_, p. 11,
  • that he desired to go on this mission in 1615, at which time he was in
  • a Récollet convent in Paris; but his superiors would not then consent.
  • Sagard's missionary labors were among the Hurons, with whom he remained
  • nearly one year; returning then to France, he wrote and published two
  • books,--_Grand voyage du pays des Hurons_ (Paris, 1632), and _Histoire
  • du Canada_ (Paris, 1636). In these works he minutely describes the
  • customs, social condition, religion, etc., of the Indian tribes; and
  • gives a history of the missionary labors of the Récollets, up to their
  • expulsion in 1629. To the _Grand Voyage_ he appends a dictionary of the
  • Huron language. He died in 1650.
  • There is some confusion among historians in regard to the dates of
  • Sagard's sojourn in New France, which apparently arises from his own
  • inaccuracy of statement, or possibly from a typographical error. In his
  • _Histoire_ (Tross ed., 1866), p. 115, he says that he left France in
  • 1623; but, in the _Grand Voyage_ (Tross ed., 1865), p. 5, he gives the
  • year as "vingt-quatre;" while, in the former work, p. 759, he gives in
  • full the letter of his provincial recalling him to France, dated March
  • 9, 1625. Champlain, however, says that Sagard arrived at Quebec in
  • June, 1623, and returned from the Huron country in July, 1624.
  • Sagard's works are rare, and command high prices. Brunet says (in
  • Michaud's _Biog. Univ._) that five and even eight guineas were paid for
  • a copy at public sales in London; and that, in France, one was valued
  • in 1851 at 210 francs. Chevalier says, in his edition of the _Histoire_
  • (Paris, 1866), p. iii., _note_, that 1,200 francs had in vain been
  • offered for a copy of that work. Gagnon (_Bibliog. Canad._) states that
  • a copy brought $38 at the Fraser sale in Quebec, 1860; and that one had
  • been offered by a Paris bookseller, in 1890, for 1,200 francs.
  • 49 (p. 247).--Father Felix Martin was born Oct. 4, 1804, at Auray,
  • in Bretagne, France; in September, 1823, he became a novice in the
  • Jesuit order, entering the convent of Montrouge, at Paris. During
  • nearly twenty years, he was employed in various colleges and missions
  • throughout Western Europe; and, early in 1842, was sent to Canada.
  • There he labored, especially in Montreal, until August, 1851, when he
  • became the first rector of St. Mary's College in that city; he was its
  • founder, and the designer of its building. In this position he remained
  • until 1857, when he became superior of the residence at Quebec. Four
  • years later, he returned to France, where he was, successively, rector
  • of St. Francis Xavier's college at Vannes, and superior at Poitiers
  • and Rouen. He died at Paris, Nov. 25, 1892.
  • Father Martin published (Montreal, 1852) a French translation of
  • Bressani's _Breve Relatione_ (1653), accompanied by explanatory notes
  • and a biographical sketch of Bressani. Later, he wrote the lives
  • of Jogues, Brébeuf, and other early missionaries; and, in 1886, a
  • biography of his sister, Mother St. Stanislas, a French nun. He was
  • also noted as an antiquarian and collector, especially in regard
  • to the Jesuit _Relations_ and the history of Canada. Carayon's
  • _Première Mission des Jésuites au Canada_ (Paris, 1864), described in
  • Bibliographical Data for Doc. xiii. in vol. iii., p. 285, a valuable
  • collection of documents, all of which are embodied in our series,
  • consists of manuscripts collected by Father Martin, chiefly in 1858,
  • while on a visit to Europe.
  • Transcriber's Note.
  • Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation
  • inconsistencies have been silently repaired.
  • Corrections.
  • The first line indicates the original, the second the correction.
  • p. 58:
  • il ne luy peut iamais defraciner
  • il ne luy peut iamais desraciner
  • p. 138:
  • Femmes Candoises peu fecondes à cause de leurs trauaux continuels.
  • Femmes Canadoises peu fecondes à cause de leurs trauaux continuels.
  • p. 268:
  • from a nomadic to a sendentary life
  • from a nomadic to a sedentary life
  • Errata.
  • The first line indicates the original, the second how it should read.
  • p. 8:
  • nostre Capitaine de tous tous costés,
  • nostre Capitaine de tous costés,
  • p. 22:
  • la chaloupe se trouua conpetemment
  • la chaloupe se trouua completemment
  • p. 42:
  • qu'il estoit estoit indigne que les Anglois
  • qu'il estoit indigne que les Anglois
  • p. 126:
  • Canadois ont honne memoire des choses sensibles.
  • Canadois ont bonne memoire des choses sensibles.
  • p. 162:
  • cause de de la perte de S. Sauueur.
  • cause de la perte de S. Sauueur.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Jesuit Relations and Allied
  • Documents, Vol. IV, by Various
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK JESUIT RELATIONS ***
  • ***** This file should be named 47577-8.txt or 47577-8.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/4/7/5/7/47577/
  • Produced by Karl Hagen, Eleni Christofaki and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
  • file was produced from images generously made available
  • by the Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions
  • (www.canadiana.org))
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
  • www.gutenberg.org/license.
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
  • North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
  • contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
  • Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
  • To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.